From: John Darrington Date: Sat, 4 Mar 2006 02:36:54 +0000 (+0000) Subject: removed redundant files X-Git-Tag: v0.6.0~1059 X-Git-Url: https://pintos-os.org/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?a=commitdiff_plain;h=66fb9f5b75dc3d1640c8ddab8de398d54f04f1a2;p=pspp-builds.git removed redundant files --- diff --git a/config/Makefile.am b/config/Makefile.am deleted file mode 100644 index 819801e6..00000000 --- a/config/Makefile.am +++ /dev/null @@ -1,22 +0,0 @@ -## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in -*- makefile -*- - - -# If you change this, you must also change the corresponding line in -# src/Makefile.am -pkgsysconfdir = $(sysconfdir)/@PACKAGE@ - -pkgsysconf_DATA = devices html-prologue papersize ps-prologue -EXTRA_DIST = devices html-prologue papersize ps-prologue - -# A `private installation' in my terms is just having the appropriate -# configuration files in ~/.pspp instead of a global configuration -# location. So I let those files be installed automatically. - -private-install: - $(mkinstalldirs) $$HOME/.pspp - cd $(srcdir); cp $(pkgsysconf_DATA) $$HOME/.pspp -private-uninstall: - -cd $$HOME/.pspp; rm -f $(pkgsysconf_DATA) - -rmdir $$HOME/.pspp - -MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = Makefile.in diff --git a/doc/Makefile.am b/doc/Makefile.am deleted file mode 100644 index c6196cbd..00000000 --- a/doc/Makefile.am +++ /dev/null @@ -1,47 +0,0 @@ -## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in -*- makefile -*- - -info_TEXINFOS = pspp.texinfo - -pspp_TEXINFOS = version.texi \ - bugs.texi \ - command-index.texi \ - concept-index.texi \ - configuring.texi \ - data-file-format.texi \ - data-io.texi \ - data-selection.texi \ - expressions.texi \ - files.texi \ - flow-control.texi \ - function-index.texi \ - installing.texi \ - introduction.texi \ - invoking.texi \ - language.texi \ - license.texi \ - not-implemented.texi \ - portable-file-format.texi \ - q2c.texi \ - statistics.texi \ - transformation.texi \ - utilities.texi \ - variables.texi \ - fdl.texi - -nodist_pspp_TEXINFOS= ni.texi - - -EXTRA_DIST = pspp.man \ - get-commands.pl \ - $(pspp_TEXINFOS) - -CLEANFILES = pspp.info pspp.info-* ni.texi -MAINTAINERCLEANFILES=Makefile.in - -ni.texi: @top_srcdir@/src/command.def @srcdir@/get-commands.pl - @PERL@ @srcdir@/get-commands.pl @top_srcdir@/src/command.def > $@ - - -$(INFO_DEPS): ni.texi -$(HTML_DEPS): ni.texi - diff --git a/doc/mdate-sh b/doc/mdate-sh deleted file mode 100755 index 66a66fbe..00000000 --- a/doc/mdate-sh +++ /dev/null @@ -1,91 +0,0 @@ -#!/bin/sh -# mdate-sh - get modification time of a file and pretty-print it -# Copyright (C) 1995 Software Foundation, Inc. -# Written by Ulrich Drepper , June 1995 -# -# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify -# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by -# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) -# any later version. -# -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -# GNU General Public License for more details. -# -# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software -# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. - -# Prevent date giving response in another language. -LANG=C -export LANG -LC_ALL=C -export LC_ALL -LC_TIME=C -export LC_TIME - -# Get the extended ls output of the file. -if ls -L /dev/null 1>/dev/null 2>&1; then - set - `ls -L -l $1` -else - set - `ls -l $1` -fi -# The month is at least the fourth argument. -# (3 shifts here, the next inside the loop) -shift -shift -shift - -# Find the month. Next argument is day, followed by the year or time. -month= -until test $month -do - shift - case $1 in - Jan) month=January; nummonth=1;; - Feb) month=February; nummonth=2;; - Mar) month=March; nummonth=3;; - Apr) month=April; nummonth=4;; - May) month=May; nummonth=5;; - Jun) month=June; nummonth=6;; - Jul) month=July; nummonth=7;; - Aug) month=August; nummonth=8;; - Sep) month=September; nummonth=9;; - Oct) month=October; nummonth=10;; - Nov) month=November; nummonth=11;; - Dec) month=December; nummonth=12;; - esac -done - -day=$2 - -# Here we have to deal with the problem that the ls output gives either -# the time of day or the year. -case $3 in - *:*) set `date`; eval year=\$$# - case $2 in - Jan) nummonthtod=1;; - Feb) nummonthtod=2;; - Mar) nummonthtod=3;; - Apr) nummonthtod=4;; - May) nummonthtod=5;; - Jun) nummonthtod=6;; - Jul) nummonthtod=7;; - Aug) nummonthtod=8;; - Sep) nummonthtod=9;; - Oct) nummonthtod=10;; - Nov) nummonthtod=11;; - Dec) nummonthtod=12;; - esac - # For the first six month of the year the time notation can also - # be used for files modified in the last year. - if (expr $nummonth \> $nummonthtod) > /dev/null; - then - year=`expr $year - 1` - fi;; - *) year=$3;; -esac - -# The result. -echo $day $month $year diff --git a/doc/texinfo.tex b/doc/texinfo.tex deleted file mode 100644 index 0b1293fb..00000000 --- a/doc/texinfo.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,7025 +0,0 @@ -% texinfo.tex -- TeX macros to handle Texinfo files. -% -% Load plain if necessary, i.e., if running under initex. -\expandafter\ifx\csname fmtname\endcsname\relax\input plain\fi -% -\def\texinfoversion{2004-09-06.16} -% -% Copyright (C) 1985, 1986, 1988, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, -% 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 Free Software -% Foundation, Inc. -% -% This texinfo.tex file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as -% published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at -% your option) any later version. -% -% This texinfo.tex file is distributed in the hope that it will be -% useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty -% of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU -% General Public License for more details. -% -% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -% along with this texinfo.tex file; see the file COPYING. If not, write -% to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, -% Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -% -% As a special exception, when this file is read by TeX when processing -% a Texinfo source document, you may use the result without -% restriction. (This has been our intent since Texinfo was invented.) -% -% Please try the latest version of texinfo.tex before submitting bug -% reports; you can get the latest version from: -% http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ (the Texinfo home page), or -% ftp://tug.org/tex/texinfo.tex -% (and all CTAN mirrors, see http://www.ctan.org). -% The texinfo.tex in any given distribution could well be out -% of date, so if that's what you're using, please check. -% -% Send bug reports to bug-texinfo@gnu.org. Please include including a -% complete document in each bug report with which we can reproduce the -% problem. Patches are, of course, greatly appreciated. -% -% To process a Texinfo manual with TeX, it's most reliable to use the -% texi2dvi shell script that comes with the distribution. For a simple -% manual foo.texi, however, you can get away with this: -% tex foo.texi -% texindex foo.?? -% tex foo.texi -% tex foo.texi -% dvips foo.dvi -o # or whatever; this makes foo.ps. -% The extra TeX runs get the cross-reference information correct. -% Sometimes one run after texindex suffices, and sometimes you need more -% than two; texi2dvi does it as many times as necessary. -% -% It is possible to adapt texinfo.tex for other languages, to some -% extent. You can get the existing language-specific files from the -% full Texinfo distribution. -% -% The GNU Texinfo home page is http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo. - - -\message{Loading texinfo [version \texinfoversion]:} - -% If in a .fmt file, print the version number -% and turn on active characters that we couldn't do earlier because -% they might have appeared in the input file name. -\everyjob{\message{[Texinfo version \texinfoversion]}% - \catcode`+=\active \catcode`\_=\active} - -\message{Basics,} -\chardef\other=12 - -% We never want plain's \outer definition of \+ in Texinfo. -% For @tex, we can use \tabalign. -\let\+ = \relax - -% Save some plain tex macros whose names we will redefine. -\let\ptexb=\b -\let\ptexbullet=\bullet -\let\ptexc=\c -\let\ptexcomma=\, -\let\ptexdot=\. -\let\ptexdots=\dots -\let\ptexend=\end -\let\ptexequiv=\equiv -\let\ptexexclam=\! -\let\ptexfootnote=\footnote -\let\ptexgtr=> -\let\ptexhat=^ -\let\ptexi=\i -\let\ptexindent=\indent -\let\ptexnoindent=\noindent -\let\ptexinsert=\insert -\let\ptexlbrace=\{ -\let\ptexless=< -\let\ptexplus=+ -\let\ptexrbrace=\} -\let\ptexslash=\/ -\let\ptexstar=\* -\let\ptext=\t - -% If this character appears in an error message or help string, it -% starts a new line in the output. -\newlinechar = `^^J - -% Use TeX 3.0's \inputlineno to get the line number, for better error -% messages, but if we're using an old version of TeX, don't do anything. -% -\ifx\inputlineno\thisisundefined - \let\linenumber = \empty % Pre-3.0. -\else - \def\linenumber{l.\the\inputlineno:\space} -\fi - -% Set up fixed words for English if not already set. -\ifx\putwordAppendix\undefined \gdef\putwordAppendix{Appendix}\fi -\ifx\putwordChapter\undefined \gdef\putwordChapter{Chapter}\fi -\ifx\putwordfile\undefined \gdef\putwordfile{file}\fi -\ifx\putwordin\undefined \gdef\putwordin{in}\fi -\ifx\putwordIndexIsEmpty\undefined \gdef\putwordIndexIsEmpty{(Index is empty)}\fi -\ifx\putwordIndexNonexistent\undefined \gdef\putwordIndexNonexistent{(Index is nonexistent)}\fi -\ifx\putwordInfo\undefined \gdef\putwordInfo{Info}\fi -\ifx\putwordInstanceVariableof\undefined \gdef\putwordInstanceVariableof{Instance Variable of}\fi -\ifx\putwordMethodon\undefined \gdef\putwordMethodon{Method on}\fi -\ifx\putwordNoTitle\undefined \gdef\putwordNoTitle{No Title}\fi -\ifx\putwordof\undefined \gdef\putwordof{of}\fi -\ifx\putwordon\undefined \gdef\putwordon{on}\fi -\ifx\putwordpage\undefined \gdef\putwordpage{page}\fi -\ifx\putwordsection\undefined \gdef\putwordsection{section}\fi -\ifx\putwordSection\undefined \gdef\putwordSection{Section}\fi -\ifx\putwordsee\undefined \gdef\putwordsee{see}\fi -\ifx\putwordSee\undefined \gdef\putwordSee{See}\fi -\ifx\putwordShortTOC\undefined \gdef\putwordShortTOC{Short Contents}\fi -\ifx\putwordTOC\undefined \gdef\putwordTOC{Table of Contents}\fi -% -\ifx\putwordMJan\undefined \gdef\putwordMJan{January}\fi -\ifx\putwordMFeb\undefined \gdef\putwordMFeb{February}\fi -\ifx\putwordMMar\undefined \gdef\putwordMMar{March}\fi -\ifx\putwordMApr\undefined \gdef\putwordMApr{April}\fi -\ifx\putwordMMay\undefined \gdef\putwordMMay{May}\fi -\ifx\putwordMJun\undefined \gdef\putwordMJun{June}\fi -\ifx\putwordMJul\undefined \gdef\putwordMJul{July}\fi -\ifx\putwordMAug\undefined \gdef\putwordMAug{August}\fi -\ifx\putwordMSep\undefined \gdef\putwordMSep{September}\fi -\ifx\putwordMOct\undefined \gdef\putwordMOct{October}\fi -\ifx\putwordMNov\undefined \gdef\putwordMNov{November}\fi -\ifx\putwordMDec\undefined \gdef\putwordMDec{December}\fi -% -\ifx\putwordDefmac\undefined \gdef\putwordDefmac{Macro}\fi -\ifx\putwordDefspec\undefined \gdef\putwordDefspec{Special Form}\fi -\ifx\putwordDefvar\undefined \gdef\putwordDefvar{Variable}\fi -\ifx\putwordDefopt\undefined \gdef\putwordDefopt{User Option}\fi -\ifx\putwordDeffunc\undefined \gdef\putwordDeffunc{Function}\fi - -% In some macros, we cannot use the `\? notation---the left quote is -% in some cases the escape char. -\chardef\colonChar = `\: -\chardef\commaChar = `\, -\chardef\dotChar = `\. -\chardef\exclamChar= `\! -\chardef\questChar = `\? -\chardef\semiChar = `\; -\chardef\underChar = `\_ - -\chardef\spaceChar = `\ % -\chardef\spacecat = 10 -\def\spaceisspace{\catcode\spaceChar=\spacecat} - -% Ignore a token. -% -\def\gobble#1{} - -% The following is used inside several \edef's. -\def\makecsname#1{\expandafter\noexpand\csname#1\endcsname} - -% Hyphenation fixes. -\hyphenation{ - Flor-i-da Ghost-script Ghost-view Mac-OS Post-Script - ap-pen-dix bit-map bit-maps - data-base data-bases eshell fall-ing half-way long-est man-u-script - man-u-scripts mini-buf-fer mini-buf-fers over-view par-a-digm - par-a-digms rath-er rec-tan-gu-lar ro-bot-ics se-vere-ly set-up spa-ces - spell-ing spell-ings - stand-alone strong-est time-stamp time-stamps which-ever white-space - wide-spread wrap-around -} - -% Margin to add to right of even pages, to left of odd pages. -\newdimen\bindingoffset -\newdimen\normaloffset -\newdimen\pagewidth \newdimen\pageheight - -% For a final copy, take out the rectangles -% that mark overfull boxes (in case you have decided -% that the text looks ok even though it passes the margin). -% -\def\finalout{\overfullrule=0pt} - -% @| inserts a changebar to the left of the current line. It should -% surround any changed text. This approach does *not* work if the -% change spans more than two lines of output. To handle that, we would -% have adopt a much more difficult approach (putting marks into the main -% vertical list for the beginning and end of each change). -% -\def\|{% - % \vadjust can only be used in horizontal mode. - \leavevmode - % - % Append this vertical mode material after the current line in the output. - \vadjust{% - % We want to insert a rule with the height and depth of the current - % leading; that is exactly what \strutbox is supposed to record. - \vskip-\baselineskip - % - % \vadjust-items are inserted at the left edge of the type. So - % the \llap here moves out into the left-hand margin. - \llap{% - % - % For a thicker or thinner bar, change the `1pt'. - \vrule height\baselineskip width1pt - % - % This is the space between the bar and the text. - \hskip 12pt - }% - }% -} - -% Sometimes it is convenient to have everything in the transcript file -% and nothing on the terminal. We don't just call \tracingall here, -% since that produces some useless output on the terminal. We also make -% some effort to order the tracing commands to reduce output in the log -% file; cf. trace.sty in LaTeX. -% -\def\gloggingall{\begingroup \globaldefs = 1 \loggingall \endgroup}% -\def\loggingall{% - \tracingstats2 - \tracingpages1 - \tracinglostchars2 % 2 gives us more in etex - \tracingparagraphs1 - \tracingoutput1 - \tracingmacros2 - \tracingrestores1 - \showboxbreadth\maxdimen \showboxdepth\maxdimen - \ifx\eTeXversion\undefined\else % etex gives us more logging - \tracingscantokens1 - \tracingifs1 - \tracinggroups1 - \tracingnesting2 - \tracingassigns1 - \fi - \tracingcommands3 % 3 gives us more in etex - \errorcontextlines16 -}% - -% add check for \lastpenalty to plain's definitions. If the last thing -% we did was a \nobreak, we don't want to insert more space. -% -\def\smallbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\smallskipamount - \removelastskip\penalty-50\smallskip\fi\fi} -\def\medbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\medskipamount - \removelastskip\penalty-100\medskip\fi\fi} -\def\bigbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\bigskipamount - \removelastskip\penalty-200\bigskip\fi\fi} - -% For @cropmarks command. -% Do @cropmarks to get crop marks. -% -\newif\ifcropmarks -\let\cropmarks = \cropmarkstrue -% -% Dimensions to add cropmarks at corners. -% Added by P. A. MacKay, 12 Nov. 1986 -% -\newdimen\outerhsize \newdimen\outervsize % set by the paper size routines -\newdimen\cornerlong \cornerlong=1pc -\newdimen\cornerthick \cornerthick=.3pt -\newdimen\topandbottommargin \topandbottommargin=.75in - -% Main output routine. -\chardef\PAGE = 255 -\output = {\onepageout{\pagecontents\PAGE}} - -\newbox\headlinebox -\newbox\footlinebox - -% \onepageout takes a vbox as an argument. Note that \pagecontents -% does insertions, but you have to call it yourself. -\def\onepageout#1{% - \ifcropmarks \hoffset=0pt \else \hoffset=\normaloffset \fi - % - \ifodd\pageno \advance\hoffset by \bindingoffset - \else \advance\hoffset by -\bindingoffset\fi - % - % Do this outside of the \shipout so @code etc. will be expanded in - % the headline as they should be, not taken literally (outputting ''code). - \setbox\headlinebox = \vbox{\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makeheadline}% - \setbox\footlinebox = \vbox{\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makefootline}% - % - {% - % Have to do this stuff outside the \shipout because we want it to - % take effect in \write's, yet the group defined by the \vbox ends - % before the \shipout runs. - % - \escapechar = `\\ % use backslash in output files. - \indexdummies % don't expand commands in the output. - \normalturnoffactive % \ in index entries must not stay \, e.g., if - % the page break happens to be in the middle of an example. - \shipout\vbox{% - % Do this early so pdf references go to the beginning of the page. - \ifpdfmakepagedest \pdfdest name{\the\pageno} xyz\fi - % - \ifcropmarks \vbox to \outervsize\bgroup - \hsize = \outerhsize - \vskip-\topandbottommargin - \vtop to0pt{% - \line{\ewtop\hfil\ewtop}% - \nointerlineskip - \line{% - \vbox{\moveleft\cornerthick\nstop}% - \hfill - \vbox{\moveright\cornerthick\nstop}% - }% - \vss}% - \vskip\topandbottommargin - \line\bgroup - \hfil % center the page within the outer (page) hsize. - \ifodd\pageno\hskip\bindingoffset\fi - \vbox\bgroup - \fi - % - \unvbox\headlinebox - \pagebody{#1}% - \ifdim\ht\footlinebox > 0pt - % Only leave this space if the footline is nonempty. - % (We lessened \vsize for it in \oddfootingxxx.) - % The \baselineskip=24pt in plain's \makefootline has no effect. - \vskip 2\baselineskip - \unvbox\footlinebox - \fi - % - \ifcropmarks - \egroup % end of \vbox\bgroup - \hfil\egroup % end of (centering) \line\bgroup - \vskip\topandbottommargin plus1fill minus1fill - \boxmaxdepth = \cornerthick - \vbox to0pt{\vss - \line{% - \vbox{\moveleft\cornerthick\nsbot}% - \hfill - \vbox{\moveright\cornerthick\nsbot}% - }% - \nointerlineskip - \line{\ewbot\hfil\ewbot}% - }% - \egroup % \vbox from first cropmarks clause - \fi - }% end of \shipout\vbox - }% end of group with \normalturnoffactive - \advancepageno - \ifnum\outputpenalty>-20000 \else\dosupereject\fi -} - -\newinsert\margin \dimen\margin=\maxdimen - -\def\pagebody#1{\vbox to\pageheight{\boxmaxdepth=\maxdepth #1}} -{\catcode`\@ =11 -\gdef\pagecontents#1{\ifvoid\topins\else\unvbox\topins\fi -% marginal hacks, juha@viisa.uucp (Juha Takala) -\ifvoid\margin\else % marginal info is present - \rlap{\kern\hsize\vbox to\z@{\kern1pt\box\margin \vss}}\fi -\dimen@=\dp#1 \unvbox#1 -\ifvoid\footins\else\vskip\skip\footins\footnoterule \unvbox\footins\fi -\ifr@ggedbottom \kern-\dimen@ \vfil \fi} -} - -% Here are the rules for the cropmarks. Note that they are -% offset so that the space between them is truly \outerhsize or \outervsize -% (P. A. MacKay, 12 November, 1986) -% -\def\ewtop{\vrule height\cornerthick depth0pt width\cornerlong} -\def\nstop{\vbox - {\hrule height\cornerthick depth\cornerlong width\cornerthick}} -\def\ewbot{\vrule height0pt depth\cornerthick width\cornerlong} -\def\nsbot{\vbox - {\hrule height\cornerlong depth\cornerthick width\cornerthick}} - -% Parse an argument, then pass it to #1. The argument is the rest of -% the input line (except we remove a trailing comment). #1 should be a -% macro which expects an ordinary undelimited TeX argument. -% -\def\parsearg{\parseargusing{}} -\def\parseargusing#1#2{% - \def\next{#2}% - \begingroup - \obeylines - \spaceisspace - #1% - \parseargline\empty% Insert the \empty token, see \finishparsearg below. -} - -{\obeylines % - \gdef\parseargline#1^^M{% - \endgroup % End of the group started in \parsearg. - \argremovecomment #1\comment\ArgTerm% - }% -} - -% First remove any @comment, then any @c comment. -\def\argremovecomment#1\comment#2\ArgTerm{\argremovec #1\c\ArgTerm} -\def\argremovec#1\c#2\ArgTerm{\argcheckspaces#1\^^M\ArgTerm} - -% Each occurence of `\^^M' or `\^^M' is replaced by a single space. -% -% \argremovec might leave us with trailing space, e.g., -% @end itemize @c foo -% This space token undergoes the same procedure and is eventually removed -% by \finishparsearg. -% -\def\argcheckspaces#1\^^M{\argcheckspacesX#1\^^M \^^M} -\def\argcheckspacesX#1 \^^M{\argcheckspacesY#1\^^M} -\def\argcheckspacesY#1\^^M#2\^^M#3\ArgTerm{% - \def\temp{#3}% - \ifx\temp\empty - % We cannot use \next here, as it holds the macro to run; - % thus we reuse \temp. - \let\temp\finishparsearg - \else - \let\temp\argcheckspaces - \fi - % Put the space token in: - \temp#1 #3\ArgTerm -} - -% If a _delimited_ argument is enclosed in braces, they get stripped; so -% to get _exactly_ the rest of the line, we had to prevent such situation. -% We prepended an \empty token at the very beginning and we expand it now, -% just before passing the control to \next. -% (Similarily, we have to think about #3 of \argcheckspacesY above: it is -% either the null string, or it ends with \^^M---thus there is no danger -% that a pair of braces would be stripped. -% -% But first, we have to remove the trailing space token. -% -\def\finishparsearg#1 \ArgTerm{\expandafter\next\expandafter{#1}} - -% \parseargdef\foo{...} -% is roughly equivalent to -% \def\foo{\parsearg\Xfoo} -% \def\Xfoo#1{...} -% -% Actually, I use \csname\string\foo\endcsname, ie. \\foo, as it is my -% favourite TeX trick. --kasal, 16nov03 - -\def\parseargdef#1{% - \expandafter \doparseargdef \csname\string#1\endcsname #1% -} -\def\doparseargdef#1#2{% - \def#2{\parsearg#1}% - \def#1##1% -} - -% Several utility definitions with active space: -{ - \obeyspaces - \gdef\obeyedspace{ } - - % Make each space character in the input produce a normal interword - % space in the output. Don't allow a line break at this space, as this - % is used only in environments like @example, where each line of input - % should produce a line of output anyway. - % - \gdef\sepspaces{\obeyspaces\let =\tie} - - % If an index command is used in an @example environment, any spaces - % therein should become regular spaces in the raw index file, not the - % expansion of \tie (\leavevmode \penalty \@M \ ). - \gdef\unsepspaces{\let =\space} -} - - -\def\flushcr{\ifx\par\lisppar \def\next##1{}\else \let\next=\relax \fi \next} - -% Define the framework for environments in texinfo.tex. It's used like this: -% -% \envdef\foo{...} -% \def\Efoo{...} -% -% It's the responsibility of \envdef to insert \begingroup before the -% actual body; @end closes the group after calling \Efoo. \envdef also -% defines \thisenv, so the current environment is known; @end checks -% whether the environment name matches. The \checkenv macro can also be -% used to check whether the current environment is the one expected. -% -% Non-false conditionals (@iftex, @ifset) don't fit into this, so they -% are not treated as enviroments; they don't open a group. (The -% implementation of @end takes care not to call \endgroup in this -% special case.) - - -% At runtime, environments start with this: -\def\startenvironment#1{\begingroup\def\thisenv{#1}} -% initialize -\let\thisenv\empty - -% ... but they get defined via ``\envdef\foo{...}'': -\long\def\envdef#1#2{\def#1{\startenvironment#1#2}} -\def\envparseargdef#1#2{\parseargdef#1{\startenvironment#1#2}} - -% Check whether we're in the right environment: -\def\checkenv#1{% - \def\temp{#1}% - \ifx\thisenv\temp - \else - \badenverr - \fi -} - -% Evironment mismatch, #1 expected: -\def\badenverr{% - \errhelp = \EMsimple - \errmessage{This command can appear only \inenvironment\temp, - not \inenvironment\thisenv}% -} -\def\inenvironment#1{% - \ifx#1\empty - out of any environment% - \else - in environment \expandafter\string#1% - \fi -} - -% @end foo executes the definition of \Efoo. -% But first, it executes a specialized version of \checkenv -% -\parseargdef\end{% - \if 1\csname iscond.#1\endcsname - \else - % The general wording of \badenverr may not be ideal, but... --kasal, 06nov03 - \expandafter\checkenv\csname#1\endcsname - \csname E#1\endcsname - \endgroup - \fi -} - -\newhelp\EMsimple{Press RETURN to continue.} - - -%% Simple single-character @ commands - -% @@ prints an @ -% Kludge this until the fonts are right (grr). -\def\@{{\tt\char64}} - -% This is turned off because it was never documented -% and you can use @w{...} around a quote to suppress ligatures. -%% Define @` and @' to be the same as ` and ' -%% but suppressing ligatures. -%\def\`{{`}} -%\def\'{{'}} - -% Used to generate quoted braces. -\def\mylbrace {{\tt\char123}} -\def\myrbrace {{\tt\char125}} -\let\{=\mylbrace -\let\}=\myrbrace -\begingroup - % Definitions to produce \{ and \} commands for indices, - % and @{ and @} for the aux file. - \catcode`\{ = \other \catcode`\} = \other - \catcode`\[ = 1 \catcode`\] = 2 - \catcode`\! = 0 \catcode`\\ = \other - !gdef!lbracecmd[\{]% - !gdef!rbracecmd[\}]% - !gdef!lbraceatcmd[@{]% - !gdef!rbraceatcmd[@}]% -!endgroup - -% @comma{} to avoid , parsing problems. -\let\comma = , - -% Accents: @, @dotaccent @ringaccent @ubaraccent @udotaccent -% Others are defined by plain TeX: @` @' @" @^ @~ @= @u @v @H. -\let\, = \c -\let\dotaccent = \. -\def\ringaccent#1{{\accent23 #1}} -\let\tieaccent = \t -\let\ubaraccent = \b -\let\udotaccent = \d - -% Other special characters: @questiondown @exclamdown @ordf @ordm -% Plain TeX defines: @AA @AE @O @OE @L (plus lowercase versions) @ss. -\def\questiondown{?`} -\def\exclamdown{!`} -\def\ordf{\leavevmode\raise1ex\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize \underbar{a}}} -\def\ordm{\leavevmode\raise1ex\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize \underbar{o}}} - -% Dotless i and dotless j, used for accents. -\def\imacro{i} -\def\jmacro{j} -\def\dotless#1{% - \def\temp{#1}% - \ifx\temp\imacro \ptexi - \else\ifx\temp\jmacro \j - \else \errmessage{@dotless can be used only with i or j}% - \fi\fi -} - -% The \TeX{} logo, as in plain, but resetting the spacing so that a -% period following counts as ending a sentence. (Idea found in latex.) -% -\edef\TeX{\TeX \spacefactor=1000 } - -% @LaTeX{} logo. Not quite the same results as the definition in -% latex.ltx, since we use a different font for the raised A; it's most -% convenient for us to use an explicitly smaller font, rather than using -% the \scriptstyle font (since we don't reset \scriptstyle and -% \scriptscriptstyle). -% -\def\LaTeX{% - L\kern-.36em - {\setbox0=\hbox{T}% - \vbox to \ht0{\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize A}\vss}}% - \kern-.15em - \TeX -} - -% Be sure we're in horizontal mode when doing a tie, since we make space -% equivalent to this in @example-like environments. Otherwise, a space -% at the beginning of a line will start with \penalty -- and -% since \penalty is valid in vertical mode, we'd end up putting the -% penalty on the vertical list instead of in the new paragraph. -{\catcode`@ = 11 - % Avoid using \@M directly, because that causes trouble - % if the definition is written into an index file. - \global\let\tiepenalty = \@M - \gdef\tie{\leavevmode\penalty\tiepenalty\ } -} - -% @: forces normal size whitespace following. -\def\:{\spacefactor=1000 } - -% @* forces a line break. -\def\*{\hfil\break\hbox{}\ignorespaces} - -% @/ allows a line break. -\let\/=\allowbreak - -% @. is an end-of-sentence period. -\def\.{.\spacefactor=3000 } - -% @! is an end-of-sentence bang. -\def\!{!\spacefactor=3000 } - -% @? is an end-of-sentence query. -\def\?{?\spacefactor=3000 } - -% @w prevents a word break. Without the \leavevmode, @w at the -% beginning of a paragraph, when TeX is still in vertical mode, would -% produce a whole line of output instead of starting the paragraph. -\def\w#1{\leavevmode\hbox{#1}} - -% @group ... @end group forces ... to be all on one page, by enclosing -% it in a TeX vbox. We use \vtop instead of \vbox to construct the box -% to keep its height that of a normal line. According to the rules for -% \topskip (p.114 of the TeXbook), the glue inserted is -% max (\topskip - \ht (first item), 0). If that height is large, -% therefore, no glue is inserted, and the space between the headline and -% the text is small, which looks bad. -% -% Another complication is that the group might be very large. This can -% cause the glue on the previous page to be unduly stretched, because it -% does not have much material. In this case, it's better to add an -% explicit \vfill so that the extra space is at the bottom. The -% threshold for doing this is if the group is more than \vfilllimit -% percent of a page (\vfilllimit can be changed inside of @tex). -% -\newbox\groupbox -\def\vfilllimit{0.7} -% -\envdef\group{% - \ifnum\catcode`\^^M=\active \else - \errhelp = \groupinvalidhelp - \errmessage{@group invalid in context where filling is enabled}% - \fi - \startsavinginserts - % - \setbox\groupbox = \vtop\bgroup - % Do @comment since we are called inside an environment such as - % @example, where each end-of-line in the input causes an - % end-of-line in the output. We don't want the end-of-line after - % the `@group' to put extra space in the output. Since @group - % should appear on a line by itself (according to the Texinfo - % manual), we don't worry about eating any user text. - \comment -} -% -% The \vtop produces a box with normal height and large depth; thus, TeX puts -% \baselineskip glue before it, and (when the next line of text is done) -% \lineskip glue after it. Thus, space below is not quite equal to space -% above. But it's pretty close. -\def\Egroup{% - % To get correct interline space between the last line of the group - % and the first line afterwards, we have to propagate \prevdepth. - \endgraf % Not \par, as it may have been set to \lisppar. - \global\dimen1 = \prevdepth - \egroup % End the \vtop. - % \dimen0 is the vertical size of the group's box. - \dimen0 = \ht\groupbox \advance\dimen0 by \dp\groupbox - % \dimen2 is how much space is left on the page (more or less). - \dimen2 = \pageheight \advance\dimen2 by -\pagetotal - % if the group doesn't fit on the current page, and it's a big big - % group, force a page break. - \ifdim \dimen0 > \dimen2 - \ifdim \pagetotal < \vfilllimit\pageheight - \page - \fi - \fi - \box\groupbox - \prevdepth = \dimen1 - \checkinserts -} -% -% TeX puts in an \escapechar (i.e., `@') at the beginning of the help -% message, so this ends up printing `@group can only ...'. -% -\newhelp\groupinvalidhelp{% -group can only be used in environments such as @example,^^J% -where each line of input produces a line of output.} - -% @need space-in-mils -% forces a page break if there is not space-in-mils remaining. - -\newdimen\mil \mil=0.001in - -% Old definition--didn't work. -%\parseargdef\need{\par % -%% This method tries to make TeX break the page naturally -%% if the depth of the box does not fit. -%{\baselineskip=0pt% -%\vtop to #1\mil{\vfil}\kern -#1\mil\nobreak -%\prevdepth=-1000pt -%}} - -\parseargdef\need{% - % Ensure vertical mode, so we don't make a big box in the middle of a - % paragraph. - \par - % - % If the @need value is less than one line space, it's useless. - \dimen0 = #1\mil - \dimen2 = \ht\strutbox - \advance\dimen2 by \dp\strutbox - \ifdim\dimen0 > \dimen2 - % - % Do a \strut just to make the height of this box be normal, so the - % normal leading is inserted relative to the preceding line. - % And a page break here is fine. - \vtop to #1\mil{\strut\vfil}% - % - % TeX does not even consider page breaks if a penalty added to the - % main vertical list is 10000 or more. But in order to see if the - % empty box we just added fits on the page, we must make it consider - % page breaks. On the other hand, we don't want to actually break the - % page after the empty box. So we use a penalty of 9999. - % - % There is an extremely small chance that TeX will actually break the - % page at this \penalty, if there are no other feasible breakpoints in - % sight. (If the user is using lots of big @group commands, which - % almost-but-not-quite fill up a page, TeX will have a hard time doing - % good page breaking, for example.) However, I could not construct an - % example where a page broke at this \penalty; if it happens in a real - % document, then we can reconsider our strategy. - \penalty9999 - % - % Back up by the size of the box, whether we did a page break or not. - \kern -#1\mil - % - % Do not allow a page break right after this kern. - \nobreak - \fi -} - -% @br forces paragraph break (and is undocumented). - -\let\br = \par - -% @page forces the start of a new page. -% -\def\page{\par\vfill\supereject} - -% @exdent text.... -% outputs text on separate line in roman font, starting at standard page margin - -% This records the amount of indent in the innermost environment. -% That's how much \exdent should take out. -\newskip\exdentamount - -% This defn is used inside fill environments such as @defun. -\parseargdef\exdent{\hfil\break\hbox{\kern -\exdentamount{\rm#1}}\hfil\break} - -% This defn is used inside nofill environments such as @example. -\parseargdef\nofillexdent{{\advance \leftskip by -\exdentamount - \leftline{\hskip\leftskip{\rm#1}}}} - -% @inmargin{WHICH}{TEXT} puts TEXT in the WHICH margin next to the current -% paragraph. For more general purposes, use the \margin insertion -% class. WHICH is `l' or `r'. -% -\newskip\inmarginspacing \inmarginspacing=1cm -\def\strutdepth{\dp\strutbox} -% -\def\doinmargin#1#2{\strut\vadjust{% - \nobreak - \kern-\strutdepth - \vtop to \strutdepth{% - \baselineskip=\strutdepth - \vss - % if you have multiple lines of stuff to put here, you'll need to - % make the vbox yourself of the appropriate size. - \ifx#1l% - \llap{\ignorespaces #2\hskip\inmarginspacing}% - \else - \rlap{\hskip\hsize \hskip\inmarginspacing \ignorespaces #2}% - \fi - \null - }% -}} -\def\inleftmargin{\doinmargin l} -\def\inrightmargin{\doinmargin r} -% -% @inmargin{TEXT [, RIGHT-TEXT]} -% (if RIGHT-TEXT is given, use TEXT for left page, RIGHT-TEXT for right; -% else use TEXT for both). -% -\def\inmargin#1{\parseinmargin #1,,\finish} -\def\parseinmargin#1,#2,#3\finish{% not perfect, but better than nothing. - \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% - \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt - \def\lefttext{#1}% have both texts - \def\righttext{#2}% - \else - \def\lefttext{#1}% have only one text - \def\righttext{#1}% - \fi - % - \ifodd\pageno - \def\temp{\inrightmargin\righttext}% odd page -> outside is right margin - \else - \def\temp{\inleftmargin\lefttext}% - \fi - \temp -} - -% @include file insert text of that file as input. -% -\def\include{\parseargusing\filenamecatcodes\includezzz} -\def\includezzz#1{% - \pushthisfilestack - \def\thisfile{#1}% - {% - \makevalueexpandable - \def\temp{\input #1 }% - \expandafter - }\temp - \popthisfilestack -} -\def\filenamecatcodes{% - \catcode`\\=\other - \catcode`~=\other - \catcode`^=\other - \catcode`_=\other - \catcode`|=\other - \catcode`<=\other - \catcode`>=\other - \catcode`+=\other - \catcode`-=\other -} - -\def\pushthisfilestack{% - \expandafter\pushthisfilestackX\popthisfilestack\StackTerm -} -\def\pushthisfilestackX{% - \expandafter\pushthisfilestackY\thisfile\StackTerm -} -\def\pushthisfilestackY #1\StackTerm #2\StackTerm {% - \gdef\popthisfilestack{\gdef\thisfile{#1}\gdef\popthisfilestack{#2}}% -} - -\def\popthisfilestack{\errthisfilestackempty} -\def\errthisfilestackempty{\errmessage{Internal error: - the stack of filenames is empty.}} - -\def\thisfile{} - -% @center line -% outputs that line, centered. -% -\parseargdef\center{% - \ifhmode - \let\next\centerH - \else - \let\next\centerV - \fi - \next{\hfil \ignorespaces#1\unskip \hfil}% -} -\def\centerH#1{% - {% - \hfil\break - \advance\hsize by -\leftskip - \advance\hsize by -\rightskip - \line{#1}% - \break - }% -} -\def\centerV#1{\line{\kern\leftskip #1\kern\rightskip}} - -% @sp n outputs n lines of vertical space - -\parseargdef\sp{\vskip #1\baselineskip} - -% @comment ...line which is ignored... -% @c is the same as @comment -% @ignore ... @end ignore is another way to write a comment - -\def\comment{\begingroup \catcode`\^^M=\other% -\catcode`\@=\other \catcode`\{=\other \catcode`\}=\other% -\commentxxx} -{\catcode`\^^M=\other \gdef\commentxxx#1^^M{\endgroup}} - -\let\c=\comment - -% @paragraphindent NCHARS -% We'll use ems for NCHARS, close enough. -% NCHARS can also be the word `asis' or `none'. -% We cannot feasibly implement @paragraphindent asis, though. -% -\def\asisword{asis} % no translation, these are keywords -\def\noneword{none} -% -\parseargdef\paragraphindent{% - \def\temp{#1}% - \ifx\temp\asisword - \else - \ifx\temp\noneword - \defaultparindent = 0pt - \else - \defaultparindent = #1em - \fi - \fi - \parindent = \defaultparindent -} - -% @exampleindent NCHARS -% We'll use ems for NCHARS like @paragraphindent. -% It seems @exampleindent asis isn't necessary, but -% I preserve it to make it similar to @paragraphindent. -\parseargdef\exampleindent{% - \def\temp{#1}% - \ifx\temp\asisword - \else - \ifx\temp\noneword - \lispnarrowing = 0pt - \else - \lispnarrowing = #1em - \fi - \fi -} - -% @firstparagraphindent WORD -% If WORD is `none', then suppress indentation of the first paragraph -% after a section heading. If WORD is `insert', then do indent at such -% paragraphs. -% -% The paragraph indentation is suppressed or not by calling -% \suppressfirstparagraphindent, which the sectioning commands do. -% We switch the definition of this back and forth according to WORD. -% By default, we suppress indentation. -% -\def\suppressfirstparagraphindent{\dosuppressfirstparagraphindent} -\def\insertword{insert} -% -\parseargdef\firstparagraphindent{% - \def\temp{#1}% - \ifx\temp\noneword - \let\suppressfirstparagraphindent = \dosuppressfirstparagraphindent - \else\ifx\temp\insertword - \let\suppressfirstparagraphindent = \relax - \else - \errhelp = \EMsimple - \errmessage{Unknown @firstparagraphindent option `\temp'}% - \fi\fi -} - -% Here is how we actually suppress indentation. Redefine \everypar to -% \kern backwards by \parindent, and then reset itself to empty. -% -% We also make \indent itself not actually do anything until the next -% paragraph. -% -\gdef\dosuppressfirstparagraphindent{% - \gdef\indent{% - \restorefirstparagraphindent - \indent - }% - \gdef\noindent{% - \restorefirstparagraphindent - \noindent - }% - \global\everypar = {% - \kern -\parindent - \restorefirstparagraphindent - }% -} - -\gdef\restorefirstparagraphindent{% - \global \let \indent = \ptexindent - \global \let \noindent = \ptexnoindent - \global \everypar = {}% -} - - -% @asis just yields its argument. Used with @table, for example. -% -\def\asis#1{#1} - -% @math outputs its argument in math mode. -% -% One complication: _ usually means subscripts, but it could also mean -% an actual _ character, as in @math{@var{some_variable} + 1}. So make -% _ active, and distinguish by seeing if the current family is \slfam, -% which is what @var uses. -{ - \catcode\underChar = \active - \gdef\mathunderscore{% - \catcode\underChar=\active - \def_{\ifnum\fam=\slfam \_\else\sb\fi}% - } -} -% Another complication: we want \\ (and @\) to output a \ character. -% FYI, plain.tex uses \\ as a temporary control sequence (why?), but -% this is not advertised and we don't care. Texinfo does not -% otherwise define @\. -% -% The \mathchar is class=0=ordinary, family=7=ttfam, position=5C=\. -\def\mathbackslash{\ifnum\fam=\ttfam \mathchar"075C \else\backslash \fi} -% -\def\math{% - \tex - \mathunderscore - \let\\ = \mathbackslash - \mathactive - $\finishmath -} -\def\finishmath#1{#1$\endgroup} % Close the group opened by \tex. - -% Some active characters (such as <) are spaced differently in math. -% We have to reset their definitions in case the @math was an argument -% to a command which sets the catcodes (such as @item or @section). -% -{ - \catcode`^ = \active - \catcode`< = \active - \catcode`> = \active - \catcode`+ = \active - \gdef\mathactive{% - \let^ = \ptexhat - \let< = \ptexless - \let> = \ptexgtr - \let+ = \ptexplus - } -} - -% @bullet and @minus need the same treatment as @math, just above. -\def\bullet{$\ptexbullet$} -\def\minus{$-$} - -% @dots{} outputs an ellipsis using the current font. -% We do .5em per period so that it has the same spacing in a typewriter -% font as three actual period characters. -% -\def\dots{% - \leavevmode - \hbox to 1.5em{% - \hskip 0pt plus 0.25fil - .\hfil.\hfil.% - \hskip 0pt plus 0.5fil - }% -} - -% @enddots{} is an end-of-sentence ellipsis. -% -\def\enddots{% - \dots - \spacefactor=3000 -} - -% @comma{} is so commas can be inserted into text without messing up -% Texinfo's parsing. -% -\let\comma = , - -% @refill is a no-op. -\let\refill=\relax - -% If working on a large document in chapters, it is convenient to -% be able to disable indexing, cross-referencing, and contents, for test runs. -% This is done with @novalidate (before @setfilename). -% -\newif\iflinks \linkstrue % by default we want the aux files. -\let\novalidate = \linksfalse - -% @setfilename is done at the beginning of every texinfo file. -% So open here the files we need to have open while reading the input. -% This makes it possible to make a .fmt file for texinfo. -\def\setfilename{% - \fixbackslash % Turn off hack to swallow `\input texinfo'. - \iflinks - \tryauxfile - % Open the new aux file. TeX will close it automatically at exit. - \immediate\openout\auxfile=\jobname.aux - \fi % \openindices needs to do some work in any case. - \openindices - \let\setfilename=\comment % Ignore extra @setfilename cmds. - % - % If texinfo.cnf is present on the system, read it. - % Useful for site-wide @afourpaper, etc. - \openin 1 texinfo.cnf - \ifeof 1 \else \input texinfo.cnf \fi - \closein 1 - % - \comment % Ignore the actual filename. -} - -% Called from \setfilename. -% -\def\openindices{% - \newindex{cp}% - \newcodeindex{fn}% - \newcodeindex{vr}% - \newcodeindex{tp}% - \newcodeindex{ky}% - \newcodeindex{pg}% -} - -% @bye. -\outer\def\bye{\pagealignmacro\tracingstats=1\ptexend} - - -\message{pdf,} -% adobe `portable' document format -\newcount\tempnum -\newcount\lnkcount -\newtoks\filename -\newcount\filenamelength -\newcount\pgn -\newtoks\toksA -\newtoks\toksB -\newtoks\toksC -\newtoks\toksD -\newbox\boxA -\newcount\countA -\newif\ifpdf -\newif\ifpdfmakepagedest - -% when pdftex is run in dvi mode, \pdfoutput is defined (so \pdfoutput=1 -% can be set). So we test for \relax and 0 as well as \undefined, -% borrowed from ifpdf.sty. -\ifx\pdfoutput\undefined -\else - \ifx\pdfoutput\relax - \else - \ifcase\pdfoutput - \else - \pdftrue - \fi - \fi -\fi -% -\ifpdf - \input pdfcolor - \pdfcatalog{/PageMode /UseOutlines}% - \def\dopdfimage#1#2#3{% - \def\imagewidth{#2}% - \def\imageheight{#3}% - % without \immediate, pdftex seg faults when the same image is - % included twice. (Version 3.14159-pre-1.0-unofficial-20010704.) - \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14 - \immediate\pdfimage - \else - \immediate\pdfximage - \fi - \ifx\empty\imagewidth\else width \imagewidth \fi - \ifx\empty\imageheight\else height \imageheight \fi - \ifnum\pdftexversion<13 - #1.pdf% - \else - {#1.pdf}% - \fi - \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14 \else - \pdfrefximage \pdflastximage - \fi} - \def\pdfmkdest#1{{% - % We have to set dummies so commands such as @code in a section title - % aren't expanded. - \atdummies - \normalturnoffactive - \pdfdest name{#1} xyz% - }} - \def\pdfmkpgn#1{#1} - \let\linkcolor = \Blue % was Cyan, but that seems light? - \def\endlink{\Black\pdfendlink} - % Adding outlines to PDF; macros for calculating structure of outlines - % come from Petr Olsak - \def\expnumber#1{\expandafter\ifx\csname#1\endcsname\relax 0% - \else \csname#1\endcsname \fi} - \def\advancenumber#1{\tempnum=\expnumber{#1}\relax - \advance\tempnum by 1 - \expandafter\xdef\csname#1\endcsname{\the\tempnum}} - % - % #1 is the section text. #2 is the pdf expression for the number - % of subentries (or empty, for subsubsections). #3 is the node - % text, which might be empty if this toc entry had no - % corresponding node. #4 is the page number. - % - \def\dopdfoutline#1#2#3#4{% - % Generate a link to the node text if that exists; else, use the - % page number. We could generate a destination for the section - % text in the case where a section has no node, but it doesn't - % seem worthwhile, since most documents are normally structured. - \def\pdfoutlinedest{#3}% - \ifx\pdfoutlinedest\empty \def\pdfoutlinedest{#4}\fi - % - \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\pdfoutlinedest}}#2{#1}% - } - % - \def\pdfmakeoutlines{% - \begingroup - % Thanh's hack / proper braces in bookmarks - \edef\mylbrace{\iftrue \string{\else}\fi}\let\{=\mylbrace - \edef\myrbrace{\iffalse{\else\string}\fi}\let\}=\myrbrace - % - % Read toc silently, to get counts of subentries for \pdfoutline. - \def\numchapentry##1##2##3##4{% - \def\thischapnum{##2}% - \let\thissecnum\empty - \let\thissubsecnum\empty - }% - \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{% - \advancenumber{chap\thischapnum}% - \def\thissecnum{##2}% - \let\thissubsecnum\empty - }% - \def\numsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{% - \advancenumber{sec\thissecnum}% - \def\thissubsecnum{##2}% - }% - \def\numsubsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{% - \advancenumber{subsec\thissubsecnum}% - }% - \let\thischapnum\empty - \let\thissecnum\empty - \let\thissubsecnum\empty - % - % use \def rather than \let here because we redefine \chapentry et - % al. a second time, below. - \def\appentry{\numchapentry}% - \def\appsecentry{\numsecentry}% - \def\appsubsecentry{\numsubsecentry}% - \def\appsubsubsecentry{\numsubsubsecentry}% - \def\unnchapentry{\numchapentry}% - \def\unnsecentry{\numsecentry}% - \def\unnsubsecentry{\numsubsecentry}% - \def\unnsubsubsecentry{\numsubsubsecentry}% - \input \jobname.toc - % - % Read toc second time, this time actually producing the outlines. - % The `-' means take the \expnumber as the absolute number of - % subentries, which we calculated on our first read of the .toc above. - % - % We use the node names as the destinations. - \def\numchapentry##1##2##3##4{% - \dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{chap##2}}{##3}{##4}}% - \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{% - \dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{sec##2}}{##3}{##4}}% - \def\numsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{% - \dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{subsec##2}}{##3}{##4}}% - \def\numsubsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{% count is always zero - \dopdfoutline{##1}{}{##3}{##4}}% - % - % PDF outlines are displayed using system fonts, instead of - % document fonts. Therefore we cannot use special characters, - % since the encoding is unknown. For example, the eogonek from - % Latin 2 (0xea) gets translated to a | character. Info from - % Staszek Wawrykiewicz, 19 Jan 2004 04:09:24 +0100. - % - % xx to do this right, we have to translate 8-bit characters to - % their "best" equivalent, based on the @documentencoding. Right - % now, I guess we'll just let the pdf reader have its way. - \indexnofonts - \turnoffactive - \input \jobname.toc - \endgroup - } - % - \def\makelinks #1,{% - \def\params{#1}\def\E{END}% - \ifx\params\E - \let\nextmakelinks=\relax - \else - \let\nextmakelinks=\makelinks - \ifnum\lnkcount>0,\fi - \picknum{#1}% - \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]} - goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\the\pgn}}% - \linkcolor #1% - \advance\lnkcount by 1% - \endlink - \fi - \nextmakelinks - } - \def\picknum#1{\expandafter\pn#1} - \def\pn#1{% - \def\p{#1}% - \ifx\p\lbrace - \let\nextpn=\ppn - \else - \let\nextpn=\ppnn - \def\first{#1} - \fi - \nextpn - } - \def\ppn#1{\pgn=#1\gobble} - \def\ppnn{\pgn=\first} - \def\pdfmklnk#1{\lnkcount=0\makelinks #1,END,} - \def\skipspaces#1{\def\PP{#1}\def\D{|}% - \ifx\PP\D\let\nextsp\relax - \else\let\nextsp\skipspaces - \ifx\p\space\else\addtokens{\filename}{\PP}% - \advance\filenamelength by 1 - \fi - \fi - \nextsp} - \def\getfilename#1{\filenamelength=0\expandafter\skipspaces#1|\relax} - \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14 - \let \startlink \pdfannotlink - \else - \let \startlink \pdfstartlink - \fi - \def\pdfurl#1{% - \begingroup - \normalturnoffactive\def\@{@}% - \makevalueexpandable - \leavevmode\Red - \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}% - user{/Subtype /Link /A << /S /URI /URI (#1) >>}% - \endgroup} - \def\pdfgettoks#1.{\setbox\boxA=\hbox{\toksA={#1.}\toksB={}\maketoks}} - \def\addtokens#1#2{\edef\addtoks{\noexpand#1={\the#1#2}}\addtoks} - \def\adn#1{\addtokens{\toksC}{#1}\global\countA=1\let\next=\maketoks} - \def\poptoks#1#2|ENDTOKS|{\let\first=#1\toksD={#1}\toksA={#2}} - \def\maketoks{% - \expandafter\poptoks\the\toksA|ENDTOKS|\relax - \ifx\first0\adn0 - \else\ifx\first1\adn1 \else\ifx\first2\adn2 \else\ifx\first3\adn3 - \else\ifx\first4\adn4 \else\ifx\first5\adn5 \else\ifx\first6\adn6 - \else\ifx\first7\adn7 \else\ifx\first8\adn8 \else\ifx\first9\adn9 - \else - \ifnum0=\countA\else\makelink\fi - \ifx\first.\let\next=\done\else - \let\next=\maketoks - \addtokens{\toksB}{\the\toksD} - \ifx\first,\addtokens{\toksB}{\space}\fi - \fi - \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi - \next} - \def\makelink{\addtokens{\toksB}% - {\noexpand\pdflink{\the\toksC}}\toksC={}\global\countA=0} - \def\pdflink#1{% - \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]} goto name{\pdfmkpgn{#1}} - \linkcolor #1\endlink} - \def\done{\edef\st{\global\noexpand\toksA={\the\toksB}}\st} -\else - \let\pdfmkdest = \gobble - \let\pdfurl = \gobble - \let\endlink = \relax - \let\linkcolor = \relax - \let\pdfmakeoutlines = \relax -\fi % \ifx\pdfoutput - - -\message{fonts,} - -% Change the current font style to #1, remembering it in \curfontstyle. -% For now, we do not accumulate font styles: @b{@i{foo}} prints foo in -% italics, not bold italics. -% -\def\setfontstyle#1{% - \def\curfontstyle{#1}% not as a control sequence, because we are \edef'd. - \csname ten#1\endcsname % change the current font -} - -% Select #1 fonts with the current style. -% -\def\selectfonts#1{\csname #1fonts\endcsname \csname\curfontstyle\endcsname} - -\def\rm{\fam=0 \setfontstyle{rm}} -\def\it{\fam=\itfam \setfontstyle{it}} -\def\sl{\fam=\slfam \setfontstyle{sl}} -\def\bf{\fam=\bffam \setfontstyle{bf}} -\def\tt{\fam=\ttfam \setfontstyle{tt}} - -% Texinfo sort of supports the sans serif font style, which plain TeX does not. -% So we set up a \sf. -\newfam\sffam -\def\sf{\fam=\sffam \setfontstyle{sf}} -\let\li = \sf % Sometimes we call it \li, not \sf. - -% We don't need math for this font style. -\def\ttsl{\setfontstyle{ttsl}} - -% Default leading. -\newdimen\textleading \textleading = 13.2pt - -% Set the baselineskip to #1, and the lineskip and strut size -% correspondingly. There is no deep meaning behind these magic numbers -% used as factors; they just match (closely enough) what Knuth defined. -% -\def\lineskipfactor{.08333} -\def\strutheightpercent{.70833} -\def\strutdepthpercent {.29167} -% -\def\setleading#1{% - \normalbaselineskip = #1\relax - \normallineskip = \lineskipfactor\normalbaselineskip - \normalbaselines - \setbox\strutbox =\hbox{% - \vrule width0pt height\strutheightpercent\baselineskip - depth \strutdepthpercent \baselineskip - }% -} - -% Set the font macro #1 to the font named #2, adding on the -% specified font prefix (normally `cm'). -% #3 is the font's design size, #4 is a scale factor -\def\setfont#1#2#3#4{\font#1=\fontprefix#2#3 scaled #4} - -% Use cm as the default font prefix. -% To specify the font prefix, you must define \fontprefix -% before you read in texinfo.tex. -\ifx\fontprefix\undefined -\def\fontprefix{cm} -\fi -% Support font families that don't use the same naming scheme as CM. -\def\rmshape{r} -\def\rmbshape{bx} %where the normal face is bold -\def\bfshape{b} -\def\bxshape{bx} -\def\ttshape{tt} -\def\ttbshape{tt} -\def\ttslshape{sltt} -\def\itshape{ti} -\def\itbshape{bxti} -\def\slshape{sl} -\def\slbshape{bxsl} -\def\sfshape{ss} -\def\sfbshape{ss} -\def\scshape{csc} -\def\scbshape{csc} - -% Text fonts (11.2pt, magstep1). -\newcount\mainmagstep -\ifx\bigger\relax - % not really supported. - \mainmagstep=\magstep1 - \setfont\textrm\rmshape{12}{1000} - \setfont\texttt\ttshape{12}{1000} -\else - \mainmagstep=\magstephalf - \setfont\textrm\rmshape{10}{\mainmagstep} - \setfont\texttt\ttshape{10}{\mainmagstep} -\fi -\setfont\textbf\bfshape{10}{\mainmagstep} -\setfont\textit\itshape{10}{\mainmagstep} -\setfont\textsl\slshape{10}{\mainmagstep} -\setfont\textsf\sfshape{10}{\mainmagstep} -\setfont\textsc\scshape{10}{\mainmagstep} -\setfont\textttsl\ttslshape{10}{\mainmagstep} -\font\texti=cmmi10 scaled \mainmagstep -\font\textsy=cmsy10 scaled \mainmagstep - -% A few fonts for @defun names and args. -\setfont\defbf\bfshape{10}{\magstep1} -\setfont\deftt\ttshape{10}{\magstep1} -\setfont\defttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep1} -\def\df{\let\tentt=\deftt \let\tenbf = \defbf \let\tenttsl=\defttsl \bf} - -% Fonts for indices, footnotes, small examples (9pt). -\setfont\smallrm\rmshape{9}{1000} -\setfont\smalltt\ttshape{9}{1000} -\setfont\smallbf\bfshape{10}{900} -\setfont\smallit\itshape{9}{1000} -\setfont\smallsl\slshape{9}{1000} -\setfont\smallsf\sfshape{9}{1000} -\setfont\smallsc\scshape{10}{900} -\setfont\smallttsl\ttslshape{10}{900} -\font\smalli=cmmi9 -\font\smallsy=cmsy9 - -% Fonts for small examples (8pt). -\setfont\smallerrm\rmshape{8}{1000} -\setfont\smallertt\ttshape{8}{1000} -\setfont\smallerbf\bfshape{10}{800} -\setfont\smallerit\itshape{8}{1000} -\setfont\smallersl\slshape{8}{1000} -\setfont\smallersf\sfshape{8}{1000} -\setfont\smallersc\scshape{10}{800} -\setfont\smallerttsl\ttslshape{10}{800} -\font\smalleri=cmmi8 -\font\smallersy=cmsy8 - -% Fonts for title page (20.4pt): -\setfont\titlerm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep3} -\setfont\titleit\itbshape{10}{\magstep4} -\setfont\titlesl\slbshape{10}{\magstep4} -\setfont\titlett\ttbshape{12}{\magstep3} -\setfont\titlettsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep4} -\setfont\titlesf\sfbshape{17}{\magstep1} -\let\titlebf=\titlerm -\setfont\titlesc\scbshape{10}{\magstep4} -\font\titlei=cmmi12 scaled \magstep3 -\font\titlesy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep4 -\def\authorrm{\secrm} -\def\authortt{\sectt} - -% Chapter (and unnumbered) fonts (17.28pt). -\setfont\chaprm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep2} -\setfont\chapit\itbshape{10}{\magstep3} -\setfont\chapsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep3} -\setfont\chaptt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep2} -\setfont\chapttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep3} -\setfont\chapsf\sfbshape{17}{1000} -\let\chapbf=\chaprm -\setfont\chapsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep3} -\font\chapi=cmmi12 scaled \magstep2 -\font\chapsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep3 - -% Section fonts (14.4pt). -\setfont\secrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep1} -\setfont\secit\itbshape{10}{\magstep2} -\setfont\secsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep2} -\setfont\sectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep1} -\setfont\secttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep2} -\setfont\secsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstep1} -\let\secbf\secrm -\setfont\secsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep2} -\font\seci=cmmi12 scaled \magstep1 -\font\secsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep2 - -% Subsection fonts (13.15pt). -\setfont\ssecrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstephalf} -\setfont\ssecit\itbshape{10}{1315} -\setfont\ssecsl\slbshape{10}{1315} -\setfont\ssectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstephalf} -\setfont\ssecttsl\ttslshape{10}{1315} -\setfont\ssecsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstephalf} -\let\ssecbf\ssecrm -\setfont\ssecsc\scbshape{10}{1315} -\font\sseci=cmmi12 scaled \magstephalf -\font\ssecsy=cmsy10 scaled 1315 - -% Reduced fonts for @acro in text (10pt). -\setfont\reducedrm\rmshape{10}{1000} -\setfont\reducedtt\ttshape{10}{1000} -\setfont\reducedbf\bfshape{10}{1000} -\setfont\reducedit\itshape{10}{1000} -\setfont\reducedsl\slshape{10}{1000} -\setfont\reducedsf\sfshape{10}{1000} -\setfont\reducedsc\scshape{10}{1000} -\setfont\reducedttsl\ttslshape{10}{1000} -\font\reducedi=cmmi10 -\font\reducedsy=cmsy10 - -% In order for the font changes to affect most math symbols and letters, -% we have to define the \textfont of the standard families. Since -% texinfo doesn't allow for producing subscripts and superscripts except -% in the main text, we don't bother to reset \scriptfont and -% \scriptscriptfont (which would also require loading a lot more fonts). -% -\def\resetmathfonts{% - \textfont0=\tenrm \textfont1=\teni \textfont2=\tensy - \textfont\itfam=\tenit \textfont\slfam=\tensl \textfont\bffam=\tenbf - \textfont\ttfam=\tentt \textfont\sffam=\tensf -} - -% The font-changing commands redefine the meanings of \tenSTYLE, instead -% of just \STYLE. We do this because \STYLE needs to also set the -% current \fam for math mode. Our \STYLE (e.g., \rm) commands hardwire -% \tenSTYLE to set the current font. -% -% Each font-changing command also sets the names \lsize (one size lower) -% and \lllsize (three sizes lower). These relative commands are used in -% the LaTeX logo and acronyms. -% -% This all needs generalizing, badly. -% -\def\textfonts{% - \let\tenrm=\textrm \let\tenit=\textit \let\tensl=\textsl - \let\tenbf=\textbf \let\tentt=\texttt \let\smallcaps=\textsc - \let\tensf=\textsf \let\teni=\texti \let\tensy=\textsy - \let\tenttsl=\textttsl - \def\lsize{reduced}\def\lllsize{smaller}% - \resetmathfonts \setleading{\textleading}} -\def\titlefonts{% - \let\tenrm=\titlerm \let\tenit=\titleit \let\tensl=\titlesl - \let\tenbf=\titlebf \let\tentt=\titlett \let\smallcaps=\titlesc - \let\tensf=\titlesf \let\teni=\titlei \let\tensy=\titlesy - \let\tenttsl=\titlettsl - \def\lsize{chap}\def\lllsize{subsec}% - \resetmathfonts \setleading{25pt}} -\def\titlefont#1{{\titlefonts\rm #1}} -\def\chapfonts{% - \let\tenrm=\chaprm \let\tenit=\chapit \let\tensl=\chapsl - \let\tenbf=\chapbf \let\tentt=\chaptt \let\smallcaps=\chapsc - \let\tensf=\chapsf \let\teni=\chapi \let\tensy=\chapsy \let\tenttsl=\chapttsl - \def\lsize{sec}\def\lllsize{text}% - \resetmathfonts \setleading{19pt}} -\def\secfonts{% - \let\tenrm=\secrm \let\tenit=\secit \let\tensl=\secsl - \let\tenbf=\secbf \let\tentt=\sectt \let\smallcaps=\secsc - \let\tensf=\secsf \let\teni=\seci \let\tensy=\secsy - \let\tenttsl=\secttsl - \def\lsize{subsec}\def\lllsize{reduced}% - \resetmathfonts \setleading{16pt}} -\def\subsecfonts{% - \let\tenrm=\ssecrm \let\tenit=\ssecit \let\tensl=\ssecsl - \let\tenbf=\ssecbf \let\tentt=\ssectt \let\smallcaps=\ssecsc - \let\tensf=\ssecsf \let\teni=\sseci \let\tensy=\ssecsy - \let\tenttsl=\ssecttsl - \def\lsize{text}\def\lllsize{small}% - \resetmathfonts \setleading{15pt}} -\let\subsubsecfonts = \subsecfonts -\def\reducedfonts{% - \let\tenrm=\reducedrm \let\tenit=\reducedit \let\tensl=\reducedsl - \let\tenbf=\reducedbf \let\tentt=\reducedtt \let\reducedcaps=\reducedsc - \let\tensf=\reducedsf \let\teni=\reducedi \let\tensy=\reducedsy - \let\tenttsl=\reducedttsl - \def\lsize{small}\def\lllsize{smaller}% - \resetmathfonts \setleading{10.5pt}} -\def\smallfonts{% - \let\tenrm=\smallrm \let\tenit=\smallit \let\tensl=\smallsl - \let\tenbf=\smallbf \let\tentt=\smalltt \let\smallcaps=\smallsc - \let\tensf=\smallsf \let\teni=\smalli \let\tensy=\smallsy - \let\tenttsl=\smallttsl - \def\lsize{smaller}\def\lllsize{smaller}% - \resetmathfonts \setleading{10.5pt}} -\def\smallerfonts{% - \let\tenrm=\smallerrm \let\tenit=\smallerit \let\tensl=\smallersl - \let\tenbf=\smallerbf \let\tentt=\smallertt \let\smallcaps=\smallersc - \let\tensf=\smallersf \let\teni=\smalleri \let\tensy=\smallersy - \let\tenttsl=\smallerttsl - \def\lsize{smaller}\def\lllsize{smaller}% - \resetmathfonts \setleading{9.5pt}} - -% Set the fonts to use with the @small... environments. -\let\smallexamplefonts = \smallfonts - -% About \smallexamplefonts. If we use \smallfonts (9pt), @smallexample -% can fit this many characters: -% 8.5x11=86 smallbook=72 a4=90 a5=69 -% If we use \scriptfonts (8pt), then we can fit this many characters: -% 8.5x11=90+ smallbook=80 a4=90+ a5=77 -% For me, subjectively, the few extra characters that fit aren't worth -% the additional smallness of 8pt. So I'm making the default 9pt. -% -% By the way, for comparison, here's what fits with @example (10pt): -% 8.5x11=71 smallbook=60 a4=75 a5=58 -% -% I wish the USA used A4 paper. -% --karl, 24jan03. - - -% Set up the default fonts, so we can use them for creating boxes. -% -\textfonts \rm - -% Define these so they can be easily changed for other fonts. -\def\angleleft{$\langle$} -\def\angleright{$\rangle$} - -% Count depth in font-changes, for error checks -\newcount\fontdepth \fontdepth=0 - -% Fonts for short table of contents. -\setfont\shortcontrm\rmshape{12}{1000} -\setfont\shortcontbf\bfshape{10}{\magstep1} % no cmb12 -\setfont\shortcontsl\slshape{12}{1000} -\setfont\shortconttt\ttshape{12}{1000} - -%% Add scribe-like font environments, plus @l for inline lisp (usually sans -%% serif) and @ii for TeX italic - -% \smartitalic{ARG} outputs arg in italics, followed by an italic correction -% unless the following character is such as not to need one. -\def\smartitalicx{\ifx\next,\else\ifx\next-\else\ifx\next.\else - \ptexslash\fi\fi\fi} -\def\smartslanted#1{{\ifusingtt\ttsl\sl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx} -\def\smartitalic#1{{\ifusingtt\ttsl\it #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx} - -% like \smartslanted except unconditionally uses \ttsl. -% @var is set to this for defun arguments. -\def\ttslanted#1{{\ttsl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx} - -% like \smartslanted except unconditionally use \sl. We never want -% ttsl for book titles, do we? -\def\cite#1{{\sl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx} - -\let\i=\smartitalic -\let\slanted=\smartslanted -\let\var=\smartslanted -\let\dfn=\smartslanted -\let\emph=\smartitalic - -\def\b#1{{\bf #1}} -\let\strong=\b - -% We can't just use \exhyphenpenalty, because that only has effect at -% the end of a paragraph. Restore normal hyphenation at the end of the -% group within which \nohyphenation is presumably called. -% -\def\nohyphenation{\hyphenchar\font = -1 \aftergroup\restorehyphenation} -\def\restorehyphenation{\hyphenchar\font = `- } - -% Set sfcode to normal for the chars that usually have another value. -% Can't use plain's \frenchspacing because it uses the `\x notation, and -% sometimes \x has an active definition that messes things up. -% -\catcode`@=11 - \def\frenchspacing{% - \sfcode\dotChar =\@m \sfcode\questChar=\@m \sfcode\exclamChar=\@m - \sfcode\colonChar=\@m \sfcode\semiChar =\@m \sfcode\commaChar =\@m - } -\catcode`@=\other - -\def\t#1{% - {\tt \rawbackslash \frenchspacing #1}% - \null -} -\def\samp#1{`\tclose{#1}'\null} -\setfont\keyrm\rmshape{8}{1000} -\font\keysy=cmsy9 -\def\key#1{{\keyrm\textfont2=\keysy \leavevmode\hbox{% - \raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleleft}\kern-.08em\vtop{% - \vbox{\hrule\kern-0.4pt - \hbox{\raise0.4pt\hbox{\vphantom{\angleleft}}#1}}% - \kern-0.4pt\hrule}% - \kern-.06em\raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleright}}}} -% The old definition, with no lozenge: -%\def\key #1{{\ttsl \nohyphenation \uppercase{#1}}\null} -\def\ctrl #1{{\tt \rawbackslash \hat}#1} - -% @file, @option are the same as @samp. -\let\file=\samp -\let\option=\samp - -% @code is a modification of @t, -% which makes spaces the same size as normal in the surrounding text. -\def\tclose#1{% - {% - % Change normal interword space to be same as for the current font. - \spaceskip = \fontdimen2\font - % - % Switch to typewriter. - \tt - % - % But `\ ' produces the large typewriter interword space. - \def\ {{\spaceskip = 0pt{} }}% - % - % Turn off hyphenation. - \nohyphenation - % - \rawbackslash - \frenchspacing - #1% - }% - \null -} - -% We *must* turn on hyphenation at `-' and `_' in @code. -% Otherwise, it is too hard to avoid overfull hboxes -% in the Emacs manual, the Library manual, etc. - -% Unfortunately, TeX uses one parameter (\hyphenchar) to control -% both hyphenation at - and hyphenation within words. -% We must therefore turn them both off (\tclose does that) -% and arrange explicitly to hyphenate at a dash. -% -- rms. -{ - \catcode`\-=\active - \catcode`\_=\active - % - \global\def\code{\begingroup - \catcode`\-=\active \let-\codedash - \catcode`\_=\active \let_\codeunder - \codex - } -} - -\def\realdash{-} -\def\codedash{-\discretionary{}{}{}} -\def\codeunder{% - % this is all so @math{@code{var_name}+1} can work. In math mode, _ - % is "active" (mathcode"8000) and \normalunderscore (or \char95, etc.) - % will therefore expand the active definition of _, which is us - % (inside @code that is), therefore an endless loop. - \ifusingtt{\ifmmode - \mathchar"075F % class 0=ordinary, family 7=ttfam, pos 0x5F=_. - \else\normalunderscore \fi - \discretionary{}{}{}}% - {\_}% -} -\def\codex #1{\tclose{#1}\endgroup} - -% @kbd is like @code, except that if the argument is just one @key command, -% then @kbd has no effect. - -% @kbdinputstyle -- arg is `distinct' (@kbd uses slanted tty font always), -% `example' (@kbd uses ttsl only inside of @example and friends), -% or `code' (@kbd uses normal tty font always). -\parseargdef\kbdinputstyle{% - \def\arg{#1}% - \ifx\arg\worddistinct - \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\ttsl}% - \else\ifx\arg\wordexample - \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}% - \else\ifx\arg\wordcode - \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\tt}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}% - \else - \errhelp = \EMsimple - \errmessage{Unknown @kbdinputstyle option `\arg'}% - \fi\fi\fi -} -\def\worddistinct{distinct} -\def\wordexample{example} -\def\wordcode{code} - -% Default is `distinct.' -\kbdinputstyle distinct - -\def\xkey{\key} -\def\kbdfoo#1#2#3\par{\def\one{#1}\def\three{#3}\def\threex{??}% -\ifx\one\xkey\ifx\threex\three \key{#2}% -\else{\tclose{\kbdfont\look}}\fi -\else{\tclose{\kbdfont\look}}\fi} - -% For @indicateurl, @env, @command quotes seem unnecessary, so use \code. -\let\indicateurl=\code -\let\env=\code -\let\command=\code - -% @uref (abbreviation for `urlref') takes an optional (comma-separated) -% second argument specifying the text to display and an optional third -% arg as text to display instead of (rather than in addition to) the url -% itself. First (mandatory) arg is the url. Perhaps eventually put in -% a hypertex \special here. -% -\def\uref#1{\douref #1,,,\finish} -\def\douref#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{\begingroup - \unsepspaces - \pdfurl{#1}% - \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}% - \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt - \unhbox0 % third arg given, show only that - \else - \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% - \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt - \ifpdf - \unhbox0 % PDF: 2nd arg given, show only it - \else - \unhbox0\ (\code{#1})% DVI: 2nd arg given, show both it and url - \fi - \else - \code{#1}% only url given, so show it - \fi - \fi - \endlink -\endgroup} - -% @url synonym for @uref, since that's how everyone uses it. -% -\let\url=\uref - -% rms does not like angle brackets --karl, 17may97. -% So now @email is just like @uref, unless we are pdf. -% -%\def\email#1{\angleleft{\tt #1}\angleright} -\ifpdf - \def\email#1{\doemail#1,,\finish} - \def\doemail#1,#2,#3\finish{\begingroup - \unsepspaces - \pdfurl{mailto:#1}% - \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% - \ifdim\wd0>0pt\unhbox0\else\code{#1}\fi - \endlink - \endgroup} -\else - \let\email=\uref -\fi - -% Check if we are currently using a typewriter font. Since all the -% Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero interword stretch (and -% shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all typewriter fonts to have -% this property, we can check that font parameter. -% -\def\ifmonospace{\ifdim\fontdimen3\font=0pt } - -% Typeset a dimension, e.g., `in' or `pt'. The only reason for the -% argument is to make the input look right: @dmn{pt} instead of @dmn{}pt. -% -\def\dmn#1{\thinspace #1} - -\def\kbd#1{\def\look{#1}\expandafter\kbdfoo\look??\par} - -% @l was never documented to mean ``switch to the Lisp font'', -% and it is not used as such in any manual I can find. We need it for -% Polish suppressed-l. --karl, 22sep96. -%\def\l#1{{\li #1}\null} - -% Explicit font changes: @r, @sc, undocumented @ii. -\def\r#1{{\rm #1}} % roman font -\def\sc#1{{\smallcaps#1}} % smallcaps font -\def\ii#1{{\it #1}} % italic font - -% @acronym for "FBI", "NATO", and the like. -% We print this one point size smaller, since it's intended for -% all-uppercase. -% -\def\acronym#1{\doacronym #1,,\finish} -\def\doacronym#1,#2,#3\finish{% - {\selectfonts\lsize #1}% - \def\temp{#2}% - \ifx\temp\empty \else - \space ({\unsepspaces \ignorespaces \temp \unskip})% - \fi -} - -% @abbr for "Comput. J." and the like. -% No font change, but don't do end-of-sentence spacing. -% -\def\abbr#1{\doabbr #1,,\finish} -\def\doabbr#1,#2,#3\finish{% - {\frenchspacing #1}% - \def\temp{#2}% - \ifx\temp\empty \else - \space ({\unsepspaces \ignorespaces \temp \unskip})% - \fi -} - -% @pounds{} is a sterling sign, which Knuth put in the CM italic font. -% -\def\pounds{{\it\$}} - -% @registeredsymbol - R in a circle. The font for the R should really -% be smaller yet, but lllsize is the best we can do for now. -% Adapted from the plain.tex definition of \copyright. -% -\def\registeredsymbol{% - $^{{\ooalign{\hfil\raise.07ex\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize R}% - \hfil\crcr\Orb}}% - }$% -} - -% Laurent Siebenmann reports \Orb undefined with: -% Textures 1.7.7 (preloaded format=plain 93.10.14) (68K) 16 APR 2004 02:38 -% so we'll define it if necessary. -% -\ifx\Orb\undefined -\def\Orb{\mathhexbox20D} -\fi - - -\message{page headings,} - -\newskip\titlepagetopglue \titlepagetopglue = 1.5in -\newskip\titlepagebottomglue \titlepagebottomglue = 2pc - -% First the title page. Must do @settitle before @titlepage. -\newif\ifseenauthor -\newif\iffinishedtitlepage - -% Do an implicit @contents or @shortcontents after @end titlepage if the -% user says @setcontentsaftertitlepage or @setshortcontentsaftertitlepage. -% -\newif\ifsetcontentsaftertitlepage - \let\setcontentsaftertitlepage = \setcontentsaftertitlepagetrue -\newif\ifsetshortcontentsaftertitlepage - \let\setshortcontentsaftertitlepage = \setshortcontentsaftertitlepagetrue - -\parseargdef\shorttitlepage{\begingroup\hbox{}\vskip 1.5in \chaprm \centerline{#1}% - \endgroup\page\hbox{}\page} - -\envdef\titlepage{% - % Open one extra group, as we want to close it in the middle of \Etitlepage. - \begingroup - \parindent=0pt \textfonts - % Leave some space at the very top of the page. - \vglue\titlepagetopglue - % No rule at page bottom unless we print one at the top with @title. - \finishedtitlepagetrue - % - % Most title ``pages'' are actually two pages long, with space - % at the top of the second. We don't want the ragged left on the second. - \let\oldpage = \page - \def\page{% - \iffinishedtitlepage\else - \finishtitlepage - \fi - \let\page = \oldpage - \page - \null - }% -} - -\def\Etitlepage{% - \iffinishedtitlepage\else - \finishtitlepage - \fi - % It is important to do the page break before ending the group, - % because the headline and footline are only empty inside the group. - % If we use the new definition of \page, we always get a blank page - % after the title page, which we certainly don't want. - \oldpage - \endgroup - % - % Need this before the \...aftertitlepage checks so that if they are - % in effect the toc pages will come out with page numbers. - \HEADINGSon - % - % If they want short, they certainly want long too. - \ifsetshortcontentsaftertitlepage - \shortcontents - \contents - \global\let\shortcontents = \relax - \global\let\contents = \relax - \fi - % - \ifsetcontentsaftertitlepage - \contents - \global\let\contents = \relax - \global\let\shortcontents = \relax - \fi -} - -\def\finishtitlepage{% - \vskip4pt \hrule height 2pt width \hsize - \vskip\titlepagebottomglue - \finishedtitlepagetrue -} - -%%% Macros to be used within @titlepage: - -\let\subtitlerm=\tenrm -\def\subtitlefont{\subtitlerm \normalbaselineskip = 13pt \normalbaselines} - -\def\authorfont{\authorrm \normalbaselineskip = 16pt \normalbaselines - \let\tt=\authortt} - -\parseargdef\title{% - \checkenv\titlepage - \leftline{\titlefonts\rm #1} - % print a rule at the page bottom also. - \finishedtitlepagefalse - \vskip4pt \hrule height 4pt width \hsize \vskip4pt -} - -\parseargdef\subtitle{% - \checkenv\titlepage - {\subtitlefont \rightline{#1}}% -} - -% @author should come last, but may come many times. -% It can also be used inside @quotation. -% -\parseargdef\author{% - \def\temp{\quotation}% - \ifx\thisenv\temp - \def\quotationauthor{#1}% printed in \Equotation. - \else - \checkenv\titlepage - \ifseenauthor\else \vskip 0pt plus 1filll \seenauthortrue \fi - {\authorfont \leftline{#1}}% - \fi -} - - -%%% Set up page headings and footings. - -\let\thispage=\folio - -\newtoks\evenheadline % headline on even pages -\newtoks\oddheadline % headline on odd pages -\newtoks\evenfootline % footline on even pages -\newtoks\oddfootline % footline on odd pages - -% Now make TeX use those variables -\headline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddheadline - \else \the\evenheadline \fi}} -\footline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddfootline - \else \the\evenfootline \fi}\HEADINGShook} -\let\HEADINGShook=\relax - -% Commands to set those variables. -% For example, this is what @headings on does -% @evenheading @thistitle|@thispage|@thischapter -% @oddheading @thischapter|@thispage|@thistitle -% @evenfooting @thisfile|| -% @oddfooting ||@thisfile - - -\def\evenheading{\parsearg\evenheadingxxx} -\def\evenheadingxxx #1{\evenheadingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish} -\def\evenheadingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{% -\global\evenheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}} - -\def\oddheading{\parsearg\oddheadingxxx} -\def\oddheadingxxx #1{\oddheadingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish} -\def\oddheadingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{% -\global\oddheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}} - -\parseargdef\everyheading{\oddheadingxxx{#1}\evenheadingxxx{#1}}% - -\def\evenfooting{\parsearg\evenfootingxxx} -\def\evenfootingxxx #1{\evenfootingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish} -\def\evenfootingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{% -\global\evenfootline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}} - -\def\oddfooting{\parsearg\oddfootingxxx} -\def\oddfootingxxx #1{\oddfootingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish} -\def\oddfootingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{% - \global\oddfootline = {\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}% - % - % Leave some space for the footline. Hopefully ok to assume - % @evenfooting will not be used by itself. - \global\advance\pageheight by -\baselineskip - \global\advance\vsize by -\baselineskip -} - -\parseargdef\everyfooting{\oddfootingxxx{#1}\evenfootingxxx{#1}} - - -% @headings double turns headings on for double-sided printing. -% @headings single turns headings on for single-sided printing. -% @headings off turns them off. -% @headings on same as @headings double, retained for compatibility. -% @headings after turns on double-sided headings after this page. -% @headings doubleafter turns on double-sided headings after this page. -% @headings singleafter turns on single-sided headings after this page. -% By default, they are off at the start of a document, -% and turned `on' after @end titlepage. - -\def\headings #1 {\csname HEADINGS#1\endcsname} - -\def\HEADINGSoff{% -\global\evenheadline={\hfil} \global\evenfootline={\hfil} -\global\oddheadline={\hfil} \global\oddfootline={\hfil}} -\HEADINGSoff -% When we turn headings on, set the page number to 1. -% For double-sided printing, put current file name in lower left corner, -% chapter name on inside top of right hand pages, document -% title on inside top of left hand pages, and page numbers on outside top -% edge of all pages. -\def\HEADINGSdouble{% -\global\pageno=1 -\global\evenfootline={\hfil} -\global\oddfootline={\hfil} -\global\evenheadline={\line{\folio\hfil\thistitle}} -\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} -\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage -} -\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager - -% For single-sided printing, chapter title goes across top left of page, -% page number on top right. -\def\HEADINGSsingle{% -\global\pageno=1 -\global\evenfootline={\hfil} -\global\oddfootline={\hfil} -\global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} -\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} -\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager -} -\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble} - -\def\HEADINGSafter{\let\HEADINGShook=\HEADINGSdoublex} -\let\HEADINGSdoubleafter=\HEADINGSafter -\def\HEADINGSdoublex{% -\global\evenfootline={\hfil} -\global\oddfootline={\hfil} -\global\evenheadline={\line{\folio\hfil\thistitle}} -\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} -\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage -} - -\def\HEADINGSsingleafter{\let\HEADINGShook=\HEADINGSsinglex} -\def\HEADINGSsinglex{% -\global\evenfootline={\hfil} -\global\oddfootline={\hfil} -\global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} -\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} -\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager -} - -% Subroutines used in generating headings -% This produces Day Month Year style of output. -% Only define if not already defined, in case a txi-??.tex file has set -% up a different format (e.g., txi-cs.tex does this). -\ifx\today\undefined -\def\today{% - \number\day\space - \ifcase\month - \or\putwordMJan\or\putwordMFeb\or\putwordMMar\or\putwordMApr - \or\putwordMMay\or\putwordMJun\or\putwordMJul\or\putwordMAug - \or\putwordMSep\or\putwordMOct\or\putwordMNov\or\putwordMDec - \fi - \space\number\year} -\fi - -% @settitle line... specifies the title of the document, for headings. -% It generates no output of its own. -\def\thistitle{\putwordNoTitle} -\def\settitle{\parsearg{\gdef\thistitle}} - - -\message{tables,} -% Tables -- @table, @ftable, @vtable, @item(x). - -% default indentation of table text -\newdimen\tableindent \tableindent=.8in -% default indentation of @itemize and @enumerate text -\newdimen\itemindent \itemindent=.3in -% margin between end of table item and start of table text. -\newdimen\itemmargin \itemmargin=.1in - -% used internally for \itemindent minus \itemmargin -\newdimen\itemmax - -% Note @table, @ftable, and @vtable define @item, @itemx, etc., with -% these defs. -% They also define \itemindex -% to index the item name in whatever manner is desired (perhaps none). - -\newif\ifitemxneedsnegativevskip - -\def\itemxpar{\par\ifitemxneedsnegativevskip\nobreak\vskip-\parskip\nobreak\fi} - -\def\internalBitem{\smallbreak \parsearg\itemzzz} -\def\internalBitemx{\itemxpar \parsearg\itemzzz} - -\def\itemzzz #1{\begingroup % - \advance\hsize by -\rightskip - \advance\hsize by -\tableindent - \setbox0=\hbox{\itemindicate{#1}}% - \itemindex{#1}% - \nobreak % This prevents a break before @itemx. - % - % If the item text does not fit in the space we have, put it on a line - % by itself, and do not allow a page break either before or after that - % line. We do not start a paragraph here because then if the next - % command is, e.g., @kindex, the whatsit would get put into the - % horizontal list on a line by itself, resulting in extra blank space. - \ifdim \wd0>\itemmax - % - % Make this a paragraph so we get the \parskip glue and wrapping, - % but leave it ragged-right. - \begingroup - \advance\leftskip by-\tableindent - \advance\hsize by\tableindent - \advance\rightskip by0pt plus1fil - \leavevmode\unhbox0\par - \endgroup - % - % We're going to be starting a paragraph, but we don't want the - % \parskip glue -- logically it's part of the @item we just started. - \nobreak \vskip-\parskip - % - % Stop a page break at the \parskip glue coming up. However, if - % what follows is an environment such as @example, there will be no - % \parskip glue; then the negative vskip we just inserted would - % cause the example and the item to crash together. So we use this - % bizarre value of 10001 as a signal to \aboveenvbreak to insert - % \parskip glue after all. Section titles are handled this way also. - % - \penalty 10001 - \endgroup - \itemxneedsnegativevskipfalse - \else - % The item text fits into the space. Start a paragraph, so that the - % following text (if any) will end up on the same line. - \noindent - % Do this with kerns and \unhbox so that if there is a footnote in - % the item text, it can migrate to the main vertical list and - % eventually be printed. - \nobreak\kern-\tableindent - \dimen0 = \itemmax \advance\dimen0 by \itemmargin \advance\dimen0 by -\wd0 - \unhbox0 - \nobreak\kern\dimen0 - \endgroup - \itemxneedsnegativevskiptrue - \fi -} - -\def\item{\errmessage{@item while not in a list environment}} -\def\itemx{\errmessage{@itemx while not in a list environment}} - -% @table, @ftable, @vtable. -\envdef\table{% - \let\itemindex\gobble - \tablecheck{table}% -} -\envdef\ftable{% - \def\itemindex ##1{\doind {fn}{\code{##1}}}% - \tablecheck{ftable}% -} -\envdef\vtable{% - \def\itemindex ##1{\doind {vr}{\code{##1}}}% - \tablecheck{vtable}% -} -\def\tablecheck#1{% - \ifnum \the\catcode`\^^M=\active - \endgroup - \errmessage{This command won't work in this context; perhaps the problem is - that we are \inenvironment\thisenv}% - \def\next{\doignore{#1}}% - \else - \let\next\tablex - \fi - \next -} -\def\tablex#1{% - \def\itemindicate{#1}% - \parsearg\tabley -} -\def\tabley#1{% - {% - \makevalueexpandable - \edef\temp{\noexpand\tablez #1\space\space\space}% - \expandafter - }\temp \endtablez -} -\def\tablez #1 #2 #3 #4\endtablez{% - \aboveenvbreak - \ifnum 0#1>0 \advance \leftskip by #1\mil \fi - \ifnum 0#2>0 \tableindent=#2\mil \fi - \ifnum 0#3>0 \advance \rightskip by #3\mil \fi - \itemmax=\tableindent - \advance \itemmax by -\itemmargin - \advance \leftskip by \tableindent - \exdentamount=\tableindent - \parindent = 0pt - \parskip = \smallskipamount - \ifdim \parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi - \let\item = \internalBitem - \let\itemx = \internalBitemx -} -\def\Etable{\endgraf\afterenvbreak} -\let\Eftable\Etable -\let\Evtable\Etable -\let\Eitemize\Etable -\let\Eenumerate\Etable - -% This is the counter used by @enumerate, which is really @itemize - -\newcount \itemno - -\envdef\itemize{\parsearg\doitemize} - -\def\doitemize#1{% - \aboveenvbreak - \itemmax=\itemindent - \advance\itemmax by -\itemmargin - \advance\leftskip by \itemindent - \exdentamount=\itemindent - \parindent=0pt - \parskip=\smallskipamount - \ifdim\parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi - \def\itemcontents{#1}% - % @itemize with no arg is equivalent to @itemize @bullet. - \ifx\itemcontents\empty\def\itemcontents{\bullet}\fi - \let\item=\itemizeitem -} - -% Definition of @item while inside @itemize and @enumerate. -% -\def\itemizeitem{% - \advance\itemno by 1 % for enumerations - {\let\par=\endgraf \smallbreak}% reasonable place to break - {% - % If the document has an @itemize directly after a section title, a - % \nobreak will be last on the list, and \sectionheading will have - % done a \vskip-\parskip. In that case, we don't want to zero - % parskip, or the item text will crash with the heading. On the - % other hand, when there is normal text preceding the item (as there - % usually is), we do want to zero parskip, or there would be too much - % space. In that case, we won't have a \nobreak before. At least - % that's the theory. - \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000 \parskip=0in \fi - \noindent - \hbox to 0pt{\hss \itemcontents \kern\itemmargin}% - \vadjust{\penalty 1200}}% not good to break after first line of item. - \flushcr -} - -% \splitoff TOKENS\endmark defines \first to be the first token in -% TOKENS, and \rest to be the remainder. -% -\def\splitoff#1#2\endmark{\def\first{#1}\def\rest{#2}}% - -% Allow an optional argument of an uppercase letter, lowercase letter, -% or number, to specify the first label in the enumerated list. No -% argument is the same as `1'. -% -\envparseargdef\enumerate{\enumeratey #1 \endenumeratey} -\def\enumeratey #1 #2\endenumeratey{% - % If we were given no argument, pretend we were given `1'. - \def\thearg{#1}% - \ifx\thearg\empty \def\thearg{1}\fi - % - % Detect if the argument is a single token. If so, it might be a - % letter. Otherwise, the only valid thing it can be is a number. - % (We will always have one token, because of the test we just made. - % This is a good thing, since \splitoff doesn't work given nothing at - % all -- the first parameter is undelimited.) - \expandafter\splitoff\thearg\endmark - \ifx\rest\empty - % Only one token in the argument. It could still be anything. - % A ``lowercase letter'' is one whose \lccode is nonzero. - % An ``uppercase letter'' is one whose \lccode is both nonzero, and - % not equal to itself. - % Otherwise, we assume it's a number. - % - % We need the \relax at the end of the \ifnum lines to stop TeX from - % continuing to look for a . - % - \ifnum\lccode\expandafter`\thearg=0\relax - \numericenumerate % a number (we hope) - \else - % It's a letter. - \ifnum\lccode\expandafter`\thearg=\expandafter`\thearg\relax - \lowercaseenumerate % lowercase letter - \else - \uppercaseenumerate % uppercase letter - \fi - \fi - \else - % Multiple tokens in the argument. We hope it's a number. - \numericenumerate - \fi -} - -% An @enumerate whose labels are integers. The starting integer is -% given in \thearg. -% -\def\numericenumerate{% - \itemno = \thearg - \startenumeration{\the\itemno}% -} - -% The starting (lowercase) letter is in \thearg. -\def\lowercaseenumerate{% - \itemno = \expandafter`\thearg - \startenumeration{% - % Be sure we're not beyond the end of the alphabet. - \ifnum\itemno=0 - \errmessage{No more lowercase letters in @enumerate; get a bigger - alphabet}% - \fi - \char\lccode\itemno - }% -} - -% The starting (uppercase) letter is in \thearg. -\def\uppercaseenumerate{% - \itemno = \expandafter`\thearg - \startenumeration{% - % Be sure we're not beyond the end of the alphabet. - \ifnum\itemno=0 - \errmessage{No more uppercase letters in @enumerate; get a bigger - alphabet} - \fi - \char\uccode\itemno - }% -} - -% Call \doitemize, adding a period to the first argument and supplying the -% common last two arguments. Also subtract one from the initial value in -% \itemno, since @item increments \itemno. -% -\def\startenumeration#1{% - \advance\itemno by -1 - \doitemize{#1.}\flushcr -} - -% @alphaenumerate and @capsenumerate are abbreviations for giving an arg -% to @enumerate. -% -\def\alphaenumerate{\enumerate{a}} -\def\capsenumerate{\enumerate{A}} -\def\Ealphaenumerate{\Eenumerate} -\def\Ecapsenumerate{\Eenumerate} - - -% @multitable macros -% Amy Hendrickson, 8/18/94, 3/6/96 -% -% @multitable ... @end multitable will make as many columns as desired. -% Contents of each column will wrap at width given in preamble. Width -% can be specified either with sample text given in a template line, -% or in percent of \hsize, the current width of text on page. - -% Table can continue over pages but will only break between lines. - -% To make preamble: -% -% Either define widths of columns in terms of percent of \hsize: -% @multitable @columnfractions .25 .3 .45 -% @item ... -% -% Numbers following @columnfractions are the percent of the total -% current hsize to be used for each column. You may use as many -% columns as desired. - - -% Or use a template: -% @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3 template} -% @item ... -% using the widest term desired in each column. - -% Each new table line starts with @item, each subsequent new column -% starts with @tab. Empty columns may be produced by supplying @tab's -% with nothing between them for as many times as empty columns are needed, -% ie, @tab@tab@tab will produce two empty columns. - -% @item, @tab do not need to be on their own lines, but it will not hurt -% if they are. - -% Sample multitable: - -% @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3 template} -% @item first col stuff @tab second col stuff @tab third col -% @item -% first col stuff -% @tab -% second col stuff -% @tab -% third col -% @item first col stuff @tab second col stuff -% @tab Many paragraphs of text may be used in any column. -% -% They will wrap at the width determined by the template. -% @item@tab@tab This will be in third column. -% @end multitable - -% Default dimensions may be reset by user. -% @multitableparskip is vertical space between paragraphs in table. -% @multitableparindent is paragraph indent in table. -% @multitablecolmargin is horizontal space to be left between columns. -% @multitablelinespace is space to leave between table items, baseline -% to baseline. -% 0pt means it depends on current normal line spacing. -% -\newskip\multitableparskip -\newskip\multitableparindent -\newdimen\multitablecolspace -\newskip\multitablelinespace -\multitableparskip=0pt -\multitableparindent=6pt -\multitablecolspace=12pt -\multitablelinespace=0pt - -% Macros used to set up halign preamble: -% -\let\endsetuptable\relax -\def\xendsetuptable{\endsetuptable} -\let\columnfractions\relax -\def\xcolumnfractions{\columnfractions} -\newif\ifsetpercent - -% #1 is the @columnfraction, usually a decimal number like .5, but might -% be just 1. We just use it, whatever it is. -% -\def\pickupwholefraction#1 {% - \global\advance\colcount by 1 - \expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{#1\hsize}% - \setuptable -} - -\newcount\colcount -\def\setuptable#1{% - \def\firstarg{#1}% - \ifx\firstarg\xendsetuptable - \let\go = \relax - \else - \ifx\firstarg\xcolumnfractions - \global\setpercenttrue - \else - \ifsetpercent - \let\go\pickupwholefraction - \else - \global\advance\colcount by 1 - \setbox0=\hbox{#1\unskip\space}% Add a normal word space as a - % separator; typically that is always in the input, anyway. - \expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{\the\wd0}% - \fi - \fi - \ifx\go\pickupwholefraction - % Put the argument back for the \pickupwholefraction call, so - % we'll always have a period there to be parsed. - \def\go{\pickupwholefraction#1}% - \else - \let\go = \setuptable - \fi% - \fi - \go -} - -% multitable-only commands. -% -% @headitem starts a heading row, which we typeset in bold. -% Assignments have to be global since we are inside the implicit group -% of an alignment entry. Note that \everycr resets \everytab. -\def\headitem{\checkenv\multitable \crcr \global\everytab={\bf}\the\everytab}% -% -% A \tab used to include \hskip1sp. But then the space in a template -% line is not enough. That is bad. So let's go back to just `&' until -% we encounter the problem it was intended to solve again. -% --karl, nathan@acm.org, 20apr99. -\def\tab{\checkenv\multitable &\the\everytab}% - -% @multitable ... @end multitable definitions: -% -\newtoks\everytab % insert after every tab. -% -\envdef\multitable{% - \vskip\parskip - \startsavinginserts - % - % @item within a multitable starts a normal row. - % We use \def instead of \let so that if one of the multitable entries - % contains an @itemize, we don't choke on the \item (seen as \crcr aka - % \endtemplate) expanding \doitemize. - \def\item{\crcr}% - % - \tolerance=9500 - \hbadness=9500 - \setmultitablespacing - \parskip=\multitableparskip - \parindent=\multitableparindent - \overfullrule=0pt - \global\colcount=0 - % - \everycr = {% - \noalign{% - \global\everytab={}% - \global\colcount=0 % Reset the column counter. - % Check for saved footnotes, etc. - \checkinserts - % Keeps underfull box messages off when table breaks over pages. - %\filbreak - % Maybe so, but it also creates really weird page breaks when the - % table breaks over pages. Wouldn't \vfil be better? Wait until the - % problem manifests itself, so it can be fixed for real --karl. - }% - }% - % - \parsearg\domultitable -} -\def\domultitable#1{% - % To parse everything between @multitable and @item: - \setuptable#1 \endsetuptable - % - % This preamble sets up a generic column definition, which will - % be used as many times as user calls for columns. - % \vtop will set a single line and will also let text wrap and - % continue for many paragraphs if desired. - \halign\bgroup &% - \global\advance\colcount by 1 - \multistrut - \vtop{% - % Use the current \colcount to find the correct column width: - \hsize=\expandafter\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname - % - % In order to keep entries from bumping into each other - % we will add a \leftskip of \multitablecolspace to all columns after - % the first one. - % - % If a template has been used, we will add \multitablecolspace - % to the width of each template entry. - % - % If the user has set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize we will - % use that dimension as the width of the column, and the \leftskip - % will keep entries from bumping into each other. Table will start at - % left margin and final column will justify at right margin. - % - % Make sure we don't inherit \rightskip from the outer environment. - \rightskip=0pt - \ifnum\colcount=1 - % The first column will be indented with the surrounding text. - \advance\hsize by\leftskip - \else - \ifsetpercent \else - % If user has not set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize - % we will advance \hsize by \multitablecolspace. - \advance\hsize by \multitablecolspace - \fi - % In either case we will make \leftskip=\multitablecolspace: - \leftskip=\multitablecolspace - \fi - % Ignoring space at the beginning and end avoids an occasional spurious - % blank line, when TeX decides to break the line at the space before the - % box from the multistrut, so the strut ends up on a line by itself. - % For example: - % @multitable @columnfractions .11 .89 - % @item @code{#} - % @tab Legal holiday which is valid in major parts of the whole country. - % Is automatically provided with highlighting sequences respectively - % marking characters. - \noindent\ignorespaces##\unskip\multistrut - }\cr -} -\def\Emultitable{% - \crcr - \egroup % end the \halign - \global\setpercentfalse -} - -\def\setmultitablespacing{% test to see if user has set \multitablelinespace. -% If so, do nothing. If not, give it an appropriate dimension based on -% current baselineskip. -\ifdim\multitablelinespace=0pt -\setbox0=\vbox{X}\global\multitablelinespace=\the\baselineskip -\global\advance\multitablelinespace by-\ht0 -%% strut to put in table in case some entry doesn't have descenders, -%% to keep lines equally spaced -\let\multistrut = \strut -\else -%% FIXME: what is \box0 supposed to be? -\gdef\multistrut{\vrule height\multitablelinespace depth\dp0 -width0pt\relax} \fi -%% Test to see if parskip is larger than space between lines of -%% table. If not, do nothing. -%% If so, set to same dimension as multitablelinespace. -\ifdim\multitableparskip>\multitablelinespace -\global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace -\global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt %% to keep parskip somewhat smaller - %% than skip between lines in the table. -\fi% -\ifdim\multitableparskip=0pt -\global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace -\global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt %% to keep parskip somewhat smaller - %% than skip between lines in the table. -\fi} - - -\message{conditionals,} - -% @iftex, @ifnotdocbook, @ifnothtml, @ifnotinfo, @ifnotplaintext, -% @ifnotxml always succeed. They currently do nothing; we don't -% attempt to check whether the conditionals are properly nested. But we -% have to remember that they are conditionals, so that @end doesn't -% attempt to close an environment group. -% -\def\makecond#1{% - \expandafter\let\csname #1\endcsname = \relax - \expandafter\let\csname iscond.#1\endcsname = 1 -} -\makecond{iftex} -\makecond{ifnotdocbook} -\makecond{ifnothtml} -\makecond{ifnotinfo} -\makecond{ifnotplaintext} -\makecond{ifnotxml} - -% Ignore @ignore, @ifhtml, @ifinfo, and the like. -% -\def\direntry{\doignore{direntry}} -\def\documentdescription{\doignore{documentdescription}} -\def\docbook{\doignore{docbook}} -\def\html{\doignore{html}} -\def\ifdocbook{\doignore{ifdocbook}} -\def\ifhtml{\doignore{ifhtml}} -\def\ifinfo{\doignore{ifinfo}} -\def\ifnottex{\doignore{ifnottex}} -\def\ifplaintext{\doignore{ifplaintext}} -\def\ifxml{\doignore{ifxml}} -\def\ignore{\doignore{ignore}} -\def\menu{\doignore{menu}} -\def\xml{\doignore{xml}} - -% Ignore text until a line `@end #1', keeping track of nested conditionals. -% -% A count to remember the depth of nesting. -\newcount\doignorecount - -\def\doignore#1{\begingroup - % Scan in ``verbatim'' mode: - \catcode`\@ = \other - \catcode`\{ = \other - \catcode`\} = \other - % - % Make sure that spaces turn into tokens that match what \doignoretext wants. - \spaceisspace - % - % Count number of #1's that we've seen. - \doignorecount = 0 - % - % Swallow text until we reach the matching `@end #1'. - \dodoignore{#1}% -} - -{ \catcode`_=11 % We want to use \_STOP_ which cannot appear in texinfo source. - \obeylines % - % - \gdef\dodoignore#1{% - % #1 contains the command name as a string, e.g., `ifinfo'. - % - % Define a command to find the next `@end #1', which must be on a line - % by itself. - \long\def\doignoretext##1^^M@end #1{\doignoretextyyy##1^^M@#1\_STOP_}% - % And this command to find another #1 command, at the beginning of a - % line. (Otherwise, we would consider a line `@c @ifset', for - % example, to count as an @ifset for nesting.) - \long\def\doignoretextyyy##1^^M@#1##2\_STOP_{\doignoreyyy{##2}\_STOP_}% - % - % And now expand that command. - \obeylines % - \doignoretext ^^M% - }% -} - -\def\doignoreyyy#1{% - \def\temp{#1}% - \ifx\temp\empty % Nothing found. - \let\next\doignoretextzzz - \else % Found a nested condition, ... - \advance\doignorecount by 1 - \let\next\doignoretextyyy % ..., look for another. - % If we're here, #1 ends with ^^M\ifinfo (for example). - \fi - \next #1% the token \_STOP_ is present just after this macro. -} - -% We have to swallow the remaining "\_STOP_". -% -\def\doignoretextzzz#1{% - \ifnum\doignorecount = 0 % We have just found the outermost @end. - \let\next\enddoignore - \else % Still inside a nested condition. - \advance\doignorecount by -1 - \let\next\doignoretext % Look for the next @end. - \fi - \next -} - -% Finish off ignored text. -\def\enddoignore{\endgroup\ignorespaces} - - -% @set VAR sets the variable VAR to an empty value. -% @set VAR REST-OF-LINE sets VAR to the value REST-OF-LINE. -% -% Since we want to separate VAR from REST-OF-LINE (which might be -% empty), we can't just use \parsearg; we have to insert a space of our -% own to delimit the rest of the line, and then take it out again if we -% didn't need it. -% We rely on the fact that \parsearg sets \catcode`\ =10. -% -\parseargdef\set{\setyyy#1 \endsetyyy} -\def\setyyy#1 #2\endsetyyy{% - {% - \makevalueexpandable - \def\temp{#2}% - \edef\next{\gdef\makecsname{SET#1}}% - \ifx\temp\empty - \next{}% - \else - \setzzz#2\endsetzzz - \fi - }% -} -% Remove the trailing space \setxxx inserted. -\def\setzzz#1 \endsetzzz{\next{#1}} - -% @clear VAR clears (i.e., unsets) the variable VAR. -% -\parseargdef\clear{% - {% - \makevalueexpandable - \global\expandafter\let\csname SET#1\endcsname=\relax - }% -} - -% @value{foo} gets the text saved in variable foo. -\def\value{\begingroup\makevalueexpandable\valuexxx} -\def\valuexxx#1{\expandablevalue{#1}\endgroup} -{ - \catcode`\- = \active \catcode`\_ = \active - % - \gdef\makevalueexpandable{% - \let\value = \expandablevalue - % We don't want these characters active, ... - \catcode`\-=\other \catcode`\_=\other - % ..., but we might end up with active ones in the argument if - % we're called from @code, as @code{@value{foo-bar_}}, though. - % So \let them to their normal equivalents. - \let-\realdash \let_\normalunderscore - } -} - -% We have this subroutine so that we can handle at least some @value's -% properly in indexes (we call \makevalueexpandable in \indexdummies). -% The command has to be fully expandable (if the variable is set), since -% the result winds up in the index file. This means that if the -% variable's value contains other Texinfo commands, it's almost certain -% it will fail (although perhaps we could fix that with sufficient work -% to do a one-level expansion on the result, instead of complete). -% -\def\expandablevalue#1{% - \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax - {[No value for ``#1'']}% - \message{Variable `#1', used in @value, is not set.}% - \else - \csname SET#1\endcsname - \fi -} - -% @ifset VAR ... @end ifset reads the `...' iff VAR has been defined -% with @set. -% -% To get special treatment of `@end ifset,' call \makeond and the redefine. -% -\makecond{ifset} -\def\ifset{\parsearg{\doifset{\let\next=\ifsetfail}}} -\def\doifset#1#2{% - {% - \makevalueexpandable - \let\next=\empty - \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#2\endcsname\relax - #1% If not set, redefine \next. - \fi - \expandafter - }\next -} -\def\ifsetfail{\doignore{ifset}} - -% @ifclear VAR ... @end ifclear reads the `...' iff VAR has never been -% defined with @set, or has been undefined with @clear. -% -% The `\else' inside the `\doifset' parameter is a trick to reuse the -% above code: if the variable is not set, do nothing, if it is set, -% then redefine \next to \ifclearfail. -% -\makecond{ifclear} -\def\ifclear{\parsearg{\doifset{\else \let\next=\ifclearfail}}} -\def\ifclearfail{\doignore{ifclear}} - -% @dircategory CATEGORY -- specify a category of the dir file -% which this file should belong to. Ignore this in TeX. -\let\dircategory=\comment - -% @defininfoenclose. -\let\definfoenclose=\comment - - -\message{indexing,} -% Index generation facilities - -% Define \newwrite to be identical to plain tex's \newwrite -% except not \outer, so it can be used within \newindex. -{\catcode`\@=11 -\gdef\newwrite{\alloc@7\write\chardef\sixt@@n}} - -% \newindex {foo} defines an index named foo. -% It automatically defines \fooindex such that -% \fooindex ...rest of line... puts an entry in the index foo. -% It also defines \fooindfile to be the number of the output channel for -% the file that accumulates this index. The file's extension is foo. -% The name of an index should be no more than 2 characters long -% for the sake of vms. -% -\def\newindex#1{% - \iflinks - \expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname - \openout \csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.#1 % Open the file - \fi - \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% % Define @#1index - \noexpand\doindex{#1}} -} - -% @defindex foo == \newindex{foo} -% -\def\defindex{\parsearg\newindex} - -% Define @defcodeindex, like @defindex except put all entries in @code. -% -\def\defcodeindex{\parsearg\newcodeindex} -% -\def\newcodeindex#1{% - \iflinks - \expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname - \openout \csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.#1 - \fi - \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% - \noexpand\docodeindex{#1}}% -} - - -% @synindex foo bar makes index foo feed into index bar. -% Do this instead of @defindex foo if you don't want it as a separate index. -% -% @syncodeindex foo bar similar, but put all entries made for index foo -% inside @code. -% -\def\synindex#1 #2 {\dosynindex\doindex{#1}{#2}} -\def\syncodeindex#1 #2 {\dosynindex\docodeindex{#1}{#2}} - -% #1 is \doindex or \docodeindex, #2 the index getting redefined (foo), -% #3 the target index (bar). -\def\dosynindex#1#2#3{% - % Only do \closeout if we haven't already done it, else we'll end up - % closing the target index. - \expandafter \ifx\csname donesynindex#2\endcsname \undefined - % The \closeout helps reduce unnecessary open files; the limit on the - % Acorn RISC OS is a mere 16 files. - \expandafter\closeout\csname#2indfile\endcsname - \expandafter\let\csname\donesynindex#2\endcsname = 1 - \fi - % redefine \fooindfile: - \expandafter\let\expandafter\temp\expandafter=\csname#3indfile\endcsname - \expandafter\let\csname#2indfile\endcsname=\temp - % redefine \fooindex: - \expandafter\xdef\csname#2index\endcsname{\noexpand#1{#3}}% -} - -% Define \doindex, the driver for all \fooindex macros. -% Argument #1 is generated by the calling \fooindex macro, -% and it is "foo", the name of the index. - -% \doindex just uses \parsearg; it calls \doind for the actual work. -% This is because \doind is more useful to call from other macros. - -% There is also \dosubind {index}{topic}{subtopic} -% which makes an entry in a two-level index such as the operation index. - -\def\doindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\singleindexer} -\def\singleindexer #1{\doind{\indexname}{#1}} - -% like the previous two, but they put @code around the argument. -\def\docodeindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\singlecodeindexer} -\def\singlecodeindexer #1{\doind{\indexname}{\code{#1}}} - -% Take care of Texinfo commands that can appear in an index entry. -% Since there are some commands we want to expand, and others we don't, -% we have to laboriously prevent expansion for those that we don't. -% -\def\indexdummies{% - \def\@{@}% change to @@ when we switch to @ as escape char in index files. - \def\ {\realbackslash\space }% - % Need these in case \tex is in effect and \{ is a \delimiter again. - % But can't use \lbracecmd and \rbracecmd because texindex assumes - % braces and backslashes are used only as delimiters. - \let\{ = \mylbrace - \let\} = \myrbrace - % - % \definedummyword defines \#1 as \realbackslash #1\space, thus - % effectively preventing its expansion. This is used only for control - % words, not control letters, because the \space would be incorrect - % for control characters, but is needed to separate the control word - % from whatever follows. - % - % For control letters, we have \definedummyletter, which omits the - % space. - % - % These can be used both for control words that take an argument and - % those that do not. If it is followed by {arg} in the input, then - % that will dutifully get written to the index (or wherever). - % - \def\definedummyword##1{% - \expandafter\def\csname ##1\endcsname{\realbackslash ##1\space}% - }% - \def\definedummyletter##1{% - \expandafter\def\csname ##1\endcsname{\realbackslash ##1}% - }% - \let\definedummyaccent\definedummyletter - % - % Do the redefinitions. - \commondummies -} - -% For the aux file, @ is the escape character. So we want to redefine -% everything using @ instead of \realbackslash. When everything uses -% @, this will be simpler. -% -\def\atdummies{% - \def\@{@@}% - \def\ {@ }% - \let\{ = \lbraceatcmd - \let\} = \rbraceatcmd - % - % (See comments in \indexdummies.) - \def\definedummyword##1{% - \expandafter\def\csname ##1\endcsname{@##1\space}% - }% - \def\definedummyletter##1{% - \expandafter\def\csname ##1\endcsname{@##1}% - }% - \let\definedummyaccent\definedummyletter - % - % Do the redefinitions. - \commondummies -} - -% Called from \indexdummies and \atdummies. \definedummyword and -% \definedummyletter must be defined first. -% -\def\commondummies{% - % - \normalturnoffactive - % - \commondummiesnofonts - % - \definedummyletter{_}% - % - % Non-English letters. - \definedummyword{AA}% - \definedummyword{AE}% - \definedummyword{L}% - \definedummyword{OE}% - \definedummyword{O}% - \definedummyword{aa}% - \definedummyword{ae}% - \definedummyword{l}% - \definedummyword{oe}% - \definedummyword{o}% - \definedummyword{ss}% - \definedummyword{exclamdown}% - \definedummyword{questiondown}% - \definedummyword{ordf}% - \definedummyword{ordm}% - % - % Although these internal commands shouldn't show up, sometimes they do. - \definedummyword{bf}% - \definedummyword{gtr}% - \definedummyword{hat}% - \definedummyword{less}% - \definedummyword{sf}% - \definedummyword{sl}% - \definedummyword{tclose}% - \definedummyword{tt}% - % - \definedummyword{LaTeX}% - \definedummyword{TeX}% - % - % Assorted special characters. - \definedummyword{bullet}% - \definedummyword{comma}% - \definedummyword{copyright}% - \definedummyword{registeredsymbol}% - \definedummyword{dots}% - \definedummyword{enddots}% - \definedummyword{equiv}% - \definedummyword{error}% - \definedummyword{expansion}% - \definedummyword{minus}% - \definedummyword{pounds}% - \definedummyword{point}% - \definedummyword{print}% - \definedummyword{result}% - % - % Handle some cases of @value -- where it does not contain any - % (non-fully-expandable) commands. - \makevalueexpandable - % - % Normal spaces, not active ones. - \unsepspaces - % - % No macro expansion. - \turnoffmacros -} - -% \commondummiesnofonts: common to \commondummies and \indexnofonts. -% -% Better have this without active chars. -{ - \catcode`\~=\other - \gdef\commondummiesnofonts{% - % Control letters and accents. - \definedummyletter{!}% - \definedummyaccent{"}% - \definedummyaccent{'}% - \definedummyletter{*}% - \definedummyaccent{,}% - \definedummyletter{.}% - \definedummyletter{/}% - \definedummyletter{:}% - \definedummyaccent{=}% - \definedummyletter{?}% - \definedummyaccent{^}% - \definedummyaccent{`}% - \definedummyaccent{~}% - \definedummyword{u}% - \definedummyword{v}% - \definedummyword{H}% - \definedummyword{dotaccent}% - \definedummyword{ringaccent}% - \definedummyword{tieaccent}% - \definedummyword{ubaraccent}% - \definedummyword{udotaccent}% - \definedummyword{dotless}% - % - % Texinfo font commands. - \definedummyword{b}% - \definedummyword{i}% - \definedummyword{r}% - \definedummyword{sc}% - \definedummyword{t}% - % - % Commands that take arguments. - \definedummyword{acronym}% - \definedummyword{cite}% - \definedummyword{code}% - \definedummyword{command}% - \definedummyword{dfn}% - \definedummyword{emph}% - \definedummyword{env}% - \definedummyword{file}% - \definedummyword{kbd}% - \definedummyword{key}% - \definedummyword{math}% - \definedummyword{option}% - \definedummyword{samp}% - \definedummyword{strong}% - \definedummyword{tie}% - \definedummyword{uref}% - \definedummyword{url}% - \definedummyword{var}% - \definedummyword{verb}% - \definedummyword{w}% - } -} - -% \indexnofonts is used when outputting the strings to sort the index -% by, and when constructing control sequence names. It eliminates all -% control sequences and just writes whatever the best ASCII sort string -% would be for a given command (usually its argument). -% -\def\indexnofonts{% - % Accent commands should become @asis. - \def\definedummyaccent##1{% - \expandafter\let\csname ##1\endcsname\asis - }% - % We can just ignore other control letters. - \def\definedummyletter##1{% - \expandafter\def\csname ##1\endcsname{}% - }% - % Hopefully, all control words can become @asis. - \let\definedummyword\definedummyaccent - % - \commondummiesnofonts - % - % Don't no-op \tt, since it isn't a user-level command - % and is used in the definitions of the active chars like <, >, |, etc. - % Likewise with the other plain tex font commands. - %\let\tt=\asis - % - \def\ { }% - \def\@{@}% - % how to handle braces? - \def\_{\normalunderscore}% - % - % Non-English letters. - \def\AA{AA}% - \def\AE{AE}% - \def\L{L}% - \def\OE{OE}% - \def\O{O}% - \def\aa{aa}% - \def\ae{ae}% - \def\l{l}% - \def\oe{oe}% - \def\o{o}% - \def\ss{ss}% - \def\exclamdown{!}% - \def\questiondown{?}% - \def\ordf{a}% - \def\ordm{o}% - % - \def\LaTeX{LaTeX}% - \def\TeX{TeX}% - % - % Assorted special characters. - % (The following {} will end up in the sort string, but that's ok.) - \def\bullet{bullet}% - \def\comma{,}% - \def\copyright{copyright}% - \def\registeredsymbol{R}% - \def\dots{...}% - \def\enddots{...}% - \def\equiv{==}% - \def\error{error}% - \def\expansion{==>}% - \def\minus{-}% - \def\pounds{pounds}% - \def\point{.}% - \def\print{-|}% - \def\result{=>}% - % - % Don't write macro names. - \emptyusermacros -} - -\let\indexbackslash=0 %overridden during \printindex. -\let\SETmarginindex=\relax % put index entries in margin (undocumented)? - -% Most index entries go through here, but \dosubind is the general case. -% #1 is the index name, #2 is the entry text. -\def\doind#1#2{\dosubind{#1}{#2}{}} - -% Workhorse for all \fooindexes. -% #1 is name of index, #2 is stuff to put there, #3 is subentry -- -% empty if called from \doind, as we usually are (the main exception -% is with most defuns, which call us directly). -% -\def\dosubind#1#2#3{% - \iflinks - {% - % Store the main index entry text (including the third arg). - \toks0 = {#2}% - % If third arg is present, precede it with a space. - \def\thirdarg{#3}% - \ifx\thirdarg\empty \else - \toks0 = \expandafter{\the\toks0 \space #3}% - \fi - % - \edef\writeto{\csname#1indfile\endcsname}% - % - \ifvmode - \dosubindsanitize - \else - \dosubindwrite - \fi - }% - \fi -} - -% Write the entry in \toks0 to the index file: -% -\def\dosubindwrite{% - % Put the index entry in the margin if desired. - \ifx\SETmarginindex\relax\else - \insert\margin{\hbox{\vrule height8pt depth3pt width0pt \the\toks0}}% - \fi - % - % Remember, we are within a group. - \indexdummies % Must do this here, since \bf, etc expand at this stage - \escapechar=`\\ - \def\backslashcurfont{\indexbackslash}% \indexbackslash isn't defined now - % so it will be output as is; and it will print as backslash. - % - % Process the index entry with all font commands turned off, to - % get the string to sort by. - {\indexnofonts - \edef\temp{\the\toks0}% need full expansion - \xdef\indexsorttmp{\temp}% - }% - % - % Set up the complete index entry, with both the sort key and - % the original text, including any font commands. We write - % three arguments to \entry to the .?? file (four in the - % subentry case), texindex reduces to two when writing the .??s - % sorted result. - \edef\temp{% - \write\writeto{% - \string\entry{\indexsorttmp}{\noexpand\folio}{\the\toks0}}% - }% - \temp -} - -% Take care of unwanted page breaks: -% -% If a skip is the last thing on the list now, preserve it -% by backing up by \lastskip, doing the \write, then inserting -% the skip again. Otherwise, the whatsit generated by the -% \write will make \lastskip zero. The result is that sequences -% like this: -% @end defun -% @tindex whatever -% @defun ... -% will have extra space inserted, because the \medbreak in the -% start of the @defun won't see the skip inserted by the @end of -% the previous defun. -% -% But don't do any of this if we're not in vertical mode. We -% don't want to do a \vskip and prematurely end a paragraph. -% -% Avoid page breaks due to these extra skips, too. -% -% But wait, there is a catch there: -% We'll have to check whether \lastskip is zero skip. \ifdim is not -% sufficient for this purpose, as it ignores stretch and shrink parts -% of the skip. The only way seems to be to check the textual -% representation of the skip. -% -% The following is almost like \def\zeroskipmacro{0.0pt} except that -% the ``p'' and ``t'' characters have catcode \other, not 11 (letter). -% -\edef\zeroskipmacro{\expandafter\the\csname z@skip\endcsname} -% -% ..., ready, GO: -% -\def\dosubindsanitize{% - % \lastskip and \lastpenalty cannot both be nonzero simultaneously. - \skip0 = \lastskip - \edef\lastskipmacro{\the\lastskip}% - \count255 = \lastpenalty - % - % If \lastskip is nonzero, that means the last item was a - % skip. And since a skip is discardable, that means this - % -\skip0 glue we're inserting is preceded by a - % non-discardable item, therefore it is not a potential - % breakpoint, therefore no \nobreak needed. - \ifx\lastskipmacro\zeroskipmacro - \else - \vskip-\skip0 - \fi - % - \dosubindwrite - % - \ifx\lastskipmacro\zeroskipmacro - % If \lastskip was zero, perhaps the last item was a penalty, and - % perhaps it was >=10000, e.g., a \nobreak. In that case, we want - % to re-insert the same penalty (values >10000 are used for various - % signals); since we just inserted a non-discardable item, any - % following glue (such as a \parskip) would be a breakpoint. For example: - % - % @deffn deffn-whatever - % @vindex index-whatever - % Description. - % would allow a break between the index-whatever whatsit - % and the "Description." paragraph. - \ifnum\count255>9999 \penalty\count255 \fi - \else - % On the other hand, if we had a nonzero \lastskip, - % this make-up glue would be preceded by a non-discardable item - % (the whatsit from the \write), so we must insert a \nobreak. - \nobreak\vskip\skip0 - \fi -} - -% The index entry written in the file actually looks like -% \entry {sortstring}{page}{topic} -% or -% \entry {sortstring}{page}{topic}{subtopic} -% The texindex program reads in these files and writes files -% containing these kinds of lines: -% \initial {c} -% before the first topic whose initial is c -% \entry {topic}{pagelist} -% for a topic that is used without subtopics -% \primary {topic} -% for the beginning of a topic that is used with subtopics -% \secondary {subtopic}{pagelist} -% for each subtopic. - -% Define the user-accessible indexing commands -% @findex, @vindex, @kindex, @cindex. - -\def\findex {\fnindex} -\def\kindex {\kyindex} -\def\cindex {\cpindex} -\def\vindex {\vrindex} -\def\tindex {\tpindex} -\def\pindex {\pgindex} - -\def\cindexsub {\begingroup\obeylines\cindexsub} -{\obeylines % -\gdef\cindexsub "#1" #2^^M{\endgroup % -\dosubind{cp}{#2}{#1}}} - -% Define the macros used in formatting output of the sorted index material. - -% @printindex causes a particular index (the ??s file) to get printed. -% It does not print any chapter heading (usually an @unnumbered). -% -\parseargdef\printindex{\begingroup - \dobreak \chapheadingskip{10000}% - % - \smallfonts \rm - \tolerance = 9500 - \everypar = {}% don't want the \kern\-parindent from indentation suppression. - % - % See if the index file exists and is nonempty. - % Change catcode of @ here so that if the index file contains - % \initial {@} - % as its first line, TeX doesn't complain about mismatched braces - % (because it thinks @} is a control sequence). - \catcode`\@ = 11 - \openin 1 \jobname.#1s - \ifeof 1 - % \enddoublecolumns gets confused if there is no text in the index, - % and it loses the chapter title and the aux file entries for the - % index. The easiest way to prevent this problem is to make sure - % there is some text. - \putwordIndexNonexistent - \else - % - % If the index file exists but is empty, then \openin leaves \ifeof - % false. We have to make TeX try to read something from the file, so - % it can discover if there is anything in it. - \read 1 to \temp - \ifeof 1 - \putwordIndexIsEmpty - \else - % Index files are almost Texinfo source, but we use \ as the escape - % character. It would be better to use @, but that's too big a change - % to make right now. - \def\indexbackslash{\backslashcurfont}% - \catcode`\\ = 0 - \escapechar = `\\ - \begindoublecolumns - \input \jobname.#1s - \enddoublecolumns - \fi - \fi - \closein 1 -\endgroup} - -% These macros are used by the sorted index file itself. -% Change them to control the appearance of the index. - -\def\initial#1{{% - % Some minor font changes for the special characters. - \let\tentt=\sectt \let\tt=\sectt \let\sf=\sectt - % - % Remove any glue we may have, we'll be inserting our own. - \removelastskip - % - % We like breaks before the index initials, so insert a bonus. - \nobreak - \vskip 0pt plus 3\baselineskip - \penalty 0 - \vskip 0pt plus -3\baselineskip - % - % Typeset the initial. Making this add up to a whole number of - % baselineskips increases the chance of the dots lining up from column - % to column. It still won't often be perfect, because of the stretch - % we need before each entry, but it's better. - % - % No shrink because it confuses \balancecolumns. - \vskip 1.67\baselineskip plus .5\baselineskip - \leftline{\secbf #1}% - % Do our best not to break after the initial. - \nobreak - \vskip .33\baselineskip plus .1\baselineskip -}} - -% \entry typesets a paragraph consisting of the text (#1), dot leaders, and -% then page number (#2) flushed to the right margin. It is used for index -% and table of contents entries. The paragraph is indented by \leftskip. -% -% A straightforward implementation would start like this: -% \def\entry#1#2{... -% But this frozes the catcodes in the argument, and can cause problems to -% @code, which sets - active. This problem was fixed by a kludge--- -% ``-'' was active throughout whole index, but this isn't really right. -% -% The right solution is to prevent \entry from swallowing the whole text. -% --kasal, 21nov03 -\def\entry{% - \begingroup - % - % Start a new paragraph if necessary, so our assignments below can't - % affect previous text. - \par - % - % Do not fill out the last line with white space. - \parfillskip = 0in - % - % No extra space above this paragraph. - \parskip = 0in - % - % Do not prefer a separate line ending with a hyphen to fewer lines. - \finalhyphendemerits = 0 - % - % \hangindent is only relevant when the entry text and page number - % don't both fit on one line. In that case, bob suggests starting the - % dots pretty far over on the line. Unfortunately, a large - % indentation looks wrong when the entry text itself is broken across - % lines. So we use a small indentation and put up with long leaders. - % - % \hangafter is reset to 1 (which is the value we want) at the start - % of each paragraph, so we need not do anything with that. - \hangindent = 2em - % - % When the entry text needs to be broken, just fill out the first line - % with blank space. - \rightskip = 0pt plus1fil - % - % A bit of stretch before each entry for the benefit of balancing - % columns. - \vskip 0pt plus1pt - % - % Swallow the left brace of the text (first parameter): - \afterassignment\doentry - \let\temp = -} -\def\doentry{% - \bgroup % Instead of the swallowed brace. - \noindent - \aftergroup\finishentry - % And now comes the text of the entry. -} -\def\finishentry#1{% - % #1 is the page number. - % - % The following is kludged to not output a line of dots in the index if - % there are no page numbers. The next person who breaks this will be - % cursed by a Unix daemon. - \def\tempa{{\rm }}% - \def\tempb{#1}% - \edef\tempc{\tempa}% - \edef\tempd{\tempb}% - \ifx\tempc\tempd - \ % - \else - % - % If we must, put the page number on a line of its own, and fill out - % this line with blank space. (The \hfil is overwhelmed with the - % fill leaders glue in \indexdotfill if the page number does fit.) - \hfil\penalty50 - \null\nobreak\indexdotfill % Have leaders before the page number. - % - % The `\ ' here is removed by the implicit \unskip that TeX does as - % part of (the primitive) \par. Without it, a spurious underfull - % \hbox ensues. - \ifpdf - \pdfgettoks#1.% - \ \the\toksA - \else - \ #1% - \fi - \fi - \par - \endgroup -} - -% Like \dotfill except takes at least 1 em. -\def\indexdotfill{\cleaders - \hbox{$\mathsurround=0pt \mkern1.5mu ${\it .}$ \mkern1.5mu$}\hskip 1em plus 1fill} - -\def\primary #1{\line{#1\hfil}} - -\newskip\secondaryindent \secondaryindent=0.5cm -\def\secondary#1#2{{% - \parfillskip=0in - \parskip=0in - \hangindent=1in - \hangafter=1 - \noindent\hskip\secondaryindent\hbox{#1}\indexdotfill - \ifpdf - \pdfgettoks#2.\ \the\toksA % The page number ends the paragraph. - \else - #2 - \fi - \par -}} - -% Define two-column mode, which we use to typeset indexes. -% Adapted from the TeXbook, page 416, which is to say, -% the manmac.tex format used to print the TeXbook itself. -\catcode`\@=11 - -\newbox\partialpage -\newdimen\doublecolumnhsize - -\def\begindoublecolumns{\begingroup % ended by \enddoublecolumns - % Grab any single-column material above us. - \output = {% - % - % Here is a possibility not foreseen in manmac: if we accumulate a - % whole lot of material, we might end up calling this \output - % routine twice in a row (see the doublecol-lose test, which is - % essentially a couple of indexes with @setchapternewpage off). In - % that case we just ship out what is in \partialpage with the normal - % output routine. Generally, \partialpage will be empty when this - % runs and this will be a no-op. See the indexspread.tex test case. - \ifvoid\partialpage \else - \onepageout{\pagecontents\partialpage}% - \fi - % - \global\setbox\partialpage = \vbox{% - % Unvbox the main output page. - \unvbox\PAGE - \kern-\topskip \kern\baselineskip - }% - }% - \eject % run that output routine to set \partialpage - % - % Use the double-column output routine for subsequent pages. - \output = {\doublecolumnout}% - % - % Change the page size parameters. We could do this once outside this - % routine, in each of @smallbook, @afourpaper, and the default 8.5x11 - % format, but then we repeat the same computation. Repeating a couple - % of assignments once per index is clearly meaningless for the - % execution time, so we may as well do it in one place. - % - % First we halve the line length, less a little for the gutter between - % the columns. We compute the gutter based on the line length, so it - % changes automatically with the paper format. The magic constant - % below is chosen so that the gutter has the same value (well, +-<1pt) - % as it did when we hard-coded it. - % - % We put the result in a separate register, \doublecolumhsize, so we - % can restore it in \pagesofar, after \hsize itself has (potentially) - % been clobbered. - % - \doublecolumnhsize = \hsize - \advance\doublecolumnhsize by -.04154\hsize - \divide\doublecolumnhsize by 2 - \hsize = \doublecolumnhsize - % - % Double the \vsize as well. (We don't need a separate register here, - % since nobody clobbers \vsize.) - \vsize = 2\vsize -} - -% The double-column output routine for all double-column pages except -% the last. -% -\def\doublecolumnout{% - \splittopskip=\topskip \splitmaxdepth=\maxdepth - % Get the available space for the double columns -- the normal - % (undoubled) page height minus any material left over from the - % previous page. - \dimen@ = \vsize - \divide\dimen@ by 2 - \advance\dimen@ by -\ht\partialpage - % - % box0 will be the left-hand column, box2 the right. - \setbox0=\vsplit255 to\dimen@ \setbox2=\vsplit255 to\dimen@ - \onepageout\pagesofar - \unvbox255 - \penalty\outputpenalty -} -% -% Re-output the contents of the output page -- any previous material, -% followed by the two boxes we just split, in box0 and box2. -\def\pagesofar{% - \unvbox\partialpage - % - \hsize = \doublecolumnhsize - \wd0=\hsize \wd2=\hsize - \hbox to\pagewidth{\box0\hfil\box2}% -} -% -% All done with double columns. -\def\enddoublecolumns{% - \output = {% - % Split the last of the double-column material. Leave it on the - % current page, no automatic page break. - \balancecolumns - % - % If we end up splitting too much material for the current page, - % though, there will be another page break right after this \output - % invocation ends. Having called \balancecolumns once, we do not - % want to call it again. Therefore, reset \output to its normal - % definition right away. (We hope \balancecolumns will never be - % called on to balance too much material, but if it is, this makes - % the output somewhat more palatable.) - \global\output = {\onepageout{\pagecontents\PAGE}}% - }% - \eject - \endgroup % started in \begindoublecolumns - % - % \pagegoal was set to the doubled \vsize above, since we restarted - % the current page. We're now back to normal single-column - % typesetting, so reset \pagegoal to the normal \vsize (after the - % \endgroup where \vsize got restored). - \pagegoal = \vsize -} -% -% Called at the end of the double column material. -\def\balancecolumns{% - \setbox0 = \vbox{\unvbox255}% like \box255 but more efficient, see p.120. - \dimen@ = \ht0 - \advance\dimen@ by \topskip - \advance\dimen@ by-\baselineskip - \divide\dimen@ by 2 % target to split to - %debug\message{final 2-column material height=\the\ht0, target=\the\dimen@.}% - \splittopskip = \topskip - % Loop until we get a decent breakpoint. - {% - \vbadness = 10000 - \loop - \global\setbox3 = \copy0 - \global\setbox1 = \vsplit3 to \dimen@ - \ifdim\ht3>\dimen@ - \global\advance\dimen@ by 1pt - \repeat - }% - %debug\message{split to \the\dimen@, column heights: \the\ht1, \the\ht3.}% - \setbox0=\vbox to\dimen@{\unvbox1}% - \setbox2=\vbox to\dimen@{\unvbox3}% - % - \pagesofar -} -\catcode`\@ = \other - - -\message{sectioning,} -% Chapters, sections, etc. - -% \unnumberedno is an oxymoron, of course. But we count the unnumbered -% sections so that we can refer to them unambiguously in the pdf -% outlines by their "section number". We avoid collisions with chapter -% numbers by starting them at 10000. (If a document ever has 10000 -% chapters, we're in trouble anyway, I'm sure.) -\newcount\unnumberedno \unnumberedno = 10000 -\newcount\chapno -\newcount\secno \secno=0 -\newcount\subsecno \subsecno=0 -\newcount\subsubsecno \subsubsecno=0 - -% This counter is funny since it counts through charcodes of letters A, B, ... -\newcount\appendixno \appendixno = `\@ -% -% \def\appendixletter{\char\the\appendixno} -% We do the following ugly conditional instead of the above simple -% construct for the sake of pdftex, which needs the actual -% letter in the expansion, not just typeset. -% -\def\appendixletter{% - \ifnum\appendixno=`A A% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`B B% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`C C% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`D D% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`E E% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`F F% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`G G% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`H H% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`I I% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`J J% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`K K% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`L L% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`M M% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`N N% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`O O% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`P P% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Q Q% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`R R% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`S S% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`T T% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`U U% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`V V% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`W W% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`X X% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Y Y% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Z Z% - % The \the is necessary, despite appearances, because \appendixletter is - % expanded while writing the .toc file. \char\appendixno is not - % expandable, thus it is written literally, thus all appendixes come out - % with the same letter (or @) in the toc without it. - \else\char\the\appendixno - \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi - \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi} - -% Each @chapter defines this as the name of the chapter. -% page headings and footings can use it. @section does likewise. -% However, they are not reliable, because we don't use marks. -\def\thischapter{} -\def\thissection{} - -\newcount\absseclevel % used to calculate proper heading level -\newcount\secbase\secbase=0 % @raisesections/@lowersections modify this count - -% @raisesections: treat @section as chapter, @subsection as section, etc. -\def\raisesections{\global\advance\secbase by -1} -\let\up=\raisesections % original BFox name - -% @lowersections: treat @chapter as section, @section as subsection, etc. -\def\lowersections{\global\advance\secbase by 1} -\let\down=\lowersections % original BFox name - -% we only have subsub. -\chardef\maxseclevel = 3 -% -% A numbered section within an unnumbered changes to unnumbered too. -% To achive this, remember the "biggest" unnum. sec. we are currently in: -\chardef\unmlevel = \maxseclevel -% -% Trace whether the current chapter is an appendix or not: -% \chapheadtype is "N" or "A", unnumbered chapters are ignored. -\def\chapheadtype{N} - -% Choose a heading macro -% #1 is heading type -% #2 is heading level -% #3 is text for heading -\def\genhead#1#2#3{% - % Compute the abs. sec. level: - \absseclevel=#2 - \advance\absseclevel by \secbase - % Make sure \absseclevel doesn't fall outside the range: - \ifnum \absseclevel < 0 - \absseclevel = 0 - \else - \ifnum \absseclevel > 3 - \absseclevel = 3 - \fi - \fi - % The heading type: - \def\headtype{#1}% - \if \headtype U% - \ifnum \absseclevel < \unmlevel - \chardef\unmlevel = \absseclevel - \fi - \else - % Check for appendix sections: - \ifnum \absseclevel = 0 - \edef\chapheadtype{\headtype}% - \else - \if \headtype A\if \chapheadtype N% - \errmessage{@appendix... within a non-appendix chapter}% - \fi\fi - \fi - % Check for numbered within unnumbered: - \ifnum \absseclevel > \unmlevel - \def\headtype{U}% - \else - \chardef\unmlevel = 3 - \fi - \fi - % Now print the heading: - \if \headtype U% - \ifcase\absseclevel - \unnumberedzzz{#3}% - \or \unnumberedseczzz{#3}% - \or \unnumberedsubseczzz{#3}% - \or \unnumberedsubsubseczzz{#3}% - \fi - \else - \if \headtype A% - \ifcase\absseclevel - \appendixzzz{#3}% - \or \appendixsectionzzz{#3}% - \or \appendixsubseczzz{#3}% - \or \appendixsubsubseczzz{#3}% - \fi - \else - \ifcase\absseclevel - \chapterzzz{#3}% - \or \seczzz{#3}% - \or \numberedsubseczzz{#3}% - \or \numberedsubsubseczzz{#3}% - \fi - \fi - \fi - \suppressfirstparagraphindent -} - -% an interface: -\def\numhead{\genhead N} -\def\apphead{\genhead A} -\def\unnmhead{\genhead U} - -% @chapter, @appendix, @unnumbered. Increment top-level counter, reset -% all lower-level sectioning counters to zero. -% -% Also set \chaplevelprefix, which we prepend to @float sequence numbers -% (e.g., figures), q.v. By default (before any chapter), that is empty. -\let\chaplevelprefix = \empty -% -\outer\parseargdef\chapter{\numhead0{#1}} % normally numhead0 calls chapterzzz -\def\chapterzzz#1{% - % section resetting is \global in case the chapter is in a group, such - % as an @include file. - \global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 - \global\advance\chapno by 1 - % - % Used for \float. - \gdef\chaplevelprefix{\the\chapno.}% - \resetallfloatnos - % - \message{\putwordChapter\space \the\chapno}% - % - % Write the actual heading. - \chapmacro{#1}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno}% - % - % So @section and the like are numbered underneath this chapter. - \global\let\section = \numberedsec - \global\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec - \global\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec -} - -\outer\parseargdef\appendix{\apphead0{#1}} % normally apphead0 calls appendixzzz -\def\appendixzzz#1{% - \global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 - \global\advance\appendixno by 1 - \gdef\chaplevelprefix{\appendixletter.}% - \resetallfloatnos - % - \def\appendixnum{\putwordAppendix\space \appendixletter}% - \message{\appendixnum}% - % - \chapmacro{#1}{Yappendix}{\appendixletter}% - % - \global\let\section = \appendixsec - \global\let\subsection = \appendixsubsec - \global\let\subsubsection = \appendixsubsubsec -} - -\outer\parseargdef\unnumbered{\unnmhead0{#1}} % normally unnmhead0 calls unnumberedzzz -\def\unnumberedzzz#1{% - \global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 - \global\advance\unnumberedno by 1 - % - % Since an unnumbered has no number, no prefix for figures. - \global\let\chaplevelprefix = \empty - \resetallfloatnos - % - % This used to be simply \message{#1}, but TeX fully expands the - % argument to \message. Therefore, if #1 contained @-commands, TeX - % expanded them. For example, in `@unnumbered The @cite{Book}', TeX - % expanded @cite (which turns out to cause errors because \cite is meant - % to be executed, not expanded). - % - % Anyway, we don't want the fully-expanded definition of @cite to appear - % as a result of the \message, we just want `@cite' itself. We use - % \the to achieve this: TeX expands \the only once, - % simply yielding the contents of . (We also do this for - % the toc entries.) - \toks0 = {#1}% - \message{(\the\toks0)}% - % - \chapmacro{#1}{Ynothing}{\the\unnumberedno}% - % - \global\let\section = \unnumberedsec - \global\let\subsection = \unnumberedsubsec - \global\let\subsubsection = \unnumberedsubsubsec -} - -% @centerchap is like @unnumbered, but the heading is centered. -\outer\parseargdef\centerchap{% - % Well, we could do the following in a group, but that would break - % an assumption that \chapmacro is called at the outermost level. - % Thus we are safer this way: --kasal, 24feb04 - \let\centerparametersmaybe = \centerparameters - \unnmhead0{#1}% - \let\centerparametersmaybe = \relax -} - -% @top is like @unnumbered. -\let\top\unnumbered - -% Sections. -\outer\parseargdef\numberedsec{\numhead1{#1}} % normally calls seczzz -\def\seczzz#1{% - \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\secno by 1 - \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno.\the\secno}% -} - -\outer\parseargdef\appendixsection{\apphead1{#1}} % normally calls appendixsectionzzz -\def\appendixsectionzzz#1{% - \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\secno by 1 - \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Yappendix}{\appendixletter.\the\secno}% -} -\let\appendixsec\appendixsection - -\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsec{\unnmhead1{#1}} % normally calls unnumberedseczzz -\def\unnumberedseczzz#1{% - \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\secno by 1 - \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Ynothing}{\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno}% -} - -% Subsections. -\outer\parseargdef\numberedsubsec{\numhead2{#1}} % normally calls numberedsubseczzz -\def\numberedsubseczzz#1{% - \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\subsecno by 1 - \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}% -} - -\outer\parseargdef\appendixsubsec{\apphead2{#1}} % normally calls appendixsubseczzz -\def\appendixsubseczzz#1{% - \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\subsecno by 1 - \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Yappendix}% - {\appendixletter.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}% -} - -\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsubsec{\unnmhead2{#1}} %normally calls unnumberedsubseczzz -\def\unnumberedsubseczzz#1{% - \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\subsecno by 1 - \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Ynothing}% - {\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}% -} - -% Subsubsections. -\outer\parseargdef\numberedsubsubsec{\numhead3{#1}} % normally numberedsubsubseczzz -\def\numberedsubsubseczzz#1{% - \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1 - \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Ynumbered}% - {\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}% -} - -\outer\parseargdef\appendixsubsubsec{\apphead3{#1}} % normally appendixsubsubseczzz -\def\appendixsubsubseczzz#1{% - \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1 - \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Yappendix}% - {\appendixletter.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}% -} - -\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsubsubsec{\unnmhead3{#1}} %normally unnumberedsubsubseczzz -\def\unnumberedsubsubseczzz#1{% - \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1 - \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Ynothing}% - {\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}% -} - -% These macros control what the section commands do, according -% to what kind of chapter we are in (ordinary, appendix, or unnumbered). -% Define them by default for a numbered chapter. -\let\section = \numberedsec -\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec -\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec - -% Define @majorheading, @heading and @subheading - -% NOTE on use of \vbox for chapter headings, section headings, and such: -% 1) We use \vbox rather than the earlier \line to permit -% overlong headings to fold. -% 2) \hyphenpenalty is set to 10000 because hyphenation in a -% heading is obnoxious; this forbids it. -% 3) Likewise, headings look best if no \parindent is used, and -% if justification is not attempted. Hence \raggedright. - - -\def\majorheading{% - {\advance\chapheadingskip by 10pt \chapbreak }% - \parsearg\chapheadingzzz -} - -\def\chapheading{\chapbreak \parsearg\chapheadingzzz} -\def\chapheadingzzz#1{% - {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000 - \parindent=0pt\raggedright - \rm #1\hfill}}% - \bigskip \par\penalty 200\relax - \suppressfirstparagraphindent -} - -% @heading, @subheading, @subsubheading. -\parseargdef\heading{\sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Yomitfromtoc}{} - \suppressfirstparagraphindent} -\parseargdef\subheading{\sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Yomitfromtoc}{} - \suppressfirstparagraphindent} -\parseargdef\subsubheading{\sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Yomitfromtoc}{} - \suppressfirstparagraphindent} - -% These macros generate a chapter, section, etc. heading only -% (including whitespace, linebreaking, etc. around it), -% given all the information in convenient, parsed form. - -%%% Args are the skip and penalty (usually negative) -\def\dobreak#1#2{\par\ifdim\lastskip<#1\removelastskip\penalty#2\vskip#1\fi} - -%%% Define plain chapter starts, and page on/off switching for it -% Parameter controlling skip before chapter headings (if needed) - -\newskip\chapheadingskip - -\def\chapbreak{\dobreak \chapheadingskip {-4000}} -\def\chappager{\par\vfill\supereject} -\def\chapoddpage{\chappager \ifodd\pageno \else \hbox to 0pt{} \chappager\fi} - -\def\setchapternewpage #1 {\csname CHAPPAG#1\endcsname} - -\def\CHAPPAGoff{% -\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager -\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chapbreak -\global\let\pagealignmacro=\chappager} - -\def\CHAPPAGon{% -\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager -\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chappager -\global\let\pagealignmacro=\chappager -\global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSsingle}} - -\def\CHAPPAGodd{% -\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage -\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chapoddpage -\global\let\pagealignmacro=\chapoddpage -\global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble}} - -\CHAPPAGon - -% Chapter opening. -% -% #1 is the text, #2 is the section type (Ynumbered, Ynothing, -% Yappendix, Yomitfromtoc), #3 the chapter number. -% -% To test against our argument. -\def\Ynothingkeyword{Ynothing} -\def\Yomitfromtockeyword{Yomitfromtoc} -\def\Yappendixkeyword{Yappendix} -% -\def\chapmacro#1#2#3{% - \pchapsepmacro - {% - \chapfonts \rm - % - % Have to define \thissection before calling \donoderef, because the - % xref code eventually uses it. On the other hand, it has to be called - % after \pchapsepmacro, or the headline will change too soon. - \gdef\thissection{#1}% - \gdef\thischaptername{#1}% - % - % Only insert the separating space if we have a chapter/appendix - % number, and don't print the unnumbered ``number''. - \def\temptype{#2}% - \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword - \setbox0 = \hbox{}% - \def\toctype{unnchap}% - \def\thischapter{#1}% - \else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword - \setbox0 = \hbox{}% contents like unnumbered, but no toc entry - \def\toctype{omit}% - \xdef\thischapter{}% - \else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword - \setbox0 = \hbox{\putwordAppendix{} #3\enspace}% - \def\toctype{app}% - % We don't substitute the actual chapter name into \thischapter - % because we don't want its macros evaluated now. And we don't - % use \thissection because that changes with each section. - % - \xdef\thischapter{\putwordAppendix{} \appendixletter: - \noexpand\thischaptername}% - \else - \setbox0 = \hbox{#3\enspace}% - \def\toctype{numchap}% - \xdef\thischapter{\putwordChapter{} \the\chapno: - \noexpand\thischaptername}% - \fi\fi\fi - % - % Write the toc entry for this chapter. Must come before the - % \donoderef, because we include the current node name in the toc - % entry, and \donoderef resets it to empty. - \writetocentry{\toctype}{#1}{#3}% - % - % For pdftex, we have to write out the node definition (aka, make - % the pdfdest) after any page break, but before the actual text has - % been typeset. If the destination for the pdf outline is after the - % text, then jumping from the outline may wind up with the text not - % being visible, for instance under high magnification. - \donoderef{#2}% - % - % Typeset the actual heading. - \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt \raggedright - \hangindent=\wd0 \centerparametersmaybe - \unhbox0 #1\par}% - }% - \nobreak\bigskip % no page break after a chapter title - \nobreak -} - -% @centerchap -- centered and unnumbered. -\let\centerparametersmaybe = \relax -\def\centerparameters{% - \advance\rightskip by 3\rightskip - \leftskip = \rightskip - \parfillskip = 0pt -} - - -% I don't think this chapter style is supported any more, so I'm not -% updating it with the new noderef stuff. We'll see. --karl, 11aug03. -% -\def\setchapterstyle #1 {\csname CHAPF#1\endcsname} -% -\def\unnchfopen #1{% -\chapoddpage {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000 - \parindent=0pt\raggedright - \rm #1\hfill}}\bigskip \par\nobreak -} -\def\chfopen #1#2{\chapoddpage {\chapfonts -\vbox to 3in{\vfil \hbox to\hsize{\hfil #2} \hbox to\hsize{\hfil #1} \vfil}}% -\par\penalty 5000 % -} -\def\centerchfopen #1{% -\chapoddpage {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000 - \parindent=0pt - \hfill {\rm #1}\hfill}}\bigskip \par\nobreak -} -\def\CHAPFopen{% - \global\let\chapmacro=\chfopen - \global\let\centerchapmacro=\centerchfopen} - - -% Section titles. These macros combine the section number parts and -% call the generic \sectionheading to do the printing. -% -\newskip\secheadingskip -\def\secheadingbreak{\dobreak \secheadingskip{-1000}} - -% Subsection titles. -\newskip\subsecheadingskip -\def\subsecheadingbreak{\dobreak \subsecheadingskip{-500}} - -% Subsubsection titles. -\def\subsubsecheadingskip{\subsecheadingskip} -\def\subsubsecheadingbreak{\subsecheadingbreak} - - -% Print any size, any type, section title. -% -% #1 is the text, #2 is the section level (sec/subsec/subsubsec), #3 is -% the section type for xrefs (Ynumbered, Ynothing, Yappendix), #4 is the -% section number. -% -\def\sectionheading#1#2#3#4{% - {% - % Switch to the right set of fonts. - \csname #2fonts\endcsname \rm - % - % Insert space above the heading. - \csname #2headingbreak\endcsname - % - % Only insert the space after the number if we have a section number. - \def\sectionlevel{#2}% - \def\temptype{#3}% - % - \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword - \setbox0 = \hbox{}% - \def\toctype{unn}% - \gdef\thissection{#1}% - \else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword - % for @headings -- no section number, don't include in toc, - % and don't redefine \thissection. - \setbox0 = \hbox{}% - \def\toctype{omit}% - \let\sectionlevel=\empty - \else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword - \setbox0 = \hbox{#4\enspace}% - \def\toctype{app}% - \gdef\thissection{#1}% - \else - \setbox0 = \hbox{#4\enspace}% - \def\toctype{num}% - \gdef\thissection{#1}% - \fi\fi\fi - % - % Write the toc entry (before \donoderef). See comments in \chfplain. - \writetocentry{\toctype\sectionlevel}{#1}{#4}% - % - % Write the node reference (= pdf destination for pdftex). - % Again, see comments in \chfplain. - \donoderef{#3}% - % - % Output the actual section heading. - \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt \raggedright - \hangindent=\wd0 % zero if no section number - \unhbox0 #1}% - }% - % Add extra space after the heading -- half of whatever came above it. - % Don't allow stretch, though. - \kern .5 \csname #2headingskip\endcsname - % - % Do not let the kern be a potential breakpoint, as it would be if it - % was followed by glue. - \nobreak - % - % We'll almost certainly start a paragraph next, so don't let that - % glue accumulate. (Not a breakpoint because it's preceded by a - % discardable item.) - \vskip-\parskip - % - % This is purely so the last item on the list is a known \penalty > - % 10000. This is so \startdefun can avoid allowing breakpoints after - % section headings. Otherwise, it would insert a valid breakpoint between: - % - % @section sec-whatever - % @deffn def-whatever - \penalty 10001 -} - - -\message{toc,} -% Table of contents. -\newwrite\tocfile - -% Write an entry to the toc file, opening it if necessary. -% Called from @chapter, etc. -% -% Example usage: \writetocentry{sec}{Section Name}{\the\chapno.\the\secno} -% We append the current node name (if any) and page number as additional -% arguments for the \{chap,sec,...}entry macros which will eventually -% read this. The node name is used in the pdf outlines as the -% destination to jump to. -% -% We open the .toc file for writing here instead of at @setfilename (or -% any other fixed time) so that @contents can be anywhere in the document. -% But if #1 is `omit', then we don't do anything. This is used for the -% table of contents chapter openings themselves. -% -\newif\iftocfileopened -\def\omitkeyword{omit}% -% -\def\writetocentry#1#2#3{% - \edef\writetoctype{#1}% - \ifx\writetoctype\omitkeyword \else - \iftocfileopened\else - \immediate\openout\tocfile = \jobname.toc - \global\tocfileopenedtrue - \fi - % - \iflinks - \toks0 = {#2}% - \toks2 = \expandafter{\lastnode}% - \edef\temp{\write\tocfile{\realbackslash #1entry{\the\toks0}{#3}% - {\the\toks2}{\noexpand\folio}}}% - \temp - \fi - \fi - % - % Tell \shipout to create a pdf destination on each page, if we're - % writing pdf. These are used in the table of contents. We can't - % just write one on every page because the title pages are numbered - % 1 and 2 (the page numbers aren't printed), and so are the first - % two pages of the document. Thus, we'd have two destinations named - % `1', and two named `2'. - \ifpdf \global\pdfmakepagedesttrue \fi -} - -\newskip\contentsrightmargin \contentsrightmargin=1in -\newcount\savepageno -\newcount\lastnegativepageno \lastnegativepageno = -1 - -% Prepare to read what we've written to \tocfile. -% -\def\startcontents#1{% - % If @setchapternewpage on, and @headings double, the contents should - % start on an odd page, unlike chapters. Thus, we maintain - % \contentsalignmacro in parallel with \pagealignmacro. - % From: Torbjorn Granlund - \contentsalignmacro - \immediate\closeout\tocfile - % - % Don't need to put `Contents' or `Short Contents' in the headline. - % It is abundantly clear what they are. - \def\thischapter{}% - \chapmacro{#1}{Yomitfromtoc}{}% - % - \savepageno = \pageno - \begingroup % Set up to handle contents files properly. - \catcode`\\=0 \catcode`\{=1 \catcode`\}=2 \catcode`\@=11 - % We can't do this, because then an actual ^ in a section - % title fails, e.g., @chapter ^ -- exponentiation. --karl, 9jul97. - %\catcode`\^=7 % to see ^^e4 as \"a etc. juha@piuha.ydi.vtt.fi - \raggedbottom % Worry more about breakpoints than the bottom. - \advance\hsize by -\contentsrightmargin % Don't use the full line length. - % - % Roman numerals for page numbers. - \ifnum \pageno>0 \global\pageno = \lastnegativepageno \fi -} - - -% Normal (long) toc. -\def\contents{% - \startcontents{\putwordTOC}% - \openin 1 \jobname.toc - \ifeof 1 \else - \input \jobname.toc - \fi - \vfill \eject - \contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect - \ifeof 1 \else - \pdfmakeoutlines - \fi - \closein 1 - \endgroup - \lastnegativepageno = \pageno - \global\pageno = \savepageno -} - -% And just the chapters. -\def\summarycontents{% - \startcontents{\putwordShortTOC}% - % - \let\numchapentry = \shortchapentry - \let\appentry = \shortchapentry - \let\unnchapentry = \shortunnchapentry - % We want a true roman here for the page numbers. - \secfonts - \let\rm=\shortcontrm \let\bf=\shortcontbf - \let\sl=\shortcontsl \let\tt=\shortconttt - \rm - \hyphenpenalty = 10000 - \advance\baselineskip by 1pt % Open it up a little. - \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{} - \let\appsecentry = \numsecentry - \let\unnsecentry = \numsecentry - \let\numsubsecentry = \numsecentry - \let\appsubsecentry = \numsecentry - \let\unnsubsecentry = \numsecentry - \let\numsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry - \let\appsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry - \let\unnsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry - \openin 1 \jobname.toc - \ifeof 1 \else - \input \jobname.toc - \fi - \closein 1 - \vfill \eject - \contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect - \endgroup - \lastnegativepageno = \pageno - \global\pageno = \savepageno -} -\let\shortcontents = \summarycontents - -% Typeset the label for a chapter or appendix for the short contents. -% The arg is, e.g., `A' for an appendix, or `3' for a chapter. -% -\def\shortchaplabel#1{% - % This space should be enough, since a single number is .5em, and the - % widest letter (M) is 1em, at least in the Computer Modern fonts. - % But use \hss just in case. - % (This space doesn't include the extra space that gets added after - % the label; that gets put in by \shortchapentry above.) - % - % We'd like to right-justify chapter numbers, but that looks strange - % with appendix letters. And right-justifying numbers and - % left-justifying letters looks strange when there is less than 10 - % chapters. Have to read the whole toc once to know how many chapters - % there are before deciding ... - \hbox to 1em{#1\hss}% -} - -% These macros generate individual entries in the table of contents. -% The first argument is the chapter or section name. -% The last argument is the page number. -% The arguments in between are the chapter number, section number, ... - -% Chapters, in the main contents. -\def\numchapentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}} -% -% Chapters, in the short toc. -% See comments in \dochapentry re vbox and related settings. -\def\shortchapentry#1#2#3#4{% - \tocentry{\shortchaplabel{#2}\labelspace #1}{\doshortpageno\bgroup#4\egroup}% -} - -% Appendices, in the main contents. -% Need the word Appendix, and a fixed-size box. -% -\def\appendixbox#1{% - % We use M since it's probably the widest letter. - \setbox0 = \hbox{\putwordAppendix{} M}% - \hbox to \wd0{\putwordAppendix{} #1\hss}} -% -\def\appentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{\appendixbox{#2}\labelspace#1}{#4}} - -% Unnumbered chapters. -\def\unnchapentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{#1}{#4}} -\def\shortunnchapentry#1#2#3#4{\tocentry{#1}{\doshortpageno\bgroup#4\egroup}} - -% Sections. -\def\numsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}} -\let\appsecentry=\numsecentry -\def\unnsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosecentry{#1}{#4}} - -% Subsections. -\def\numsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}} -\let\appsubsecentry=\numsubsecentry -\def\unnsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsecentry{#1}{#4}} - -% And subsubsections. -\def\numsubsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsubsecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}} -\let\appsubsubsecentry=\numsubsubsecentry -\def\unnsubsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsubsecentry{#1}{#4}} - -% This parameter controls the indentation of the various levels. -% Same as \defaultparindent. -\newdimen\tocindent \tocindent = 15pt - -% Now for the actual typesetting. In all these, #1 is the text and #2 is the -% page number. -% -% If the toc has to be broken over pages, we want it to be at chapters -% if at all possible; hence the \penalty. -\def\dochapentry#1#2{% - \penalty-300 \vskip1\baselineskip plus.33\baselineskip minus.25\baselineskip - \begingroup - \chapentryfonts - \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}% - \endgroup - \nobreak\vskip .25\baselineskip plus.1\baselineskip -} - -\def\dosecentry#1#2{\begingroup - \secentryfonts \leftskip=\tocindent - \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}% -\endgroup} - -\def\dosubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup - \subsecentryfonts \leftskip=2\tocindent - \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}% -\endgroup} - -\def\dosubsubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup - \subsubsecentryfonts \leftskip=3\tocindent - \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}% -\endgroup} - -% We use the same \entry macro as for the index entries. -\let\tocentry = \entry - -% Space between chapter (or whatever) number and the title. -\def\labelspace{\hskip1em \relax} - -\def\dopageno#1{{\rm #1}} -\def\doshortpageno#1{{\rm #1}} - -\def\chapentryfonts{\secfonts \rm} -\def\secentryfonts{\textfonts} -\def\subsecentryfonts{\textfonts} -\def\subsubsecentryfonts{\textfonts} - - -\message{environments,} -% @foo ... @end foo. - -% @point{}, @result{}, @expansion{}, @print{}, @equiv{}. -% -% Since these characters are used in examples, it should be an even number of -% \tt widths. Each \tt character is 1en, so two makes it 1em. -% -\def\point{$\star$} -\def\result{\leavevmode\raise.15ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\Rightarrow$\hfil}} -\def\expansion{\leavevmode\raise.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\mapsto$\hfil}} -\def\print{\leavevmode\lower.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\dashv$\hfil}} -\def\equiv{\leavevmode\lower.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\ptexequiv$\hfil}} - -% The @error{} command. -% Adapted from the TeXbook's \boxit. -% -\newbox\errorbox -% -{\tentt \global\dimen0 = 3em}% Width of the box. -\dimen2 = .55pt % Thickness of rules -% The text. (`r' is open on the right, `e' somewhat less so on the left.) -\setbox0 = \hbox{\kern-.75pt \tensf error\kern-1.5pt} -% -\setbox\errorbox=\hbox to \dimen0{\hfil - \hsize = \dimen0 \advance\hsize by -5.8pt % Space to left+right. - \advance\hsize by -2\dimen2 % Rules. - \vbox{% - \hrule height\dimen2 - \hbox{\vrule width\dimen2 \kern3pt % Space to left of text. - \vtop{\kern2.4pt \box0 \kern2.4pt}% Space above/below. - \kern3pt\vrule width\dimen2}% Space to right. - \hrule height\dimen2} - \hfil} -% -\def\error{\leavevmode\lower.7ex\copy\errorbox} - -% @tex ... @end tex escapes into raw Tex temporarily. -% One exception: @ is still an escape character, so that @end tex works. -% But \@ or @@ will get a plain tex @ character. - -\envdef\tex{% - \catcode `\\=0 \catcode `\{=1 \catcode `\}=2 - \catcode `\$=3 \catcode `\&=4 \catcode `\#=6 - \catcode `\^=7 \catcode `\_=8 \catcode `\~=\active \let~=\tie - \catcode `\%=14 - \catcode `\+=\other - \catcode `\"=\other - \catcode `\|=\other - \catcode `\<=\other - \catcode `\>=\other - \escapechar=`\\ - % - \let\b=\ptexb - \let\bullet=\ptexbullet - \let\c=\ptexc - \let\,=\ptexcomma - \let\.=\ptexdot - \let\dots=\ptexdots - \let\equiv=\ptexequiv - \let\!=\ptexexclam - \let\i=\ptexi - \let\indent=\ptexindent - \let\noindent=\ptexnoindent - \let\{=\ptexlbrace - \let\+=\tabalign - \let\}=\ptexrbrace - \let\/=\ptexslash - \let\*=\ptexstar - \let\t=\ptext - % - \def\endldots{\mathinner{\ldots\ldots\ldots\ldots}}% - \def\enddots{\relax\ifmmode\endldots\else$\mathsurround=0pt \endldots\,$\fi}% - \def\@{@}% -} -% There is no need to define \Etex. - -% Define @lisp ... @end lisp. -% @lisp environment forms a group so it can rebind things, -% including the definition of @end lisp (which normally is erroneous). - -% Amount to narrow the margins by for @lisp. -\newskip\lispnarrowing \lispnarrowing=0.4in - -% This is the definition that ^^M gets inside @lisp, @example, and other -% such environments. \null is better than a space, since it doesn't -% have any width. -\def\lisppar{\null\endgraf} - -% This space is always present above and below environments. -\newskip\envskipamount \envskipamount = 0pt - -% Make spacing and below environment symmetrical. We use \parskip here -% to help in doing that, since in @example-like environments \parskip -% is reset to zero; thus the \afterenvbreak inserts no space -- but the -% start of the next paragraph will insert \parskip. -% -\def\aboveenvbreak{{% - % =10000 instead of <10000 because of a special case in \itemzzz and - % \sectionheading, q.v. - \ifnum \lastpenalty=10000 \else - \advance\envskipamount by \parskip - \endgraf - \ifdim\lastskip<\envskipamount - \removelastskip - % it's not a good place to break if the last penalty was \nobreak - % or better ... - \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000 \penalty-50 \fi - \vskip\envskipamount - \fi - \fi -}} - -\let\afterenvbreak = \aboveenvbreak - -% \nonarrowing is a flag. If "set", @lisp etc don't narrow margins. -\let\nonarrowing=\relax - -% @cartouche ... @end cartouche: draw rectangle w/rounded corners around -% environment contents. -\font\circle=lcircle10 -\newdimen\circthick -\newdimen\cartouter\newdimen\cartinner -\newskip\normbskip\newskip\normpskip\newskip\normlskip -\circthick=\fontdimen8\circle -% -\def\ctl{{\circle\char'013\hskip -6pt}}% 6pt from pl file: 1/2charwidth -\def\ctr{{\hskip 6pt\circle\char'010}} -\def\cbl{{\circle\char'012\hskip -6pt}} -\def\cbr{{\hskip 6pt\circle\char'011}} -\def\carttop{\hbox to \cartouter{\hskip\lskip - \ctl\leaders\hrule height\circthick\hfil\ctr - \hskip\rskip}} -\def\cartbot{\hbox to \cartouter{\hskip\lskip - \cbl\leaders\hrule height\circthick\hfil\cbr - \hskip\rskip}} -% -\newskip\lskip\newskip\rskip - -\envdef\cartouche{% - \ifhmode\par\fi % can't be in the midst of a paragraph. - \startsavinginserts - \lskip=\leftskip \rskip=\rightskip - \leftskip=0pt\rightskip=0pt % we want these *outside*. - \cartinner=\hsize \advance\cartinner by-\lskip - \advance\cartinner by-\rskip - \cartouter=\hsize - \advance\cartouter by 18.4pt % allow for 3pt kerns on either - % side, and for 6pt waste from - % each corner char, and rule thickness - \normbskip=\baselineskip \normpskip=\parskip \normlskip=\lineskip - % Flag to tell @lisp, etc., not to narrow margin. - \let\nonarrowing=\comment - \vbox\bgroup - \baselineskip=0pt\parskip=0pt\lineskip=0pt - \carttop - \hbox\bgroup - \hskip\lskip - \vrule\kern3pt - \vbox\bgroup - \kern3pt - \hsize=\cartinner - \baselineskip=\normbskip - \lineskip=\normlskip - \parskip=\normpskip - \vskip -\parskip - \comment % For explanation, see the end of \def\group. -} -\def\Ecartouche{% - \ifhmode\par\fi - \kern3pt - \egroup - \kern3pt\vrule - \hskip\rskip - \egroup - \cartbot - \egroup - \checkinserts -} - - -% This macro is called at the beginning of all the @example variants, -% inside a group. -\def\nonfillstart{% - \aboveenvbreak - \hfuzz = 12pt % Don't be fussy - \sepspaces % Make spaces be word-separators rather than space tokens. - \let\par = \lisppar % don't ignore blank lines - \obeylines % each line of input is a line of output - \parskip = 0pt - \parindent = 0pt - \emergencystretch = 0pt % don't try to avoid overfull boxes - % @cartouche defines \nonarrowing to inhibit narrowing - % at next level down. - \ifx\nonarrowing\relax - \advance \leftskip by \lispnarrowing - \exdentamount=\lispnarrowing - \fi - \let\exdent=\nofillexdent -} - -% If you want all examples etc. small: @set dispenvsize small. -% If you want even small examples the full size: @set dispenvsize nosmall. -% This affects the following displayed environments: -% @example, @display, @format, @lisp -% -\def\smallword{small} -\def\nosmallword{nosmall} -\let\SETdispenvsize\relax -\def\setnormaldispenv{% - \ifx\SETdispenvsize\smallword - \smallexamplefonts \rm - \fi -} -\def\setsmalldispenv{% - \ifx\SETdispenvsize\nosmallword - \else - \smallexamplefonts \rm - \fi -} - -% We often define two environments, @foo and @smallfoo. -% Let's do it by one command: -\def\makedispenv #1#2{ - \expandafter\envdef\csname#1\endcsname {\setnormaldispenv #2} - \expandafter\envdef\csname small#1\endcsname {\setsmalldispenv #2} - \expandafter\let\csname E#1\endcsname \afterenvbreak - \expandafter\let\csname Esmall#1\endcsname \afterenvbreak -} - -% Define two synonyms: -\def\maketwodispenvs #1#2#3{ - \makedispenv{#1}{#3} - \makedispenv{#2}{#3} -} - -% @lisp: indented, narrowed, typewriter font; @example: same as @lisp. -% -% @smallexample and @smalllisp: use smaller fonts. -% Originally contributed by Pavel@xerox. -% -\maketwodispenvs {lisp}{example}{% - \nonfillstart - \tt - \let\kbdfont = \kbdexamplefont % Allow @kbd to do something special. - \gobble % eat return -} - -% @display/@smalldisplay: same as @lisp except keep current font. -% -\makedispenv {display}{% - \nonfillstart - \gobble -} - -% @format/@smallformat: same as @display except don't narrow margins. -% -\makedispenv{format}{% - \let\nonarrowing = t% - \nonfillstart - \gobble -} - -% @flushleft: same as @format, but doesn't obey \SETdispenvsize. -\envdef\flushleft{% - \let\nonarrowing = t% - \nonfillstart - \gobble -} -\let\Eflushleft = \afterenvbreak - -% @flushright. -% -\envdef\flushright{% - \let\nonarrowing = t% - \nonfillstart - \advance\leftskip by 0pt plus 1fill - \gobble -} -\let\Eflushright = \afterenvbreak - - -% @quotation does normal linebreaking (hence we can't use \nonfillstart) -% and narrows the margins. We keep \parskip nonzero in general, since -% we're doing normal filling. So, when using \aboveenvbreak and -% \afterenvbreak, temporarily make \parskip 0. -% -\envdef\quotation{% - {\parskip=0pt \aboveenvbreak}% because \aboveenvbreak inserts \parskip - \parindent=0pt - % - % @cartouche defines \nonarrowing to inhibit narrowing at next level down. - \ifx\nonarrowing\relax - \advance\leftskip by \lispnarrowing - \advance\rightskip by \lispnarrowing - \exdentamount = \lispnarrowing - \let\nonarrowing = \relax - \fi - \parsearg\quotationlabel -} - -% We have retained a nonzero parskip for the environment, since we're -% doing normal filling. -% -\def\Equotation{% - \par - \ifx\quotationauthor\undefined\else - % indent a bit. - \leftline{\kern 2\leftskip \sl ---\quotationauthor}% - \fi - {\parskip=0pt \afterenvbreak}% -} - -% If we're given an argument, typeset it in bold with a colon after. -\def\quotationlabel#1{% - \def\temp{#1}% - \ifx\temp\empty \else - {\bf #1: }% - \fi -} - - -% LaTeX-like @verbatim...@end verbatim and @verb{...} -% If we want to allow any as delimiter, -% we need the curly braces so that makeinfo sees the @verb command, eg: -% `@verbx...x' would look like the '@verbx' command. --janneke@gnu.org -% -% [Knuth]: Donald Ervin Knuth, 1996. The TeXbook. -% -% [Knuth] p.344; only we need to do the other characters Texinfo sets -% active too. Otherwise, they get lost as the first character on a -% verbatim line. -\def\dospecials{% - \do\ \do\\\do\{\do\}\do\$\do\&% - \do\#\do\^\do\^^K\do\_\do\^^A\do\%\do\~% - \do\<\do\>\do\|\do\@\do+\do\"% -} -% -% [Knuth] p. 380 -\def\uncatcodespecials{% - \def\do##1{\catcode`##1=\other}\dospecials} -% -% [Knuth] pp. 380,381,391 -% Disable Spanish ligatures ?` and !` of \tt font -\begingroup - \catcode`\`=\active\gdef`{\relax\lq} -\endgroup -% -% Setup for the @verb command. -% -% Eight spaces for a tab -\begingroup - \catcode`\^^I=\active - \gdef\tabeightspaces{\catcode`\^^I=\active\def^^I{\ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ }} -\endgroup -% -\def\setupverb{% - \tt % easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim - \def\par{\leavevmode\endgraf}% - \catcode`\`=\active - \tabeightspaces - % Respect line breaks, - % print special symbols as themselves, and - % make each space count - % must do in this order: - \obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces -} - -% Setup for the @verbatim environment -% -% Real tab expansion -\newdimen\tabw \setbox0=\hbox{\tt\space} \tabw=8\wd0 % tab amount -% -\def\starttabbox{\setbox0=\hbox\bgroup} -\begingroup - \catcode`\^^I=\active - \gdef\tabexpand{% - \catcode`\^^I=\active - \def^^I{\leavevmode\egroup - \dimen0=\wd0 % the width so far, or since the previous tab - \divide\dimen0 by\tabw - \multiply\dimen0 by\tabw % compute previous multiple of \tabw - \advance\dimen0 by\tabw % advance to next multiple of \tabw - \wd0=\dimen0 \box0 \starttabbox - }% - } -\endgroup -\def\setupverbatim{% - \nonfillstart - \advance\leftskip by -\defbodyindent - % Easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim - \tt - \def\par{\leavevmode\egroup\box0\endgraf}% - \catcode`\`=\active - \tabexpand - % Respect line breaks, - % print special symbols as themselves, and - % make each space count - % must do in this order: - \obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces - \everypar{\starttabbox}% -} - -% Do the @verb magic: verbatim text is quoted by unique -% delimiter characters. Before first delimiter expect a -% right brace, after last delimiter expect closing brace: -% -% \def\doverb'{'#1'}'{#1} -% -% [Knuth] p. 382; only eat outer {} -\begingroup - \catcode`[=1\catcode`]=2\catcode`\{=\other\catcode`\}=\other - \gdef\doverb{#1[\def\next##1#1}[##1\endgroup]\next] -\endgroup -% -\def\verb{\begingroup\setupverb\doverb} -% -% -% Do the @verbatim magic: define the macro \doverbatim so that -% the (first) argument ends when '@end verbatim' is reached, ie: -% -% \def\doverbatim#1@end verbatim{#1} -% -% For Texinfo it's a lot easier than for LaTeX, -% because texinfo's \verbatim doesn't stop at '\end{verbatim}': -% we need not redefine '\', '{' and '}'. -% -% Inspired by LaTeX's verbatim command set [latex.ltx] -% -\begingroup - \catcode`\ =\active - \obeylines % - % ignore everything up to the first ^^M, that's the newline at the end - % of the @verbatim input line itself. Otherwise we get an extra blank - % line in the output. - \xdef\doverbatim#1^^M#2@end verbatim{#2\noexpand\end\gobble verbatim}% - % We really want {...\end verbatim} in the body of the macro, but - % without the active space; thus we have to use \xdef and \gobble. -\endgroup -% -\envdef\verbatim{% - \setupverbatim\doverbatim -} -\let\Everbatim = \afterenvbreak - - -% @verbatiminclude FILE - insert text of file in verbatim environment. -% -\def\verbatiminclude{\parseargusing\filenamecatcodes\doverbatiminclude} -% -\def\doverbatiminclude#1{% - {% - \makevalueexpandable - \setupverbatim - \input #1 - \afterenvbreak - }% -} - -% @copying ... @end copying. -% Save the text away for @insertcopying later. -% -% We save the uninterpreted tokens, rather than creating a box. -% Saving the text in a box would be much easier, but then all the -% typesetting commands (@smallbook, font changes, etc.) have to be done -% beforehand -- and a) we want @copying to be done first in the source -% file; b) letting users define the frontmatter in as flexible order as -% possible is very desirable. -% -\def\copying{\checkenv{}\begingroup\scanargctxt\docopying} -\def\docopying#1@end copying{\endgroup\def\copyingtext{#1}} -% -\def\insertcopying{% - \begingroup - \parindent = 0pt % paragraph indentation looks wrong on title page - \scanexp\copyingtext - \endgroup -} - -\message{defuns,} -% @defun etc. - -\newskip\defbodyindent \defbodyindent=.4in -\newskip\defargsindent \defargsindent=50pt -\newskip\deflastargmargin \deflastargmargin=18pt - -% Start the processing of @deffn: -\def\startdefun{% - \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000 - \medbreak - \else - % If there are two @def commands in a row, we'll have a \nobreak, - % which is there to keep the function description together with its - % header. But if there's nothing but headers, we need to allow a - % break somewhere. Check specifically for penalty 10002, inserted - % by \defargscommonending, instead of 10000, since the sectioning - % commands also insert a nobreak penalty, and we don't want to allow - % a break between a section heading and a defun. - % - \ifnum\lastpenalty=10002 \penalty2000 \fi - % - % Similarly, after a section heading, do not allow a break. - % But do insert the glue. - \medskip % preceded by discardable penalty, so not a breakpoint - \fi - % - \parindent=0in - \advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent - \exdentamount=\defbodyindent -} - -\def\dodefunx#1{% - % First, check whether we are in the right environment: - \checkenv#1% - % - % As above, allow line break if we have multiple x headers in a row. - % It's not a great place, though. - \ifnum\lastpenalty=10002 \penalty3000 \fi - % - % And now, it's time to reuse the body of the original defun: - \expandafter\gobbledefun#1% -} -\def\gobbledefun#1\startdefun{} - -% \printdefunline \deffnheader{text} -% -\def\printdefunline#1#2{% - \begingroup - % call \deffnheader: - #1#2 \endheader - % common ending: - \interlinepenalty = 10000 - \advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 1fil - \endgraf - \nobreak\vskip -\parskip - \penalty 10002 % signal to \startdefun and \dodefunx - % Some of the @defun-type tags do not enable magic parentheses, - % rendering the following check redundant. But we don't optimize. - \checkparencounts - \endgroup -} - -\def\Edefun{\endgraf\medbreak} - -% \makedefun{deffn} creates \deffn, \deffnx and \Edeffn; -% the only thing remainnig is to define \deffnheader. -% -\def\makedefun#1{% - \expandafter\let\csname E#1\endcsname = \Edefun - \edef\temp{\noexpand\domakedefun - \makecsname{#1}\makecsname{#1x}\makecsname{#1header}}% - \temp -} - -% \domakedefun \deffn \deffnx \deffnheader -% -% Define \deffn and \deffnx, without parameters. -% \deffnheader has to be defined explicitly. -% -\def\domakedefun#1#2#3{% - \envdef#1{% - \startdefun - \parseargusing\activeparens{\printdefunline#3}% - }% - \def#2{\dodefunx#1}% - \def#3% -} - -%%% Untyped functions: - -% @deffn category name args -\makedefun{deffn}{\deffngeneral{}} - -% @deffn category class name args -\makedefun{defop}#1 {\defopon{#1\ \putwordon}} - -% \defopon {category on}class name args -\def\defopon#1#2 {\deffngeneral{\putwordon\ \code{#2}}{#1\ \code{#2}} } - -% \deffngeneral {subind}category name args -% -\def\deffngeneral#1#2 #3 #4\endheader{% - % Remember that \dosubind{fn}{foo}{} is equivalent to \doind{fn}{foo}. - \dosubind{fn}{\code{#3}}{#1}% - \defname{#2}{}{#3}\magicamp\defunargs{#4\unskip}% -} - -%%% Typed functions: - -% @deftypefn category type name args -\makedefun{deftypefn}{\deftypefngeneral{}} - -% @deftypeop category class type name args -\makedefun{deftypeop}#1 {\deftypeopon{#1\ \putwordon}} - -% \deftypeopon {category on}class type name args -\def\deftypeopon#1#2 {\deftypefngeneral{\putwordon\ \code{#2}}{#1\ \code{#2}} } - -% \deftypefngeneral {subind}category type name args -% -\def\deftypefngeneral#1#2 #3 #4 #5\endheader{% - \dosubind{fn}{\code{#4}}{#1}% - \defname{#2}{#3}{#4}\defunargs{#5\unskip}% -} - -%%% Typed variables: - -% @deftypevr category type var args -\makedefun{deftypevr}{\deftypecvgeneral{}} - -% @deftypecv category class type var args -\makedefun{deftypecv}#1 {\deftypecvof{#1\ \putwordof}} - -% \deftypecvof {category of}class type var args -\def\deftypecvof#1#2 {\deftypecvgeneral{\putwordof\ \code{#2}}{#1\ \code{#2}} } - -% \deftypecvgeneral {subind}category type var args -% -\def\deftypecvgeneral#1#2 #3 #4 #5\endheader{% - \dosubind{vr}{\code{#4}}{#1}% - \defname{#2}{#3}{#4}\defunargs{#5\unskip}% -} - -%%% Untyped variables: - -% @defvr category var args -\makedefun{defvr}#1 {\deftypevrheader{#1} {} } - -% @defcv category class var args -\makedefun{defcv}#1 {\defcvof{#1\ \putwordof}} - -% \defcvof {category of}class var args -\def\defcvof#1#2 {\deftypecvof{#1}#2 {} } - -%%% Type: -% @deftp category name args -\makedefun{deftp}#1 #2 #3\endheader{% - \doind{tp}{\code{#2}}% - \defname{#1}{}{#2}\defunargs{#3\unskip}% -} - -% Remaining @defun-like shortcuts: -\makedefun{defun}{\deffnheader{\putwordDeffunc} } -\makedefun{defmac}{\deffnheader{\putwordDefmac} } -\makedefun{defspec}{\deffnheader{\putwordDefspec} } -\makedefun{deftypefun}{\deftypefnheader{\putwordDeffunc} } -\makedefun{defvar}{\defvrheader{\putwordDefvar} } -\makedefun{defopt}{\defvrheader{\putwordDefopt} } -\makedefun{deftypevar}{\deftypevrheader{\putwordDefvar} } -\makedefun{defmethod}{\defopon\putwordMethodon} -\makedefun{deftypemethod}{\deftypeopon\putwordMethodon} -\makedefun{defivar}{\defcvof\putwordInstanceVariableof} -\makedefun{deftypeivar}{\deftypecvof\putwordInstanceVariableof} - -% \defname, which formats the name of the @def (not the args). -% #1 is the category, such as "Function". -% #2 is the return type, if any. -% #3 is the function name. -% -% We are followed by (but not passed) the arguments, if any. -% -\def\defname#1#2#3{% - % Get the values of \leftskip and \rightskip as they were outside the @def... - \advance\leftskip by -\defbodyindent - % - % How we'll format the type name. Putting it in brackets helps - % distinguish it from the body text that may end up on the next line - % just below it. - \def\temp{#1}% - \setbox0=\hbox{\kern\deflastargmargin \ifx\temp\empty\else [\rm\temp]\fi} - % - % Figure out line sizes for the paragraph shape. - % The first line needs space for \box0; but if \rightskip is nonzero, - % we need only space for the part of \box0 which exceeds it: - \dimen0=\hsize \advance\dimen0 by -\wd0 \advance\dimen0 by \rightskip - % The continuations: - \dimen2=\hsize \advance\dimen2 by -\defargsindent - % (plain.tex says that \dimen1 should be used only as global.) - \parshape 2 0in \dimen0 \defargsindent \dimen2 - % - % Put the type name to the right margin. - \noindent - \hbox to 0pt{% - \hfil\box0 \kern-\hsize - % \hsize has to be shortened this way: - \kern\leftskip - % Intentionally do not respect \rightskip, since we need the space. - }% - % - % Allow all lines to be underfull without complaint: - \tolerance=10000 \hbadness=10000 - \exdentamount=\defbodyindent - {% - % defun fonts. We use typewriter by default (used to be bold) because: - % . we're printing identifiers, they should be in tt in principle. - % . in languages with many accents, such as Czech or French, it's - % common to leave accents off identifiers. The result looks ok in - % tt, but exceedingly strange in rm. - % . we don't want -- and --- to be treated as ligatures. - % . this still does not fix the ?` and !` ligatures, but so far no - % one has made identifiers using them :). - \df \tt - \def\temp{#2}% return value type - \ifx\temp\empty\else \tclose{\temp} \fi - #3% output function name - }% - {\rm\enskip}% hskip 0.5 em of \tenrm - % - \boldbrax - % arguments will be output next, if any. -} - -% Print arguments in slanted roman (not ttsl), inconsistently with using -% tt for the name. This is because literal text is sometimes needed in -% the argument list (groff manual), and ttsl and tt are not very -% distinguishable. Prevent hyphenation at `-' chars. -% -\def\defunargs#1{% - % use sl by default (not ttsl), - % tt for the names. - \df \sl \hyphenchar\font=0 - % - % On the other hand, if an argument has two dashes (for instance), we - % want a way to get ttsl. Let's try @var for that. - \let\var=\ttslanted - #1% - \sl\hyphenchar\font=45 -} - -% We want ()&[] to print specially on the defun line. -% -\def\activeparens{% - \catcode`\(=\active \catcode`\)=\active - \catcode`\[=\active \catcode`\]=\active - \catcode`\&=\active -} - -% Make control sequences which act like normal parenthesis chars. -\let\lparen = ( \let\rparen = ) - -% Be sure that we always have a definition for `(', etc. For example, -% if the fn name has parens in it, \boldbrax will not be in effect yet, -% so TeX would otherwise complain about undefined control sequence. -{ - \activeparens - \global\let(=\lparen \global\let)=\rparen - \global\let[=\lbrack \global\let]=\rbrack - \global\let& = \& - - \gdef\boldbrax{\let(=\opnr\let)=\clnr\let[=\lbrb\let]=\rbrb} - \gdef\magicamp{\let&=\amprm} -} - -\newcount\parencount - -% If we encounter &foo, then turn on ()-hacking afterwards -\newif\ifampseen -\def\amprm#1 {\ampseentrue{\bf\ }} - -\def\parenfont{% - \ifampseen - % At the first level, print parens in roman, - % otherwise use the default font. - \ifnum \parencount=1 \rm \fi - \else - % The \sf parens (in \boldbrax) actually are a little bolder than - % the contained text. This is especially needed for [ and ] . - \sf - \fi -} -\def\infirstlevel#1{% - \ifampseen - \ifnum\parencount=1 - #1% - \fi - \fi -} -\def\bfafterword#1 {#1 \bf} - -\def\opnr{% - \global\advance\parencount by 1 - {\parenfont(}% - \infirstlevel \bfafterword -} -\def\clnr{% - {\parenfont)}% - \infirstlevel \sl - \global\advance\parencount by -1 -} - -\newcount\brackcount -\def\lbrb{% - \global\advance\brackcount by 1 - {\bf[}% -} -\def\rbrb{% - {\bf]}% - \global\advance\brackcount by -1 -} - -\def\checkparencounts{% - \ifnum\parencount=0 \else \badparencount \fi - \ifnum\brackcount=0 \else \badbrackcount \fi -} -\def\badparencount{% - \errmessage{Unbalanced parentheses in @def}% - \global\parencount=0 -} -\def\badbrackcount{% - \errmessage{Unbalanced square braces in @def}% - \global\brackcount=0 -} - - -\message{macros,} -% @macro. - -% To do this right we need a feature of e-TeX, \scantokens, -% which we arrange to emulate with a temporary file in ordinary TeX. -\ifx\eTeXversion\undefined - \newwrite\macscribble - \def\scantokens#1{% - \toks0={#1}% - \immediate\openout\macscribble=\jobname.tmp - \immediate\write\macscribble{\the\toks0}% - \immediate\closeout\macscribble - \input \jobname.tmp - } -\fi - -\def\scanmacro#1{% - \begingroup - \newlinechar`\^^M - \let\xeatspaces\eatspaces - % Undo catcode changes of \startcontents and \doprintindex - % When called from @insertcopying or (short)caption, we need active - % backslash to get it printed correctly. Previously, we had - % \catcode`\\=\other instead. We'll see whether a problem appears - % with macro expansion. --kasal, 19aug04 - \catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=\active \escapechar=`\@ - % ... and \example - \spaceisspace - % - % Append \endinput to make sure that TeX does not see the ending newline. - % - % I've verified that it is necessary both for e-TeX and for ordinary TeX - % --kasal, 29nov03 - \scantokens{#1\endinput}% - \endgroup -} - -\def\scanexp#1{% - \edef\temp{\noexpand\scanmacro{#1}}% - \temp -} - -\newcount\paramno % Count of parameters -\newtoks\macname % Macro name -\newif\ifrecursive % Is it recursive? -\def\macrolist{} % List of all defined macros in the form - % \do\macro1\do\macro2... - -% Utility routines. -% This does \let #1 = #2, with \csnames; that is, -% \let \csname#1\endcsname = \csname#2\endcsname -% (except of course we have to play expansion games). -% -\def\cslet#1#2{% - \expandafter\let - \csname#1\expandafter\endcsname - \csname#2\endcsname -} - -% Trim leading and trailing spaces off a string. -% Concepts from aro-bend problem 15 (see CTAN). -{\catcode`\@=11 -\gdef\eatspaces #1{\expandafter\trim@\expandafter{#1 }} -\gdef\trim@ #1{\trim@@ @#1 @ #1 @ @@} -\gdef\trim@@ #1@ #2@ #3@@{\trim@@@\empty #2 @} -\def\unbrace#1{#1} -\unbrace{\gdef\trim@@@ #1 } #2@{#1} -} - -% Trim a single trailing ^^M off a string. -{\catcode`\^^M=\other \catcode`\Q=3% -\gdef\eatcr #1{\eatcra #1Q^^MQ}% -\gdef\eatcra#1^^MQ{\eatcrb#1Q}% -\gdef\eatcrb#1Q#2Q{#1}% -} - -% Macro bodies are absorbed as an argument in a context where -% all characters are catcode 10, 11 or 12, except \ which is active -% (as in normal texinfo). It is necessary to change the definition of \. - -% It's necessary to have hard CRs when the macro is executed. This is -% done by making ^^M (\endlinechar) catcode 12 when reading the macro -% body, and then making it the \newlinechar in \scanmacro. - -\def\scanctxt{% - \catcode`\"=\other - \catcode`\+=\other - \catcode`\<=\other - \catcode`\>=\other - \catcode`\@=\other - \catcode`\^=\other - \catcode`\_=\other - \catcode`\|=\other - \catcode`\~=\other -} - -\def\scanargctxt{% - \scanctxt - \catcode`\\=\other - \catcode`\^^M=\other -} - -\def\macrobodyctxt{% - \scanctxt - \catcode`\{=\other - \catcode`\}=\other - \catcode`\^^M=\other - \usembodybackslash -} - -\def\macroargctxt{% - \scanctxt - \catcode`\\=\other -} - -% \mbodybackslash is the definition of \ in @macro bodies. -% It maps \foo\ => \csname macarg.foo\endcsname => #N -% where N is the macro parameter number. -% We define \csname macarg.\endcsname to be \realbackslash, so -% \\ in macro replacement text gets you a backslash. - -{\catcode`@=0 @catcode`@\=@active - @gdef@usembodybackslash{@let\=@mbodybackslash} - @gdef@mbodybackslash#1\{@csname macarg.#1@endcsname} -} -\expandafter\def\csname macarg.\endcsname{\realbackslash} - -\def\macro{\recursivefalse\parsearg\macroxxx} -\def\rmacro{\recursivetrue\parsearg\macroxxx} - -\def\macroxxx#1{% - \getargs{#1}% now \macname is the macname and \argl the arglist - \ifx\argl\empty % no arguments - \paramno=0% - \else - \expandafter\parsemargdef \argl;% - \fi - \if1\csname ismacro.\the\macname\endcsname - \message{Warning: redefining \the\macname}% - \else - \expandafter\ifx\csname \the\macname\endcsname \relax - \else \errmessage{Macro name \the\macname\space already defined}\fi - \global\cslet{macsave.\the\macname}{\the\macname}% - \global\expandafter\let\csname ismacro.\the\macname\endcsname=1% - % Add the macroname to \macrolist - \toks0 = \expandafter{\macrolist\do}% - \xdef\macrolist{\the\toks0 - \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname\endcsname}% - \fi - \begingroup \macrobodyctxt - \ifrecursive \expandafter\parsermacbody - \else \expandafter\parsemacbody - \fi} - -\parseargdef\unmacro{% - \if1\csname ismacro.#1\endcsname - \global\cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}% - \global\expandafter\let \csname ismacro.#1\endcsname=0% - % Remove the macro name from \macrolist: - \begingroup - \expandafter\let\csname#1\endcsname \relax - \let\do\unmacrodo - \xdef\macrolist{\macrolist}% - \endgroup - \else - \errmessage{Macro #1 not defined}% - \fi -} - -% Called by \do from \dounmacro on each macro. The idea is to omit any -% macro definitions that have been changed to \relax. -% -\def\unmacrodo#1{% - \ifx#1\relax - % remove this - \else - \noexpand\do \noexpand #1% - \fi -} - -% This makes use of the obscure feature that if the last token of a -% is #, then the preceding argument is delimited by -% an opening brace, and that opening brace is not consumed. -\def\getargs#1{\getargsxxx#1{}} -\def\getargsxxx#1#{\getmacname #1 \relax\getmacargs} -\def\getmacname #1 #2\relax{\macname={#1}} -\def\getmacargs#1{\def\argl{#1}} - -% Parse the optional {params} list. Set up \paramno and \paramlist -% so \defmacro knows what to do. Define \macarg.blah for each blah -% in the params list, to be ##N where N is the position in that list. -% That gets used by \mbodybackslash (above). - -% We need to get `macro parameter char #' into several definitions. -% The technique used is stolen from LaTeX: let \hash be something -% unexpandable, insert that wherever you need a #, and then redefine -% it to # just before using the token list produced. -% -% The same technique is used to protect \eatspaces till just before -% the macro is used. - -\def\parsemargdef#1;{\paramno=0\def\paramlist{}% - \let\hash\relax\let\xeatspaces\relax\parsemargdefxxx#1,;,} -\def\parsemargdefxxx#1,{% - \if#1;\let\next=\relax - \else \let\next=\parsemargdefxxx - \advance\paramno by 1% - \expandafter\edef\csname macarg.\eatspaces{#1}\endcsname - {\xeatspaces{\hash\the\paramno}}% - \edef\paramlist{\paramlist\hash\the\paramno,}% - \fi\next} - -% These two commands read recursive and nonrecursive macro bodies. -% (They're different since rec and nonrec macros end differently.) - -\long\def\parsemacbody#1@end macro% -{\xdef\temp{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}% -\long\def\parsermacbody#1@end rmacro% -{\xdef\temp{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}% - -% This defines the macro itself. There are six cases: recursive and -% nonrecursive macros of zero, one, and many arguments. -% Much magic with \expandafter here. -% \xdef is used so that macro definitions will survive the file -% they're defined in; @include reads the file inside a group. -\def\defmacro{% - \let\hash=##% convert placeholders to macro parameter chars - \ifrecursive - \ifcase\paramno - % 0 - \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% - \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}% - \or % 1 - \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% - \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt - \noexpand\braceorline - \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname}% - \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname##1{% - \egroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}% - \else % many - \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% - \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt - \noexpand\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname}% - \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname##1{% - \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname ##1,}% - \expandafter\expandafter - \expandafter\xdef - \expandafter\expandafter - \csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname - \paramlist{\egroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}% - \fi - \else - \ifcase\paramno - % 0 - \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% - \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}% - \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}% - \or % 1 - \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% - \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt - \noexpand\braceorline - \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname}% - \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname##1{% - \egroup - \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}% - \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}% - \else % many - \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% - \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt - \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname}% - \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname##1{% - \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname ##1,}% - \expandafter\expandafter - \expandafter\xdef - \expandafter\expandafter - \csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname - \paramlist{% - \egroup - \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}% - \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}% - \fi - \fi} - -\def\norecurse#1{\bgroup\cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}} - -% \braceorline decides whether the next nonwhitespace character is a -% {. If so it reads up to the closing }, if not, it reads the whole -% line. Whatever was read is then fed to the next control sequence -% as an argument (by \parsebrace or \parsearg) -\def\braceorline#1{\let\next=#1\futurelet\nchar\braceorlinexxx} -\def\braceorlinexxx{% - \ifx\nchar\bgroup\else - \expandafter\parsearg - \fi \next} - -% We want to disable all macros during \shipout so that they are not -% expanded by \write. -\def\turnoffmacros{\begingroup \def\do##1{\let\noexpand##1=\relax}% - \edef\next{\macrolist}\expandafter\endgroup\next} - -% For \indexnofonts, we need to get rid of all macros, leaving only the -% arguments (if present). Of course this is not nearly correct, but it -% is the best we can do for now. makeinfo does not expand macros in the -% argument to @deffn, which ends up writing an index entry, and texindex -% isn't prepared for an index sort entry that starts with \. -% -% Since macro invocations are followed by braces, we can just redefine them -% to take a single TeX argument. The case of a macro invocation that -% goes to end-of-line is not handled. -% -\def\emptyusermacros{\begingroup - \def\do##1{\let\noexpand##1=\noexpand\asis}% - \edef\next{\macrolist}\expandafter\endgroup\next} - - -% @alias. -% We need some trickery to remove the optional spaces around the equal -% sign. Just make them active and then expand them all to nothing. -\def\alias{\parseargusing\obeyspaces\aliasxxx} -\def\aliasxxx #1{\aliasyyy#1\relax} -\def\aliasyyy #1=#2\relax{% - {% - \expandafter\let\obeyedspace=\empty - \xdef\next{\global\let\makecsname{#1}=\makecsname{#2}}% - }% - \next -} - - -\message{cross references,} - -\newwrite\auxfile - -\newif\ifhavexrefs % True if xref values are known. -\newif\ifwarnedxrefs % True if we warned once that they aren't known. - -% @inforef is relatively simple. -\def\inforef #1{\inforefzzz #1,,,,**} -\def\inforefzzz #1,#2,#3,#4**{\putwordSee{} \putwordInfo{} \putwordfile{} \file{\ignorespaces #3{}}, - node \samp{\ignorespaces#1{}}} - -% @node's only job in TeX is to define \lastnode, which is used in -% cross-references. The @node line might or might not have commas, and -% might or might not have spaces before the first comma, like: -% @node foo , bar , ... -% We don't want such trailing spaces in the node name. -% -\parseargdef\node{\checkenv{}\donode #1 ,\finishnodeparse} -% -% also remove a trailing comma, in case of something like this: -% @node Help-Cross, , , Cross-refs -\def\donode#1 ,#2\finishnodeparse{\dodonode #1,\finishnodeparse} -\def\dodonode#1,#2\finishnodeparse{\gdef\lastnode{#1}} - -\let\nwnode=\node -\let\lastnode=\empty - -% Write a cross-reference definition for the current node. #1 is the -% type (Ynumbered, Yappendix, Ynothing). -% -\def\donoderef#1{% - \ifx\lastnode\empty\else - \setref{\lastnode}{#1}% - \global\let\lastnode=\empty - \fi -} - -% @anchor{NAME} -- define xref target at arbitrary point. -% -\newcount\savesfregister -% -\def\savesf{\relax \ifhmode \savesfregister=\spacefactor \fi} -\def\restoresf{\relax \ifhmode \spacefactor=\savesfregister \fi} -\def\anchor#1{\savesf \setref{#1}{Ynothing}\restoresf \ignorespaces} - -% \setref{NAME}{SNT} defines a cross-reference point NAME (a node or an -% anchor), which consists of three parts: -% 1) NAME-title - the current sectioning name taken from \thissection, -% or the anchor name. -% 2) NAME-snt - section number and type, passed as the SNT arg, or -% empty for anchors. -% 3) NAME-pg - the page number. -% -% This is called from \donoderef, \anchor, and \dofloat. In the case of -% floats, there is an additional part, which is not written here: -% 4) NAME-lof - the text as it should appear in a @listoffloats. -% -\def\setref#1#2{% - \pdfmkdest{#1}% - \iflinks - {% - \atdummies % preserve commands, but don't expand them - \turnoffactive - \otherbackslash - \edef\writexrdef##1##2{% - \write\auxfile{@xrdef{#1-% #1 of \setref, expanded by the \edef - ##1}{##2}}% these are parameters of \writexrdef - }% - \toks0 = \expandafter{\thissection}% - \immediate \writexrdef{title}{\the\toks0 }% - \immediate \writexrdef{snt}{\csname #2\endcsname}% \Ynumbered etc. - \writexrdef{pg}{\folio}% will be written later, during \shipout - }% - \fi -} - -% @xref, @pxref, and @ref generate cross-references. For \xrefX, #1 is -% the node name, #2 the name of the Info cross-reference, #3 the printed -% node name, #4 the name of the Info file, #5 the name of the printed -% manual. All but the node name can be omitted. -% -\def\pxref#1{\putwordsee{} \xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]} -\def\xref#1{\putwordSee{} \xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]} -\def\ref#1{\xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]} -\def\xrefX[#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6]{\begingroup - \unsepspaces - \def\printedmanual{\ignorespaces #5}% - \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #3}% - \setbox1=\hbox{\printedmanual\unskip}% - \setbox0=\hbox{\printedrefname\unskip}% - \ifdim \wd0 = 0pt - % No printed node name was explicitly given. - \expandafter\ifx\csname SETxref-automatic-section-title\endcsname\relax - % Use the node name inside the square brackets. - \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}% - \else - % Use the actual chapter/section title appear inside - % the square brackets. Use the real section title if we have it. - \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt - % It is in another manual, so we don't have it. - \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}% - \else - \ifhavexrefs - % We know the real title if we have the xref values. - \def\printedrefname{\refx{#1-title}{}}% - \else - % Otherwise just copy the Info node name. - \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}% - \fi% - \fi - \fi - \fi - % - % Make link in pdf output. - \ifpdf - \leavevmode - \getfilename{#4}% - {\turnoffactive \otherbackslash - \ifnum\filenamelength>0 - \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}% - goto file{\the\filename.pdf} name{#1}% - \else - \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}% - goto name{\pdfmkpgn{#1}}% - \fi - }% - \linkcolor - \fi - % - % Float references are printed completely differently: "Figure 1.2" - % instead of "[somenode], p.3". We distinguish them by the - % LABEL-title being set to a magic string. - {% - % Have to otherify everything special to allow the \csname to - % include an _ in the xref name, etc. - \indexnofonts - \turnoffactive - \otherbackslash - \expandafter\global\expandafter\let\expandafter\Xthisreftitle - \csname XR#1-title\endcsname - }% - \iffloat\Xthisreftitle - % If the user specified the print name (third arg) to the ref, - % print it instead of our usual "Figure 1.2". - \ifdim\wd0 = 0pt - \refx{#1-snt}% - \else - \printedrefname - \fi - % - % if the user also gave the printed manual name (fifth arg), append - % "in MANUALNAME". - \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt - \space \putwordin{} \cite{\printedmanual}% - \fi - \else - % node/anchor (non-float) references. - % - % If we use \unhbox0 and \unhbox1 to print the node names, TeX does not - % insert empty discretionaries after hyphens, which means that it will - % not find a line break at a hyphen in a node names. Since some manuals - % are best written with fairly long node names, containing hyphens, this - % is a loss. Therefore, we give the text of the node name again, so it - % is as if TeX is seeing it for the first time. - \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt - \putwordsection{} ``\printedrefname'' \putwordin{} \cite{\printedmanual}% - \else - % _ (for example) has to be the character _ for the purposes of the - % control sequence corresponding to the node, but it has to expand - % into the usual \leavevmode...\vrule stuff for purposes of - % printing. So we \turnoffactive for the \refx-snt, back on for the - % printing, back off for the \refx-pg. - {\turnoffactive \otherbackslash - % Only output a following space if the -snt ref is nonempty; for - % @unnumbered and @anchor, it won't be. - \setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces \refx{#1-snt}{}}% - \ifdim \wd2 > 0pt \refx{#1-snt}\space\fi - }% - % output the `[mynode]' via a macro so it can be overridden. - \xrefprintnodename\printedrefname - % - % But we always want a comma and a space: - ,\space - % - % output the `page 3'. - \turnoffactive \otherbackslash \putwordpage\tie\refx{#1-pg}{}% - \fi - \fi - \endlink -\endgroup} - -% This macro is called from \xrefX for the `[nodename]' part of xref -% output. It's a separate macro only so it can be changed more easily, -% since square brackets don't work well in some documents. Particularly -% one that Bob is working on :). -% -\def\xrefprintnodename#1{[#1]} - -% Things referred to by \setref. -% -\def\Ynothing{} -\def\Yomitfromtoc{} -\def\Ynumbered{% - \ifnum\secno=0 - \putwordChapter@tie \the\chapno - \else \ifnum\subsecno=0 - \putwordSection@tie \the\chapno.\the\secno - \else \ifnum\subsubsecno=0 - \putwordSection@tie \the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno - \else - \putwordSection@tie \the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno - \fi\fi\fi -} -\def\Yappendix{% - \ifnum\secno=0 - \putwordAppendix@tie @char\the\appendixno{}% - \else \ifnum\subsecno=0 - \putwordSection@tie @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno - \else \ifnum\subsubsecno=0 - \putwordSection@tie @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno - \else - \putwordSection@tie - @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno - \fi\fi\fi -} - -% Define \refx{NAME}{SUFFIX} to reference a cross-reference string named NAME. -% If its value is nonempty, SUFFIX is output afterward. -% -\def\refx#1#2{% - {% - \indexnofonts - \otherbackslash - \expandafter\global\expandafter\let\expandafter\thisrefX - \csname XR#1\endcsname - }% - \ifx\thisrefX\relax - % If not defined, say something at least. - \angleleft un\-de\-fined\angleright - \iflinks - \ifhavexrefs - \message{\linenumber Undefined cross reference `#1'.}% - \else - \ifwarnedxrefs\else - \global\warnedxrefstrue - \message{Cross reference values unknown; you must run TeX again.}% - \fi - \fi - \fi - \else - % It's defined, so just use it. - \thisrefX - \fi - #2% Output the suffix in any case. -} - -% This is the macro invoked by entries in the aux file. Usually it's -% just a \def (we prepend XR to the control sequence name to avoid -% collisions). But if this is a float type, we have more work to do. -% -\def\xrdef#1#2{% - \expandafter\gdef\csname XR#1\endcsname{#2}% remember this xref value. - % - % Was that xref control sequence that we just defined for a float? - \expandafter\iffloat\csname XR#1\endcsname - % it was a float, and we have the (safe) float type in \iffloattype. - \expandafter\let\expandafter\floatlist - \csname floatlist\iffloattype\endcsname - % - % Is this the first time we've seen this float type? - \expandafter\ifx\floatlist\relax - \toks0 = {\do}% yes, so just \do - \else - % had it before, so preserve previous elements in list. - \toks0 = \expandafter{\floatlist\do}% - \fi - % - % Remember this xref in the control sequence \floatlistFLOATTYPE, - % for later use in \listoffloats. - \expandafter\xdef\csname floatlist\iffloattype\endcsname{\the\toks0{#1}}% - \fi -} - -% Read the last existing aux file, if any. No error if none exists. -% -\def\tryauxfile{% - \openin 1 \jobname.aux - \ifeof 1 \else - \readauxfile - \global\havexrefstrue - \fi - \closein 1 -} - -\def\readauxfile{\begingroup - \catcode`\^^@=\other - \catcode`\^^A=\other - \catcode`\^^B=\other - \catcode`\^^C=\other - \catcode`\^^D=\other - \catcode`\^^E=\other - \catcode`\^^F=\other - \catcode`\^^G=\other - \catcode`\^^H=\other - \catcode`\^^K=\other - \catcode`\^^L=\other - \catcode`\^^N=\other - \catcode`\^^P=\other - \catcode`\^^Q=\other - \catcode`\^^R=\other - \catcode`\^^S=\other - \catcode`\^^T=\other - \catcode`\^^U=\other - \catcode`\^^V=\other - \catcode`\^^W=\other - \catcode`\^^X=\other - \catcode`\^^Z=\other - \catcode`\^^[=\other - \catcode`\^^\=\other - \catcode`\^^]=\other - \catcode`\^^^=\other - \catcode`\^^_=\other - % It was suggested to set the catcode of ^ to 7, which would allow ^^e4 etc. - % in xref tags, i.e., node names. But since ^^e4 notation isn't - % supported in the main text, it doesn't seem desirable. Furthermore, - % that is not enough: for node names that actually contain a ^ - % character, we would end up writing a line like this: 'xrdef {'hat - % b-title}{'hat b} and \xrdef does a \csname...\endcsname on the first - % argument, and \hat is not an expandable control sequence. It could - % all be worked out, but why? Either we support ^^ or we don't. - % - % The other change necessary for this was to define \auxhat: - % \def\auxhat{\def^{'hat }}% extra space so ok if followed by letter - % and then to call \auxhat in \setq. - % - \catcode`\^=\other - % - % Special characters. Should be turned off anyway, but... - \catcode`\~=\other - \catcode`\[=\other - \catcode`\]=\other - \catcode`\"=\other - \catcode`\_=\other - \catcode`\|=\other - \catcode`\<=\other - \catcode`\>=\other - \catcode`\$=\other - \catcode`\#=\other - \catcode`\&=\other - \catcode`\%=\other - \catcode`+=\other % avoid \+ for paranoia even though we've turned it off - % - % This is to support \ in node names and titles, since the \ - % characters end up in a \csname. It's easier than - % leaving it active and making its active definition an actual \ - % character. What I don't understand is why it works in the *value* - % of the xrdef. Seems like it should be a catcode12 \, and that - % should not typeset properly. But it works, so I'm moving on for - % now. --karl, 15jan04. - \catcode`\\=\other - % - % Make the characters 128-255 be printing characters. - {% - \count 1=128 - \def\loop{% - \catcode\count 1=\other - \advance\count 1 by 1 - \ifnum \count 1<256 \loop \fi - }% - }% - % - % @ is our escape character in .aux files, and we need braces. - \catcode`\{=1 - \catcode`\}=2 - \catcode`\@=0 - % - \input \jobname.aux -\endgroup} - - -\message{insertions,} -% including footnotes. - -\newcount \footnoteno - -% The trailing space in the following definition for supereject is -% vital for proper filling; pages come out unaligned when you do a -% pagealignmacro call if that space before the closing brace is -% removed. (Generally, numeric constants should always be followed by a -% space to prevent strange expansion errors.) -\def\supereject{\par\penalty -20000\footnoteno =0 } - -% @footnotestyle is meaningful for info output only. -\let\footnotestyle=\comment - -{\catcode `\@=11 -% -% Auto-number footnotes. Otherwise like plain. -\gdef\footnote{% - \let\indent=\ptexindent - \let\noindent=\ptexnoindent - \global\advance\footnoteno by \@ne - \edef\thisfootno{$^{\the\footnoteno}$}% - % - % In case the footnote comes at the end of a sentence, preserve the - % extra spacing after we do the footnote number. - \let\@sf\empty - \ifhmode\edef\@sf{\spacefactor\the\spacefactor}\ptexslash\fi - % - % Remove inadvertent blank space before typesetting the footnote number. - \unskip - \thisfootno\@sf - \dofootnote -}% - -% Don't bother with the trickery in plain.tex to not require the -% footnote text as a parameter. Our footnotes don't need to be so general. -% -% Oh yes, they do; otherwise, @ifset (and anything else that uses -% \parseargline) fails inside footnotes because the tokens are fixed when -% the footnote is read. --karl, 16nov96. -% -\gdef\dofootnote{% - \insert\footins\bgroup - % We want to typeset this text as a normal paragraph, even if the - % footnote reference occurs in (for example) a display environment. - % So reset some parameters. - \hsize=\pagewidth - \interlinepenalty\interfootnotelinepenalty - \splittopskip\ht\strutbox % top baseline for broken footnotes - \splitmaxdepth\dp\strutbox - \floatingpenalty\@MM - \leftskip\z@skip - \rightskip\z@skip - \spaceskip\z@skip - \xspaceskip\z@skip - \parindent\defaultparindent - % - \smallfonts \rm - % - % Because we use hanging indentation in footnotes, a @noindent appears - % to exdent this text, so make it be a no-op. makeinfo does not use - % hanging indentation so @noindent can still be needed within footnote - % text after an @example or the like (not that this is good style). - \let\noindent = \relax - % - % Hang the footnote text off the number. Use \everypar in case the - % footnote extends for more than one paragraph. - \everypar = {\hang}% - \textindent{\thisfootno}% - % - % Don't crash into the line above the footnote text. Since this - % expands into a box, it must come within the paragraph, lest it - % provide a place where TeX can split the footnote. - \footstrut - \futurelet\next\fo@t -} -}%end \catcode `\@=11 - -% In case a @footnote appears in a vbox, save the footnote text and create -% the real \insert just after the vbox finished. Otherwise, the insertion -% would be lost. -% Similarily, if a @footnote appears inside an alignment, save the footnote -% text to a box and make the \insert when a row of the table is finished. -% And the same can be done for other insert classes. --kasal, 16nov03. - -% Replace the \insert primitive by a cheating macro. -% Deeper inside, just make sure that the saved insertions are not spilled -% out prematurely. -% -\def\startsavinginserts{% - \ifx \insert\ptexinsert - \let\insert\saveinsert - \else - \let\checkinserts\relax - \fi -} - -% This \insert replacement works for both \insert\footins{foo} and -% \insert\footins\bgroup foo\egroup, but it doesn't work for \insert27{foo}. -% -\def\saveinsert#1{% - \edef\next{\noexpand\savetobox \makeSAVEname#1}% - \afterassignment\next - % swallow the left brace - \let\temp = -} -\def\makeSAVEname#1{\makecsname{SAVE\expandafter\gobble\string#1}} -\def\savetobox#1{\global\setbox#1 = \vbox\bgroup \unvbox#1} - -\def\checksaveins#1{\ifvoid#1\else \placesaveins#1\fi} - -\def\placesaveins#1{% - \ptexinsert \csname\expandafter\gobblesave\string#1\endcsname - {\box#1}% -} - -% eat @SAVE -- beware, all of them have catcode \other: -{ - \def\dospecials{\do S\do A\do V\do E} \uncatcodespecials % ;-) - \gdef\gobblesave @SAVE{} -} - -% initialization: -\def\newsaveins #1{% - \edef\next{\noexpand\newsaveinsX \makeSAVEname#1}% - \next -} -\def\newsaveinsX #1{% - \csname newbox\endcsname #1% - \expandafter\def\expandafter\checkinserts\expandafter{\checkinserts - \checksaveins #1}% -} - -% initialize: -\let\checkinserts\empty -\newsaveins\footins -\newsaveins\margin - - -% @image. We use the macros from epsf.tex to support this. -% If epsf.tex is not installed and @image is used, we complain. -% -% Check for and read epsf.tex up front. If we read it only at @image -% time, we might be inside a group, and then its definitions would get -% undone and the next image would fail. -\openin 1 = epsf.tex -\ifeof 1 \else - % Do not bother showing banner with epsf.tex v2.7k (available in - % doc/epsf.tex and on ctan). - \def\epsfannounce{\toks0 = }% - \input epsf.tex -\fi -\closein 1 -% -% We will only complain once about lack of epsf.tex. -\newif\ifwarnednoepsf -\newhelp\noepsfhelp{epsf.tex must be installed for images to - work. It is also included in the Texinfo distribution, or you can get - it from ftp://tug.org/tex/epsf.tex.} -% -\def\image#1{% - \ifx\epsfbox\undefined - \ifwarnednoepsf \else - \errhelp = \noepsfhelp - \errmessage{epsf.tex not found, images will be ignored}% - \global\warnednoepsftrue - \fi - \else - \imagexxx #1,,,,,\finish - \fi -} -% -% Arguments to @image: -% #1 is (mandatory) image filename; we tack on .eps extension. -% #2 is (optional) width, #3 is (optional) height. -% #4 is (ignored optional) html alt text. -% #5 is (ignored optional) extension. -% #6 is just the usual extra ignored arg for parsing this stuff. -\newif\ifimagevmode -\def\imagexxx#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6\finish{\begingroup - \catcode`\^^M = 5 % in case we're inside an example - \normalturnoffactive % allow _ et al. in names - % If the image is by itself, center it. - \ifvmode - \imagevmodetrue - \nobreak\bigskip - % Usually we'll have text after the image which will insert - % \parskip glue, so insert it here too to equalize the space - % above and below. - \nobreak\vskip\parskip - \nobreak - \line\bgroup\hss - \fi - % - % Output the image. - \ifpdf - \dopdfimage{#1}{#2}{#3}% - \else - % \epsfbox itself resets \epsf?size at each figure. - \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfxsize=#2\relax \fi - \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfysize=#3\relax \fi - \epsfbox{#1.eps}% - \fi - % - \ifimagevmode \hss \egroup \bigbreak \fi % space after the image -\endgroup} - - -% @float FLOATTYPE,LABEL,LOC ... @end float for displayed figures, tables, -% etc. We don't actually implement floating yet, we always include the -% float "here". But it seemed the best name for the future. -% -\envparseargdef\float{\eatcommaspace\eatcommaspace\dofloat#1, , ,\finish} - -% There may be a space before second and/or third parameter; delete it. -\def\eatcommaspace#1, {#1,} - -% #1 is the optional FLOATTYPE, the text label for this float, typically -% "Figure", "Table", "Example", etc. Can't contain commas. If omitted, -% this float will not be numbered and cannot be referred to. -% -% #2 is the optional xref label. Also must be present for the float to -% be referable. -% -% #3 is the optional positioning argument; for now, it is ignored. It -% will somehow specify the positions allowed to float to (here, top, bottom). -% -% We keep a separate counter for each FLOATTYPE, which we reset at each -% chapter-level command. -\let\resetallfloatnos=\empty -% -\def\dofloat#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{% - \let\thiscaption=\empty - \let\thisshortcaption=\empty - % - % don't lose footnotes inside @float. - % - % BEWARE: when the floats start float, we have to issue warning whenever an - % insert appears inside a float which could possibly float. --kasal, 26may04 - % - \startsavinginserts - % - % We can't be used inside a paragraph. - \par - % - \vtop\bgroup - \def\floattype{#1}% - \def\floatlabel{#2}% - \def\floatloc{#3}% we do nothing with this yet. - % - \ifx\floattype\empty - \let\safefloattype=\empty - \else - {% - % the floattype might have accents or other special characters, - % but we need to use it in a control sequence name. - \indexnofonts - \turnoffactive - \xdef\safefloattype{\floattype}% - }% - \fi - % - % If label is given but no type, we handle that as the empty type. - \ifx\floatlabel\empty \else - % We want each FLOATTYPE to be numbered separately (Figure 1, - % Table 1, Figure 2, ...). (And if no label, no number.) - % - \expandafter\getfloatno\csname\safefloattype floatno\endcsname - \global\advance\floatno by 1 - % - {% - % This magic value for \thissection is output by \setref as the - % XREFLABEL-title value. \xrefX uses it to distinguish float - % labels (which have a completely different output format) from - % node and anchor labels. And \xrdef uses it to construct the - % lists of floats. - % - \edef\thissection{\floatmagic=\safefloattype}% - \setref{\floatlabel}{Yfloat}% - }% - \fi - % - % start with \parskip glue, I guess. - \vskip\parskip - % - % Don't suppress indentation if a float happens to start a section. - \restorefirstparagraphindent -} - -% we have these possibilities: -% @float Foo,lbl & @caption{Cap}: Foo 1.1: Cap -% @float Foo,lbl & no caption: Foo 1.1 -% @float Foo & @caption{Cap}: Foo: Cap -% @float Foo & no caption: Foo -% @float ,lbl & Caption{Cap}: 1.1: Cap -% @float ,lbl & no caption: 1.1 -% @float & @caption{Cap}: Cap -% @float & no caption: -% -\def\Efloat{% - \let\floatident = \empty - % - % In all cases, if we have a float type, it comes first. - \ifx\floattype\empty \else \def\floatident{\floattype}\fi - % - % If we have an xref label, the number comes next. - \ifx\floatlabel\empty \else - \ifx\floattype\empty \else % if also had float type, need tie first. - \appendtomacro\floatident{\tie}% - \fi - % the number. - \appendtomacro\floatident{\chaplevelprefix\the\floatno}% - \fi - % - % Start the printed caption with what we've constructed in - % \floatident, but keep it separate; we need \floatident again. - \let\captionline = \floatident - % - \ifx\thiscaption\empty \else - \ifx\floatident\empty \else - \appendtomacro\captionline{: }% had ident, so need a colon between - \fi - % - % caption text. - \appendtomacro\captionline{\scanexp\thiscaption}% - \fi - % - % If we have anything to print, print it, with space before. - % Eventually this needs to become an \insert. - \ifx\captionline\empty \else - \vskip.5\parskip - \captionline - % - % Space below caption. - \vskip\parskip - \fi - % - % If have an xref label, write the list of floats info. Do this - % after the caption, to avoid chance of it being a breakpoint. - \ifx\floatlabel\empty \else - % Write the text that goes in the lof to the aux file as - % \floatlabel-lof. Besides \floatident, we include the short - % caption if specified, else the full caption if specified, else nothing. - {% - \atdummies \turnoffactive \otherbackslash - % since we read the caption text in the macro world, where ^^M - % is turned into a normal character, we have to scan it back, so - % we don't write the literal three characters "^^M" into the aux file. - \scanexp{% - \xdef\noexpand\gtemp{% - \ifx\thisshortcaption\empty - \thiscaption - \else - \thisshortcaption - \fi - }% - }% - \immediate\write\auxfile{@xrdef{\floatlabel-lof}{\floatident - \ifx\gtemp\empty \else : \gtemp \fi}}% - }% - \fi - \egroup % end of \vtop - % - % place the captured inserts - % - % BEWARE: when the floats start float, we have to issue warning whenever an - % insert appears inside a float which could possibly float. --kasal, 26may04 - % - \checkinserts -} - -% Append the tokens #2 to the definition of macro #1, not expanding either. -% -\def\appendtomacro#1#2{% - \expandafter\def\expandafter#1\expandafter{#1#2}% -} - -% @caption, @shortcaption -% -\def\caption{\docaption\thiscaption} -\def\shortcaption{\docaption\thisshortcaption} -\def\docaption{\checkenv\float \bgroup\scanargctxt\defcaption} -\def\defcaption#1#2{\egroup \def#1{#2}} - -% The parameter is the control sequence identifying the counter we are -% going to use. Create it if it doesn't exist and assign it to \floatno. -\def\getfloatno#1{% - \ifx#1\relax - % Haven't seen this figure type before. - \csname newcount\endcsname #1% - % - % Remember to reset this floatno at the next chap. - \expandafter\gdef\expandafter\resetallfloatnos - \expandafter{\resetallfloatnos #1=0 }% - \fi - \let\floatno#1% -} - -% \setref calls this to get the XREFLABEL-snt value. We want an @xref -% to the FLOATLABEL to expand to "Figure 3.1". We call \setref when we -% first read the @float command. -% -\def\Yfloat{\floattype@tie \chaplevelprefix\the\floatno}% - -% Magic string used for the XREFLABEL-title value, so \xrefX can -% distinguish floats from other xref types. -\def\floatmagic{!!float!!} - -% #1 is the control sequence we are passed; we expand into a conditional -% which is true if #1 represents a float ref. That is, the magic -% \thissection value which we \setref above. -% -\def\iffloat#1{\expandafter\doiffloat#1==\finish} -% -% #1 is (maybe) the \floatmagic string. If so, #2 will be the -% (safe) float type for this float. We set \iffloattype to #2. -% -\def\doiffloat#1=#2=#3\finish{% - \def\temp{#1}% - \def\iffloattype{#2}% - \ifx\temp\floatmagic -} - -% @listoffloats FLOATTYPE - print a list of floats like a table of contents. -% -\parseargdef\listoffloats{% - \def\floattype{#1}% floattype - {% - % the floattype might have accents or other special characters, - % but we need to use it in a control sequence name. - \indexnofonts - \turnoffactive - \xdef\safefloattype{\floattype}% - }% - % - % \xrdef saves the floats as a \do-list in \floatlistSAFEFLOATTYPE. - \expandafter\ifx\csname floatlist\safefloattype\endcsname \relax - \ifhavexrefs - % if the user said @listoffloats foo but never @float foo. - \message{\linenumber No `\safefloattype' floats to list.}% - \fi - \else - \begingroup - \leftskip=\tocindent % indent these entries like a toc - \let\do=\listoffloatsdo - \csname floatlist\safefloattype\endcsname - \endgroup - \fi -} - -% This is called on each entry in a list of floats. We're passed the -% xref label, in the form LABEL-title, which is how we save it in the -% aux file. We strip off the -title and look up \XRLABEL-lof, which -% has the text we're supposed to typeset here. -% -% Figures without xref labels will not be included in the list (since -% they won't appear in the aux file). -% -\def\listoffloatsdo#1{\listoffloatsdoentry#1\finish} -\def\listoffloatsdoentry#1-title\finish{{% - % Can't fully expand XR#1-lof because it can contain anything. Just - % pass the control sequence. On the other hand, XR#1-pg is just the - % page number, and we want to fully expand that so we can get a link - % in pdf output. - \toksA = \expandafter{\csname XR#1-lof\endcsname}% - % - % use the same \entry macro we use to generate the TOC and index. - \edef\writeentry{\noexpand\entry{\the\toksA}{\csname XR#1-pg\endcsname}}% - \writeentry -}} - -\message{localization,} -% and i18n. - -% @documentlanguage is usually given very early, just after -% @setfilename. If done too late, it may not override everything -% properly. Single argument is the language abbreviation. -% It would be nice if we could set up a hyphenation file here. -% -\parseargdef\documentlanguage{% - \tex % read txi-??.tex file in plain TeX. - % Read the file if it exists. - \openin 1 txi-#1.tex - \ifeof 1 - \errhelp = \nolanghelp - \errmessage{Cannot read language file txi-#1.tex}% - \else - \input txi-#1.tex - \fi - \closein 1 - \endgroup -} -\newhelp\nolanghelp{The given language definition file cannot be found or -is empty. Maybe you need to install it? In the current directory -should work if nowhere else does.} - - -% @documentencoding should change something in TeX eventually, most -% likely, but for now just recognize it. -\let\documentencoding = \comment - - -% Page size parameters. -% -\newdimen\defaultparindent \defaultparindent = 15pt - -\chapheadingskip = 15pt plus 4pt minus 2pt -\secheadingskip = 12pt plus 3pt minus 2pt -\subsecheadingskip = 9pt plus 2pt minus 2pt - -% Prevent underfull vbox error messages. -\vbadness = 10000 - -% Don't be so finicky about underfull hboxes, either. -\hbadness = 2000 - -% Following George Bush, just get rid of widows and orphans. -\widowpenalty=10000 -\clubpenalty=10000 - -% Use TeX 3.0's \emergencystretch to help line breaking, but if we're -% using an old version of TeX, don't do anything. We want the amount of -% stretch added to depend on the line length, hence the dependence on -% \hsize. We call this whenever the paper size is set. -% -\def\setemergencystretch{% - \ifx\emergencystretch\thisisundefined - % Allow us to assign to \emergencystretch anyway. - \def\emergencystretch{\dimen0}% - \else - \emergencystretch = .15\hsize - \fi -} - -% Parameters in order: 1) textheight; 2) textwidth; 3) voffset; -% 4) hoffset; 5) binding offset; 6) topskip; 7) physical page height; 8) -% physical page width. -% -% We also call \setleading{\textleading}, so the caller should define -% \textleading. The caller should also set \parskip. -% -\def\internalpagesizes#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8{% - \voffset = #3\relax - \topskip = #6\relax - \splittopskip = \topskip - % - \vsize = #1\relax - \advance\vsize by \topskip - \outervsize = \vsize - \advance\outervsize by 2\topandbottommargin - \pageheight = \vsize - % - \hsize = #2\relax - \outerhsize = \hsize - \advance\outerhsize by 0.5in - \pagewidth = \hsize - % - \normaloffset = #4\relax - \bindingoffset = #5\relax - % - \ifpdf - \pdfpageheight #7\relax - \pdfpagewidth #8\relax - \fi - % - \setleading{\textleading} - % - \parindent = \defaultparindent - \setemergencystretch -} - -% @letterpaper (the default). -\def\letterpaper{{\globaldefs = 1 - \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt - \textleading = 13.2pt - % - % If page is nothing but text, make it come out even. - \internalpagesizes{46\baselineskip}{6in}% - {\voffset}{.25in}% - {\bindingoffset}{36pt}% - {11in}{8.5in}% -}} - -% Use @smallbook to reset parameters for 7x9.5 (or so) format. -\def\smallbook{{\globaldefs = 1 - \parskip = 2pt plus 1pt - \textleading = 12pt - % - \internalpagesizes{7.5in}{5in}% - {\voffset}{.25in}% - {\bindingoffset}{16pt}% - {9.25in}{7in}% - % - \lispnarrowing = 0.3in - \tolerance = 700 - \hfuzz = 1pt - \contentsrightmargin = 0pt - \defbodyindent = .5cm -}} - -% Use @afourpaper to print on European A4 paper. -\def\afourpaper{{\globaldefs = 1 - \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt - \textleading = 13.2pt - % - % Double-side printing via postscript on Laserjet 4050 - % prints double-sided nicely when \bindingoffset=10mm and \hoffset=-6mm. - % To change the settings for a different printer or situation, adjust - % \normaloffset until the front-side and back-side texts align. Then - % do the same for \bindingoffset. You can set these for testing in - % your texinfo source file like this: - % @tex - % \global\normaloffset = -6mm - % \global\bindingoffset = 10mm - % @end tex - \internalpagesizes{51\baselineskip}{160mm} - {\voffset}{\hoffset}% - {\bindingoffset}{44pt}% - {297mm}{210mm}% - % - \tolerance = 700 - \hfuzz = 1pt - \contentsrightmargin = 0pt - \defbodyindent = 5mm -}} - -% Use @afivepaper to print on European A5 paper. -% From romildo@urano.iceb.ufop.br, 2 July 2000. -% He also recommends making @example and @lisp be small. -\def\afivepaper{{\globaldefs = 1 - \parskip = 2pt plus 1pt minus 0.1pt - \textleading = 12.5pt - % - \internalpagesizes{160mm}{120mm}% - {\voffset}{\hoffset}% - {\bindingoffset}{8pt}% - {210mm}{148mm}% - % - \lispnarrowing = 0.2in - \tolerance = 800 - \hfuzz = 1.2pt - \contentsrightmargin = 0pt - \defbodyindent = 2mm - \tableindent = 12mm -}} - -% A specific text layout, 24x15cm overall, intended for A4 paper. -\def\afourlatex{{\globaldefs = 1 - \afourpaper - \internalpagesizes{237mm}{150mm}% - {\voffset}{4.6mm}% - {\bindingoffset}{7mm}% - {297mm}{210mm}% - % - % Must explicitly reset to 0 because we call \afourpaper. - \globaldefs = 0 -}} - -% Use @afourwide to print on A4 paper in landscape format. -\def\afourwide{{\globaldefs = 1 - \afourpaper - \internalpagesizes{241mm}{165mm}% - {\voffset}{-2.95mm}% - {\bindingoffset}{7mm}% - {297mm}{210mm}% - \globaldefs = 0 -}} - -% @pagesizes TEXTHEIGHT[,TEXTWIDTH] -% Perhaps we should allow setting the margins, \topskip, \parskip, -% and/or leading, also. Or perhaps we should compute them somehow. -% -\parseargdef\pagesizes{\pagesizesyyy #1,,\finish} -\def\pagesizesyyy#1,#2,#3\finish{{% - \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \hsize=#2\relax \fi - \globaldefs = 1 - % - \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt - \setleading{\textleading}% - % - \dimen0 = #1 - \advance\dimen0 by \voffset - % - \dimen2 = \hsize - \advance\dimen2 by \normaloffset - % - \internalpagesizes{#1}{\hsize}% - {\voffset}{\normaloffset}% - {\bindingoffset}{44pt}% - {\dimen0}{\dimen2}% -}} - -% Set default to letter. -% -\letterpaper - - -\message{and turning on texinfo input format.} - -% Define macros to output various characters with catcode for normal text. -\catcode`\"=\other -\catcode`\~=\other -\catcode`\^=\other -\catcode`\_=\other -\catcode`\|=\other -\catcode`\<=\other -\catcode`\>=\other -\catcode`\+=\other -\catcode`\$=\other -\def\normaldoublequote{"} -\def\normaltilde{~} -\def\normalcaret{^} -\def\normalunderscore{_} -\def\normalverticalbar{|} -\def\normalless{<} -\def\normalgreater{>} -\def\normalplus{+} -\def\normaldollar{$}%$ font-lock fix - -% This macro is used to make a character print one way in \tt -% (where it can probably be output as-is), and another way in other fonts, -% where something hairier probably needs to be done. -% -% #1 is what to print if we are indeed using \tt; #2 is what to print -% otherwise. Since all the Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero -% interword stretch (and shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all -% typewriter fonts to have this, we can check that font parameter. -% -\def\ifusingtt#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen3\font=0pt #1\else #2\fi} - -% Same as above, but check for italic font. Actually this also catches -% non-italic slanted fonts since it is impossible to distinguish them from -% italic fonts. But since this is only used by $ and it uses \sl anyway -% this is not a problem. -\def\ifusingit#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen1\font>0pt #1\else #2\fi} - -% Turn off all special characters except @ -% (and those which the user can use as if they were ordinary). -% Most of these we simply print from the \tt font, but for some, we can -% use math or other variants that look better in normal text. - -\catcode`\"=\active -\def\activedoublequote{{\tt\char34}} -\let"=\activedoublequote -\catcode`\~=\active -\def~{{\tt\char126}} -\chardef\hat=`\^ -\catcode`\^=\active -\def^{{\tt \hat}} - -\catcode`\_=\active -\def_{\ifusingtt\normalunderscore\_} -% Subroutine for the previous macro. -\def\_{\leavevmode \kern.07em \vbox{\hrule width.3em height.1ex}\kern .07em } - -\catcode`\|=\active -\def|{{\tt\char124}} -\chardef \less=`\< -\catcode`\<=\active -\def<{{\tt \less}} -\chardef \gtr=`\> -\catcode`\>=\active -\def>{{\tt \gtr}} -\catcode`\+=\active -\def+{{\tt \char 43}} -\catcode`\$=\active -\def${\ifusingit{{\sl\$}}\normaldollar}%$ font-lock fix - -% If a .fmt file is being used, characters that might appear in a file -% name cannot be active until we have parsed the command line. -% So turn them off again, and have \everyjob (or @setfilename) turn them on. -% \otherifyactive is called near the end of this file. -\def\otherifyactive{\catcode`+=\other \catcode`\_=\other} - -\catcode`\@=0 - -% \backslashcurfont outputs one backslash character in current font, -% as in \char`\\. -\global\chardef\backslashcurfont=`\\ -\global\let\rawbackslashxx=\backslashcurfont % let existing .??s files work - -% \rawbackslash defines an active \ to do \backslashcurfont. -% \otherbackslash defines an active \ to be a literal `\' character with -% catcode other. -{\catcode`\\=\active - @gdef@rawbackslash{@let\=@backslashcurfont} - @gdef@otherbackslash{@let\=@realbackslash} -} - -% \realbackslash is an actual character `\' with catcode other. -{\catcode`\\=\other @gdef@realbackslash{\}} - -% \normalbackslash outputs one backslash in fixed width font. -\def\normalbackslash{{\tt\backslashcurfont}} - -\catcode`\\=\active - -% Used sometimes to turn off (effectively) the active characters -% even after parsing them. -@def@turnoffactive{% - @let"=@normaldoublequote - @let\=@realbackslash - @let~=@normaltilde - @let^=@normalcaret - @let_=@normalunderscore - @let|=@normalverticalbar - @let<=@normalless - @let>=@normalgreater - @let+=@normalplus - @let$=@normaldollar %$ font-lock fix - @unsepspaces -} - -% Same as @turnoffactive except outputs \ as {\tt\char`\\} instead of -% the literal character `\'. (Thus, \ is not expandable when this is in -% effect.) -% -@def@normalturnoffactive{@turnoffactive @let\=@normalbackslash} - -% Make _ and + \other characters, temporarily. -% This is canceled by @fixbackslash. -@otherifyactive - -% If a .fmt file is being used, we don't want the `\input texinfo' to show up. -% That is what \eatinput is for; after that, the `\' should revert to printing -% a backslash. -% -@gdef@eatinput input texinfo{@fixbackslash} -@global@let\ = @eatinput - -% On the other hand, perhaps the file did not have a `\input texinfo'. Then -% the first `\{ in the file would cause an error. This macro tries to fix -% that, assuming it is called before the first `\' could plausibly occur. -% Also back turn on active characters that might appear in the input -% file name, in case not using a pre-dumped format. -% -@gdef@fixbackslash{% - @ifx\@eatinput @let\ = @normalbackslash @fi - @catcode`+=@active - @catcode`@_=@active -} - -% Say @foo, not \foo, in error messages. -@escapechar = `@@ - -% These look ok in all fonts, so just make them not special. -@catcode`@& = @other -@catcode`@# = @other -@catcode`@% = @other - - -@c Local variables: -@c eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) -@c page-delimiter: "^\\\\message" -@c time-stamp-start: "def\\\\texinfoversion{" -@c time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H" -@c time-stamp-end: "}" -@c End: - -@c vim:sw=2: - -@ignore - arch-tag: e1b36e32-c96e-4135-a41a-0b2efa2ea115 -@end ignore diff --git a/lib/gsl-extras/Makefile.am b/lib/gsl-extras/Makefile.am deleted file mode 100644 index 1db08dcb..00000000 --- a/lib/gsl-extras/Makefile.am +++ /dev/null @@ -1,18 +0,0 @@ -## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in -*- makefile -*- - -noinst_LIBRARIES = libgsl-extras.a - -AM_CPPFLAGS = -I$(top_srcdir) - -AM_CFLAGS= - -if cc_is_gcc -AM_CFLAGS+=-Wall -W -Wwrite-strings -Wstrict-prototypes \ --Wpointer-arith -Wno-sign-compare -Wmissing-prototypes \ --ansi -endif - -libgsl_extras_a_SOURCES = betadistinv.c binomial.c geometric.c \ -hypergeometric.c negbinom.c poisson.c gsl-extras.h - -EXTRA_DIST = README diff --git a/src/expressions/.cvsignore b/src/expressions/.cvsignore deleted file mode 100644 index d84d1242..00000000 --- a/src/expressions/.cvsignore +++ /dev/null @@ -1,7 +0,0 @@ -Makefile -Makefile.in -evaluate.h -evaluate.inc -operations.h -optimize.inc -parse.inc diff --git a/src/expressions/Makefile.am b/src/expressions/Makefile.am deleted file mode 100644 index f9a690df..00000000 --- a/src/expressions/Makefile.am +++ /dev/null @@ -1,32 +0,0 @@ -## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in -*- makefile -*- - -include $(top_srcdir)/src/Make.build - -noinst_LIBRARIES = libexpressions.a - -libexpressions_a_SOURCES = evaluate.c helpers.c helpers.h optimize.c \ - parse.c private.h public.h \ - evaluate.inc.pl generate.pl operations.def \ - evaluate.h.pl operations.h.pl optimize.inc.pl parse.inc.pl - -BUILT_SOURCES = evaluate.h evaluate.inc operations.h optimize.inc parse.inc -CLEANFILES = evaluate.h evaluate.inc operations.h optimize.inc parse.inc - -PERL = @PERL@ - -helpers = $(srcdir)/generate.pl $(srcdir)/operations.def - -evaluate.inc: $(srcdir)/evaluate.inc.pl $(helpers) - $(PERL) -I $(srcdir) $(srcdir)/evaluate.inc.pl -o $@ -i $(srcdir)/operations.def - -evaluate.h: $(srcdir)/evaluate.h.pl $(helpers) - $(PERL) -I $(srcdir) $(srcdir)/evaluate.h.pl -o $@ -i $(srcdir)/operations.def - -operations.h: $(srcdir)/operations.h.pl $(helpers) - $(PERL) -I $(srcdir) $(srcdir)/operations.h.pl -o $@ -i $(srcdir)/operations.def - -optimize.inc: $(srcdir)/optimize.inc.pl $(helpers) - $(PERL) -I $(srcdir) $(srcdir)/optimize.inc.pl -o $@ -i $(srcdir)/operations.def - -parse.inc: $(srcdir)/parse.inc.pl $(helpers) - $(PERL) -I $(srcdir) $(srcdir)/parse.inc.pl -o $@ -i $(srcdir)/operations.def diff --git a/src/expressions/TODO b/src/expressions/TODO deleted file mode 100644 index 2bcbb8c6..00000000 --- a/src/expressions/TODO +++ /dev/null @@ -1,20 +0,0 @@ -Needed: - - - Warnings on domain errors (see "Domain Errors" in SPSS manual) - and documentation of such. - - - Finish polishing code. Many functions need comments. - - - Test the remaining statistical distributions. - - - Implement unimplemented functions. - - - Check treatment of 0 bytes in expressions is correct. - -Extension ideas: - - - Short-circuit evaluation of logical ops - - - Conditional operator with ? : - - - User-defined functions. diff --git a/src/expressions/evaluate.c b/src/expressions/evaluate.c deleted file mode 100644 index 4331d030..00000000 --- a/src/expressions/evaluate.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,303 +0,0 @@ -/* PSPP - computes sample statistics. - Copyright (C) 1997-9, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - Written by Ben Pfaff . - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as - published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the - License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but - WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA - 02110-1301, USA. */ - -#include -#include "private.h" - -#include -#include "alloc.h" -#include "error.h" -#include "helpers.h" -#include "evaluate.h" -#include "pool.h" - -static void -expr_evaluate (struct expression *e, const struct ccase *c, int case_idx, - void *result) -{ - union operation_data *op = e->ops; - - double *ns = e->number_stack; - struct fixed_string *ss = e->string_stack; - - assert ((c != NULL) == (e->dict != NULL)); - pool_clear (e->eval_pool); - - for (;;) - { - assert (op < e->ops + e->op_cnt); - switch (op++->operation) - { - case OP_number: - case OP_boolean: - *ns++ = op++->number; - break; - - case OP_string: - { - const struct fixed_string *s = &op++->string; - *ss++ = copy_string (e, s->string, s->length); - } - break; - - case OP_return_number: - *(double *) result = finite (ns[-1]) ? ns[-1] : SYSMIS; - return; - - case OP_return_string: - *(struct fixed_string *) result = ss[-1]; - return; - -#include "evaluate.inc" - - default: - abort (); - } - } -} - -double -expr_evaluate_num (struct expression *e, const struct ccase *c, int case_idx) -{ - double d; - - assert (e->type == OP_number || e->type == OP_boolean); - expr_evaluate (e, c, case_idx, &d); - return d; -} - -void -expr_evaluate_str (struct expression *e, const struct ccase *c, int case_idx, - char *dst, size_t dst_size) -{ - struct fixed_string s; - - assert (e->type == OP_string); - assert ((dst == NULL) == (dst_size == 0)); - expr_evaluate (e, c, case_idx, &s); - buf_copy_rpad (dst, dst_size, s.string, s.length); -} - -#include "lexer.h" -#include "command.h" - -int -cmd_debug_evaluate (void) -{ - bool optimize = true; - int retval = CMD_FAILURE; - bool dump_postfix = false; - struct dictionary *d = NULL; - struct ccase *c = NULL; - - struct expression *expr; - - for (;;) - { - if (lex_match_id ("NOOPTIMIZE")) - optimize = 0; - else if (lex_match_id ("POSTFIX")) - dump_postfix = 1; - else if (lex_match ('(')) - { - char name[LONG_NAME_LEN + 1]; - struct variable *v; - size_t old_value_cnt; - int width; - - if (!lex_force_id ()) - goto done; - strcpy (name, tokid); - - lex_get (); - if (!lex_force_match ('=')) - goto done; - - if (lex_is_number ()) - { - width = 0; - fprintf (stderr, "(%s = %.2f)", name, tokval); - } - else if (token == T_STRING) - { - width = ds_length (&tokstr); - fprintf (stderr, "(%s = \"%.2s\")", name, ds_c_str (&tokstr)); - } - else - { - lex_error (_("expecting number or string")); - goto done; - } - - if (d == NULL) - d = dict_create (); - - old_value_cnt = dict_get_next_value_idx (d); - v = dict_create_var (d, name, width); - if (v == NULL) - { - msg (SE, _("Duplicate variable name %s."), name); - goto done; - } - - if (c == NULL) - { - c = xmalloc (sizeof *c); - case_nullify (c); - } - case_resize (c, old_value_cnt, dict_get_next_value_idx (d)); - - if (lex_is_number ()) - case_data_rw (c, v->fv)->f = tokval; - else - memcpy (case_data_rw (c, v->fv)->s, ds_data (&tokstr), - v->width); - lex_get (); - - if (!lex_force_match (')')) - goto done; - } - else - break; - } - if (token != '/') - { - lex_force_match ('/'); - goto done; - } - if (d != NULL) - fprintf (stderr, "; "); - fprintf (stderr, "%s => ", lex_rest_of_line (NULL)); - lex_get (); - - expr = expr_parse_any (d, optimize); - if (!expr || lex_end_of_command () != CMD_SUCCESS) - { - if (expr != NULL) - expr_free (expr); - fprintf (stderr, "error\n"); - goto done; - } - - if (dump_postfix) - expr_debug_print_postfix (expr); - else - switch (expr->type) - { - case OP_number: - { - double d = expr_evaluate_num (expr, c, 0); - if (d == SYSMIS) - fprintf (stderr, "sysmis\n"); - else - fprintf (stderr, "%.2f\n", d); - } - break; - - case OP_boolean: - { - double b = expr_evaluate_num (expr, c, 0); - fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", - b == SYSMIS ? "sysmis" : b == 0.0 ? "false" : "true"); - } - break; - - case OP_string: - { - struct fixed_string s; - expr_evaluate (expr, c, 0, &s); - - fputc ('"', stderr); - fwrite (s.string, s.length, 1, stderr); - fputs ("\"\n", stderr); - break; - } - - default: - assert (0); - } - - expr_free (expr); - retval = CMD_SUCCESS; - - done: - if (c != NULL) - { - case_destroy (c); - free (c); - } - dict_destroy (d); - return retval; -} - -void -expr_debug_print_postfix (const struct expression *e) -{ - size_t i; - - for (i = 0; i < e->op_cnt; i++) - { - union operation_data *op = &e->ops[i]; - if (i > 0) - putc (' ', stderr); - switch (e->op_types[i]) - { - case OP_operation: - if (op->operation == OP_return_number) - fprintf (stderr, "return_number"); - else if (op->operation == OP_return_string) - fprintf (stderr, "return_string"); - else if (is_function (op->operation)) - fprintf (stderr, "%s", operations[op->operation].prototype); - else if (is_composite (op->operation)) - fprintf (stderr, "%s", operations[op->operation].name); - else - fprintf (stderr, "%s:", operations[op->operation].name); - break; - case OP_number: - if (op->number != SYSMIS) - fprintf (stderr, "n<%g>", op->number); - else - fprintf (stderr, "n"); - break; - case OP_string: - fprintf (stderr, "s<%.*s>", - (int) op->string.length, - op->string.string != NULL ? op->string.string : ""); - break; - case OP_format: - fprintf (stderr, "f<%s%d.%d>", - formats[op->format->type].name, - op->format->w, op->format->d); - break; - case OP_variable: - fprintf (stderr, "v<%s>", op->variable->name); - break; - case OP_vector: - fprintf (stderr, "vec<%s>", op->vector->name); - break; - case OP_integer: - fprintf (stderr, "i<%d>", op->integer); - break; - default: - abort (); - } - } - fprintf (stderr, "\n"); -} diff --git a/src/expressions/evaluate.h.pl b/src/expressions/evaluate.h.pl deleted file mode 100644 index e1a762fc..00000000 --- a/src/expressions/evaluate.h.pl +++ /dev/null @@ -1,32 +0,0 @@ -do 'generate.pl'; - -sub generate_output { - print "#include \"helpers.h\"\n\n"; - - for my $opname (@order) { - my ($op) = $ops{$opname}; - next if $op->{UNIMPLEMENTED}; - - my (@args); - for my $arg (@{$op->{ARGS}}) { - if (!defined $arg->{IDX}) { - push (@args, c_type ($arg->{TYPE}) . $arg->{NAME}); - } else { - push (@args, c_type ($arg->{TYPE}) . "$arg->{NAME}" . "[]"); - push (@args, "size_t $arg->{IDX}"); - } - } - for my $aux (@{$op->{AUX}}) { - push (@args, c_type ($aux->{TYPE}) . $aux->{NAME}); - } - push (@args, "void") if !@args; - - my ($statements) = $op->{BLOCK} || " return $op->{EXPRESSION};\n"; - - print "static inline ", c_type ($op->{RETURNS}), "\n"; - print "eval_$opname (", join (', ', @args), ")\n"; - print "{\n"; - print "$statements"; - print "}\n\n"; - } -} diff --git a/src/expressions/evaluate.inc.pl b/src/expressions/evaluate.inc.pl deleted file mode 100644 index 85112f96..00000000 --- a/src/expressions/evaluate.inc.pl +++ /dev/null @@ -1,79 +0,0 @@ -do 'generate.pl'; - -sub generate_output { - for my $opname (@order) { - my ($op) = $ops{$opname}; - - if ($op->{UNIMPLEMENTED}) { - print "case $opname:\n"; - print " abort ();\n\n"; - next; - } - - my (@decls); - my (@args); - for my $arg (@{$op->{ARGS}}) { - my ($name) = $arg->{NAME}; - my ($type) = $arg->{TYPE}; - my ($c_type) = c_type ($type); - my ($idx) = $arg->{IDX}; - push (@args, "arg_$arg->{NAME}"); - if (!defined ($idx)) { - my ($decl) = "${c_type}arg_$name"; - if ($type->{ROLE} eq 'any') { - unshift (@decls, "$decl = *--$type->{STACK}"); - } elsif ($type->{ROLE} eq 'leaf') { - push (@decls, "$decl = op++->$type->{ATOM}"); - } else { - die; - } - } else { - my ($stack) = $type->{STACK}; - defined $stack or die; - unshift (@decls, - "$c_type*arg_$arg->{NAME} = $stack -= arg_$idx"); - unshift (@decls, "size_t arg_$arg->{IDX} = op++->integer"); - - my ($idx) = "arg_$idx"; - if ($arg->{TIMES} != 1) { - $idx .= " / $arg->{TIMES}"; - } - push (@args, $idx); - } - } - for my $aux (@{$op->{AUX}}) { - my ($type) = $aux->{TYPE}; - my ($name) = $aux->{NAME}; - if ($type->{ROLE} eq 'leaf') { - my ($c_type) = c_type ($type); - push (@decls, "${c_type}aux_$name = op++->$type->{ATOM}"); - push (@args, "aux_$name"); - } elsif ($type->{ROLE} eq 'fixed') { - push (@args, $type->{FIXED_VALUE}); - } - } - - my ($sysmis_cond) = make_sysmis_decl ($op, "op++->integer"); - push (@decls, $sysmis_cond) if defined $sysmis_cond; - - my ($result) = "eval_$op->{OPNAME} (" . join (', ', @args) . ")"; - - my ($stack) = $op->{RETURNS}{STACK}; - - print "case $opname:\n"; - if (@decls) { - print " {\n"; - print " $_;\n" foreach @decls; - if (defined $sysmis_cond) { - my ($miss_ret) = $op->{RETURNS}{MISSING_VALUE}; - print " *$stack++ = force_sysmis ? $miss_ret : $result;\n"; - } else { - print " *$stack++ = $result;\n"; - } - print " }\n"; - } else { - print " *$stack++ = $result;\n"; - } - print " break;\n\n"; - } -} diff --git a/src/expressions/generate.pl b/src/expressions/generate.pl deleted file mode 100644 index 9d753867..00000000 --- a/src/expressions/generate.pl +++ /dev/null @@ -1,632 +0,0 @@ -use strict; -use warnings 'all'; - -use Getopt::Long; - -# Parse command line. -our ($default_output_file) = $0; -$default_output_file =~ s/\.pl//; -our ($input_file); -our ($output_file); -parse_cmd_line (); - -# Initialize type system. -our (%type, @types); -init_all_types (); - -# Parse input file. -our (%ops); -our (@funcs, @opers); -parse_input (); - -# Produce output. -print_header (); -generate_output (); -print_trailer (); - -# Command line. - -# Parses the command line. -# -# Initializes $input_file, $output_file. -sub parse_cmd_line { - GetOptions ("i|input=s" => \$input_file, - "o|output=s" => \$output_file, - "h|help" => sub { usage (); }) - or exit 1; - - $input_file = "operations.def" if !defined $input_file; - $output_file = $default_output_file if !defined $output_file; - - open (INPUT, "<$input_file") or die "$input_file: open: $!\n"; - open (OUTPUT, ">$output_file") or die "$output_file: create: $!\n"; - - select (OUTPUT); -} - -sub usage { - print < 'double', - ATOM => 'number', MANGLE => 'n', HUMAN_NAME => 'num', - STACK => 'ns', MISSING_VALUE => 'SYSMIS'); - init_type ('string', 'any', C_TYPE => 'struct fixed_string', - ATOM => 'string', MANGLE => 's', HUMAN_NAME => 'string', - STACK => 'ss', MISSING_VALUE => 'empty_string'); - init_type ('boolean', 'any', C_TYPE => 'double', - ATOM => 'number', MANGLE => 'n', HUMAN_NAME => 'boolean', - STACK => 'ns', MISSING_VALUE => 'SYSMIS'); - - # Format types. - init_type ('format', 'atom'); - init_type ('ni_format', 'leaf', C_TYPE => 'const struct fmt_spec *', - ATOM => 'format', MANGLE => 'f', - HUMAN_NAME => 'num_input_format'); - init_type ('no_format', 'leaf', C_TYPE => 'const struct fmt_spec *', - ATOM => 'format', MANGLE => 'f', - HUMAN_NAME => 'num_output_format'); - - # Integer types. - init_type ('integer', 'leaf', C_TYPE => 'int', - ATOM => 'integer', MANGLE => 'n', HUMAN_NAME => 'integer'); - init_type ('pos_int', 'leaf', C_TYPE => 'int', - ATOM => 'integer', MANGLE => 'n', - HUMAN_NAME => 'positive_integer_constant'); - - # Variable names. - init_type ('variable', 'atom'); - init_type ('num_var', 'leaf', C_TYPE => 'const struct variable *', - ATOM => 'variable', MANGLE => 'Vn', - HUMAN_NAME => 'num_variable'); - init_type ('str_var', 'leaf', C_TYPE => 'const struct variable *', - ATOM => 'variable', MANGLE => 'Vs', - HUMAN_NAME => 'string_variable'); - - # Vectors. - init_type ('vector', 'leaf', C_TYPE => 'const struct vector *', - ATOM => 'vector', MANGLE => 'v', HUMAN_NAME => 'vector'); - - # Fixed types. - init_type ('expression', 'fixed', C_TYPE => 'struct expression *', - FIXED_VALUE => 'e'); - init_type ('case', 'fixed', C_TYPE => 'const struct ccase *', - FIXED_VALUE => 'c'); - init_type ('case_idx', 'fixed', C_TYPE => 'size_t', - FIXED_VALUE => 'case_idx'); - - # One of these is emitted at the end of each expression as a sentinel - # that tells expr_evaluate() to return the value on the stack. - init_type ('return_number', 'atom'); - init_type ('return_string', 'atom'); - - # Used only for debugging purposes. - init_type ('operation', 'atom'); -} - -# init_type has 2 required arguments: -# -# NAME: Type name. -# -# `$name' is the type's name in operations.def. -# -# `OP_$name' is the terminal's type in operations.h. -# -# `expr_allocate_$name()' allocates a node of the given type. -# -# ROLE: How the type may be used: -# -# "any": Usable as operands and function arguments, and -# function and operator results. -# -# "leaf": Usable as operands and function arguments, but -# not function arguments or results. (Thus, they appear -# only in leaf nodes in the parse type.) -# -# "fixed": Not allowed either as an operand or argument -# type or a result type. Used only as auxiliary data. -# -# "atom": Not allowed anywhere; just adds the name to -# the list of atoms. -# -# All types except those with "atom" as their role also require: -# -# C_TYPE: The C type that represents this abstract type. -# -# Types with "any" or "leaf" role require: -# -# ATOM: -# -# `$atom' is the `struct operation_data' member name. -# -# get_$atom_name() obtains the corresponding data from a -# node. -# -# MANGLE: Short string for name mangling. Use identical strings -# if two types should not be overloaded. -# -# HUMAN_NAME: Name for a type when we describe it to the user. -# -# Types with role "any" require: -# -# STACK: Name of the local variable in expr_evaluate(), used for -# maintaining the stack for this type. -# -# MISSING_VALUE: Expression used for the missing value of this -# type. -# -# Types with role "fixed" require: -# -# FIXED_VALUE: Expression used for the value of this type. -sub init_type { - my ($name, $role, %rest) = @_; - my ($type) = $type{"\U$name"} = {NAME => $name, ROLE => $role, %rest}; - - my (@need_keys) = qw (NAME ROLE); - if ($role eq 'any') { - push (@need_keys, qw (C_TYPE ATOM MANGLE HUMAN_NAME STACK MISSING_VALUE)); - } elsif ($role eq 'leaf') { - push (@need_keys, qw (C_TYPE ATOM MANGLE HUMAN_NAME)); - } elsif ($role eq 'fixed') { - push (@need_keys, qw (C_TYPE FIXED_VALUE)); - } elsif ($role eq 'atom') { - } else { - die "no role `$role'"; - } - - my (%have_keys); - $have_keys{$_} = 1 foreach keys %$type; - for my $key (@need_keys) { - defined $type->{$key} or die "$name lacks $key"; - delete $have_keys{$key}; - } - scalar (keys (%have_keys)) == 0 - or die "$name has superfluous key(s) " . join (', ', keys (%have_keys)); - - push (@types, $type); -} - -# c_type(type). -# -# Returns the C type of the given type as a string designed to be -# prepended to a variable name to produce a declaration. (That won't -# work in general but it works well enough for our types.) -sub c_type { - my ($type) = @_; - my ($c_type) = $type->{C_TYPE}; - defined $c_type or die; - - # Append a space unless (typically) $c_type ends in `*'. - $c_type .= ' ' if $c_type =~ /\w$/; - - return $c_type; -} - -# Input parsing. - -# Parses the entire input. -# -# Initializes %ops, @funcs, @opers. -sub parse_input { - get_line (); - get_token (); - while ($toktype ne 'eof') { - my (%op); - - $op{OPTIMIZABLE} = 1; - $op{UNIMPLEMENTED} = 0; - $op{EXTENSION} = 0; - for (;;) { - if (match ('extension')) { - $op{EXTENSION} = 1; - } elsif (match ('no_opt')) { - $op{OPTIMIZABLE} = 0; - } elsif (match ('absorb_miss')) { - $op{ABSORB_MISS} = 1; - } else { - last; - } - } - - $op{RETURNS} = parse_type () || $type{NUMBER}; - die "$op{RETURNS} is not a valid return type" - if !any ($op{RETURNS}, @type{qw (NUMBER STRING BOOLEAN)}); - - $op{CATEGORY} = $token; - if (!any ($op{CATEGORY}, qw (operator function))) { - die "`operator' or `function' expected at `$token'"; - } - get_token (); - - my ($name) = force ("id"); - - die "function name may not contain underscore" - if $op{CATEGORY} eq 'function' && $name =~ /_/; - die "operator name may not contain period" - if $op{CATEGORY} eq 'operator' && $name =~ /\./; - - if (my ($prefix, $suffix) = $name =~ /^(.*)\.(\d+)$/) { - $name = $prefix; - $op{MIN_VALID} = $suffix; - $op{ABSORB_MISS} = 1; - } - $op{NAME} = $name; - - force_match ('('); - @{$op{ARGS}} = (); - while (!match (')')) { - my ($arg) = parse_arg (); - push (@{$op{ARGS}}, $arg); - if (defined ($arg->{IDX})) { - last if match (')'); - die "array must be last argument"; - } - if (!match (',')) { - force_match (')'); - last; - } - } - - for my $arg (@{$op{ARGS}}) { - next if !defined $arg->{CONDITION}; - my ($any_arg) = join ('|', map ($_->{NAME}, @{$op{ARGS}})); - $arg->{CONDITION} =~ s/\b($any_arg)\b/arg_$1/g; - } - - my ($opname) = "OP_$op{NAME}"; - $opname =~ tr/./_/; - if ($op{CATEGORY} eq 'function') { - my ($mangle) = join ('', map ($_->{TYPE}{MANGLE}, @{$op{ARGS}})); - $op{MANGLE} = $mangle; - $opname .= "_$mangle"; - } - $op{OPNAME} = $opname; - - if ($op{MIN_VALID}) { - my ($array_arg) = array_arg (\%op); - die "can't have minimum valid count without array arg" - if !defined $array_arg; - die "minimum valid count allowed only with double array" - if $array_arg->{TYPE} ne $type{NUMBER}; - die "can't have minimum valid count if array has multiplication factor" - if $array_arg->{TIMES} != 1; - } - - while ($toktype eq 'id') { - my ($type) = parse_type () or die "parse error"; - die "`$type->{NAME}' is not allowed as auxiliary data" - unless $type->{ROLE} eq 'leaf' || $type->{ROLE} eq 'fixed'; - my ($name) = force ("id"); - push (@{$op{AUX}}, {TYPE => $type, NAME => $name}); - force_match (';'); - } - - if ($op{OPTIMIZABLE}) { - die "random variate functions must be marked `no_opt'" - if $op{NAME} =~ /^RV\./; - for my $aux (@{$op{AUX}}) { - if (any ($aux->{TYPE}, @type{qw (CASE CASE_IDX)})) { - die "operators with $aux->{TYPE} aux data must be " - . "marked `no_opt'"; - } - } - } - - if ($op{RETURNS} eq $type{STRING} && !defined ($op{ABSORB_MISS})) { - my (@args); - for my $arg (@{$op{ARGS}}) { - if (any ($arg->{TYPE}, @type{qw (NUMBER BOOLEAN)})) { - die "$op{NAME} returns string and has double or bool " - . "argument, but is not marked ABSORB_MISS"; - } - if (defined $arg->{CONDITION}) { - die "$op{NAME} returns string but has argument with condition"; - } - } - } - - if ($toktype eq 'block') { - $op{BLOCK} = force ('block'); - } elsif ($toktype eq 'expression') { - if ($token eq 'unimplemented') { - $op{UNIMPLEMENTED} = 1; - } else { - $op{EXPRESSION} = $token; - } - get_token (); - } else { - die "block or expression expected"; - } - - die "duplicate operation name $opname" if defined $ops{$opname}; - $ops{$opname} = \%op; - if ($op{CATEGORY} eq 'function') { - push (@funcs, $opname); - } else { - push (@opers, $opname); - } - } - close(INPUT); - - @funcs = sort {$ops{$a}->{NAME} cmp $ops{$b}->{NAME} - || - $ops{$a}->{OPNAME} cmp $ops{$b}->{OPNAME}} - @funcs; - @opers = sort {$ops{$a}->{NAME} cmp $ops{$b}->{NAME}} @opers; - our (@order) = (@funcs, @opers); -} - -# Reads the next token into $token, $toktype. -sub get_token { - our ($line); - lookahead (); - return if defined ($toktype) && $toktype eq 'eof'; - $toktype = 'id', $token = $1, return - if $line =~ /\G([a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z_.0-9]*)/gc; - $toktype = 'int', $token = $1, return if $line =~ /\G([0-9]+)/gc; - $toktype = 'punct', $token = $1, return if $line =~ /\G([][(),*;.])/gc; - if ($line =~ /\G=/gc) { - $toktype = "expression"; - $line =~ /\G\s+/gc; - $token = accumulate_balanced (';'); - } elsif ($line =~ /\G\{/gc) { - $toktype = "block"; - $token = accumulate_balanced ('}'); - $token =~ s/^\n+//; - } else { - die "bad character `" . substr ($line, pos $line, 1) . "' in input"; - } -} - -# Skip whitespace, then return the remainder of the line. -sub lookahead { - our ($line); - die "unexpected end of file" if !defined ($line); - for (;;) { - $line =~ /\G\s+/gc; - last if pos ($line) < length ($line); - get_line (); - $token = $toktype = 'eof', return if !defined ($line); - } - return substr ($line, pos ($line)); -} - -# accumulate_balanced($chars) -# -# Accumulates input until a character in $chars is encountered, except -# that balanced pairs of (), [], or {} cause $chars to be ignored. -# -# Returns the input read. -sub accumulate_balanced { - my ($end) = @_; - my ($s) = ""; - my ($nest) = 0; - our ($line); - for (;;) { - my ($start) = pos ($line); - if ($line =~ /\G([^][(){};,]*)([][(){};,])/gc) { - $s .= substr ($line, $start, pos ($line) - $start - 1) - if pos ($line) > $start; - my ($last) = substr ($line, pos ($line) - 1, 1); - if ($last =~ /[[({]/) { - $nest++; - $s .= $last; - } elsif ($last =~ /[])}]/) { - if ($nest > 0) { - $nest--; - $s .= $last; - } elsif (index ($end, $last) >= 0) { - return $s; - } else { - die "unbalanced parentheses"; - } - } elsif (index ($end, $last) >= 0) { - return $s if !$nest; - $s .= $last; - } else { - $s .= $last; - } - } else { - $s .= substr ($line, pos ($line)) . "\n"; - get_line (); - } - } -} - -# Reads the next line from INPUT into $line. -sub get_line { - our ($line); - $line = ; - if (defined ($line)) { - chomp $line; - $line =~ s%//.*%%; - pos ($line) = 0; - } -} - -# If the current token is an identifier that names a type, -# returns the type and skips to the next token. -# Otherwise, returns undef. -sub parse_type { - if ($toktype eq 'id') { - foreach my $type (values (%type)) { - get_token (), return $type - if defined ($type->{NAME}) && $type->{NAME} eq $token; - } - } - return; -} - -# force($type). -# -# Makes sure that $toktype equals $type, reads the next token, and -# returns the previous $token. -sub force { - my ($type) = @_; - die "parse error at `$token' expecting $type" - if $type ne $toktype; - my ($tok) = $token; - get_token (); - return $tok; -} - -# force($tok). -# -# If $token equals $tok, reads the next token and returns true. -# Otherwise, returns false. -sub match { - my ($tok) = @_; - if ($token eq $tok) { - get_token (); - return 1; - } else { - return 0; - } -} - -# force_match($tok). -# -# If $token equals $tok, reads the next token. -# Otherwise, flags an error in the input. -sub force_match { - my ($tok) = @_; - die "parse error at `$token' expecting `$tok'" if !match ($tok); -} - -# Parses and returns a function argument. -sub parse_arg { - my (%arg); - $arg{TYPE} = parse_type () || $type{NUMBER}; - die "argument name expected at `$token'" if $toktype ne 'id'; - $arg{NAME} = $token; - - if (lookahead () =~ /^[[,)]/) { - get_token (); - if (match ('[')) { - die "only double and string arrays supported" - if !any ($arg{TYPE}, @type{qw (NUMBER STRING)}); - $arg{IDX} = force ('id'); - if (match ('*')) { - $arg{TIMES} = force ('int'); - die "multiplication factor must be positive" - if $arg{TIMES} < 1; - } else { - $arg{TIMES} = 1; - } - force_match (']'); - } - } else { - $arg{CONDITION} = $arg{NAME} . ' ' . accumulate_balanced (',)'); - our ($line); - pos ($line) -= 1; - get_token (); - } - return \%arg; -} - -# Output. - -# Prints the output file header. -sub print_header { - print <{ABSORB_MISS}) { - for my $arg (@{$op->{ARGS}}) { - my ($arg_name) = "arg_$arg->{NAME}"; - if (!defined $arg->{IDX}) { - if (any ($arg->{TYPE}, @type{qw (NUMBER BOOLEAN)})) { - push (@sysmis_cond, "!is_valid ($arg_name)"); - } - } elsif ($arg->{TYPE} eq $type{NUMBER}) { - my ($a) = "$arg_name"; - my ($n) = "arg_$arg->{IDX}"; - push (@sysmis_cond, "count_valid ($a, $n) < $n"); - } - } - } elsif (defined $op->{MIN_VALID}) { - my ($args) = $op->{ARGS}; - my ($arg) = ${$args}[$#{$args}]; - my ($a) = "arg_$arg->{NAME}"; - my ($n) = "arg_$arg->{IDX}"; - push (@sysmis_cond, "count_valid ($a, $n) < $min_valid_src"); - } - for my $arg (@{$op->{ARGS}}) { - push (@sysmis_cond, "!($arg->{CONDITION})") - if defined $arg->{CONDITION}; - } - return "bool force_sysmis = " . join (' || ', @sysmis_cond) - if @sysmis_cond; - return; -} - -# array_arg($op) -# -# If $op has an array argument, return it. -# Otherwise, returns undef. -sub array_arg { - my ($op) = @_; - my ($args) = $op->{ARGS}; - return if !@$args; - my ($last_arg) = $args->[@$args - 1]; - return $last_arg if defined $last_arg->{IDX}; - return; -} diff --git a/src/expressions/helpers.c b/src/expressions/helpers.c deleted file mode 100644 index b4534c81..00000000 --- a/src/expressions/helpers.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,374 +0,0 @@ -#include -#include "helpers.h" -#include -#include -#include "pool.h" -#include "private.h" - -const struct fixed_string empty_string = {NULL, 0}; - -static void -expr_error (void *aux UNUSED, const char *format, ...) -{ - struct error e; - va_list args; - - /* FIXME: we can do better about saying where the error - occurred. */ - e.class = SE; - err_location (&e.where); - e.title = NULL; - - va_start (args, format); - err_vmsg (&e, format, args); - va_end (args); -} - -double -expr_ymd_to_ofs (double year, double month, double day) -{ - int y = year; - int m = month; - int d = day; - - if (y != year || m != month || d != day) - { - msg (SE, _("One of the arguments to a DATE function is not an integer. " - "The result will be system-missing.")); - return SYSMIS; - } - - return calendar_gregorian_to_offset (y, m, d, expr_error, NULL); -} - -double -expr_ymd_to_date (double year, double month, double day) -{ - double ofs = expr_ymd_to_ofs (year, month, day); - return ofs != SYSMIS ? ofs * DAY_S : SYSMIS; -} - -double -expr_wkyr_to_date (double week, double year) -{ - int w = week; - - if (w != week) - { - msg (SE, _("The week argument to DATE.WKYR is not an integer. " - "The result will be system-missing.")); - return SYSMIS; - } - else if (w < 1 || w > 53) - { - msg (SE, _("The week argument to DATE.WKYR is outside the acceptable " - "range of 1 to 53. " - "The result will be system-missing.")); - return SYSMIS; - } - else - { - double yr_1_1 = expr_ymd_to_ofs (year, 1, 1); - if (yr_1_1 != SYSMIS) - return DAY_S * (yr_1_1 + WEEK_DAY * (w - 1)); - else - return SYSMIS; - } -} - -double -expr_yrday_to_date (double year, double yday) -{ - int yd = yday; - - if (yd != yday) - { - msg (SE, _("The day argument to DATE.YRDAY is not an integer. " - "The result will be system-missing.")); - return SYSMIS; - } - else if (yd < 1 || yd > 366) - { - msg (SE, _("The day argument to DATE.YRDAY is outside the acceptable " - "range of 1 to 366. " - "The result will be system-missing.")); - return SYSMIS; - } - else - { - double yr_1_1 = expr_ymd_to_ofs (year, 1, 1); - if (yr_1_1 != SYSMIS) - return DAY_S * (yr_1_1 + yd - 1.); - else - return SYSMIS; - } -} - -double -expr_yrmoda (double year, double month, double day) -{ - if (year >= 0 && year <= 99) - year += 1900; - else if (year != (int) year && year > 47516) - { - msg (SE, _("The year argument to YRMODA is greater than 47516. " - "The result will be system-missing.")); - return SYSMIS; - } - - return expr_ymd_to_ofs (year, month, day); -} - -int -compare_string (const struct fixed_string *a, const struct fixed_string *b) -{ - size_t i; - - for (i = 0; i < a->length && i < b->length; i++) - if (a->string[i] != b->string[i]) - return a->string[i] < b->string[i] ? -1 : 1; - for (; i < a->length; i++) - if (a->string[i] != ' ') - return 1; - for (; i < b->length; i++) - if (b->string[i] != ' ') - return -1; - return 0; -} - -size_t -count_valid (double *d, size_t d_cnt) -{ - size_t valid_cnt; - size_t i; - - valid_cnt = 0; - for (i = 0; i < d_cnt; i++) - valid_cnt += is_valid (d[i]); - return valid_cnt; -} - -struct fixed_string -alloc_string (struct expression *e, size_t length) -{ - struct fixed_string s; - s.length = length; - s.string = pool_alloc (e->eval_pool, length); - return s; -} - -struct fixed_string -copy_string (struct expression *e, const char *old, size_t length) -{ - struct fixed_string s = alloc_string (e, length); - memcpy (s.string, old, length); - return s; -} - -/* Returns the noncentral beta cumulative distribution function - value for the given arguments. - - FIXME: The accuracy of this function is not entirely - satisfactory. We only match the example values given in AS - 310 to the first 5 significant digits. */ -double -ncdf_beta (double x, double a, double b, double lambda) -{ - double c; - - if (x <= 0. || x >= 1. || a <= 0. || b <= 0. || lambda <= 0.) - return SYSMIS; - - c = lambda / 2.; - if (lambda < 54.) - { - /* Algorithm AS 226. */ - double x0, a0, beta, temp, gx, q, ax, sumq, sum; - double err_max = 2 * DBL_EPSILON; - double err_bound; - int iter_max = 100; - int iter; - - x0 = floor (c - 5.0 * sqrt (c)); - if (x0 < 0.) - x0 = 0.; - a0 = a + x0; - beta = (gsl_sf_lngamma (a0) - + gsl_sf_lngamma (b) - - gsl_sf_lngamma (a0 + b)); - temp = gsl_sf_beta_inc (a0, b, x); - gx = exp (a0 * log (x) + b * log (1. - x) - beta - log (a0)); - if (a0 >= a) - q = exp (-c + x0 * log (c)) - gsl_sf_lngamma (x0 + 1.); - else - q = exp (-c); - ax = q * temp; - sumq = 1. - q; - sum = ax; - - iter = 0; - do - { - iter++; - temp -= gx; - gx = x * (a + b + iter - 1.) * gx / (a + iter); - q *= c / iter; - sumq -= q; - ax = temp * q; - sum += ax; - - err_bound = (temp - gx) * sumq; - } - while (iter < iter_max && err_bound > err_max); - - return sum; - } - else - { - /* Algorithm AS 310. */ - double m, m_sqrt; - int iter, iter_lower, iter_upper, iter1, iter2, j; - double t, q, r, psum, beta, s1, gx, fx, temp, ftemp, t0, s0, sum, s; - double err_bound; - double err_max = 2 * DBL_EPSILON; - - iter = 0; - - m = floor (c + .5); - m_sqrt = sqrt (m); - iter_lower = m - 5. * m_sqrt; - iter_upper = m + 5. * m_sqrt; - - t = -c + m * log (c) - gsl_sf_lngamma (m + 1.); - q = exp (t); - r = q; - psum = q; - beta = (gsl_sf_lngamma (a + m) - + gsl_sf_lngamma (b) - - gsl_sf_lngamma (a + m + b)); - s1 = (a + m) * log (x) + b * log (1. - x) - log (a + m) - beta; - fx = gx = exp (s1); - ftemp = temp = gsl_sf_beta_inc (a + m, b, x); - iter++; - sum = q * temp; - iter1 = m; - - while (iter1 >= iter_lower && q >= err_max) - { - q = q * iter1 / c; - iter++; - gx = (a + iter1) / (x * (a + b + iter1 - 1.)) * gx; - iter1--; - temp += gx; - psum += q; - sum += q * temp; - } - - t0 = (gsl_sf_lngamma (a + b) - - gsl_sf_lngamma (a + 1.) - - gsl_sf_lngamma (b)); - s0 = a * log (x) + b * log (1. - x); - - s = 0.; - for (j = 0; j < iter1; j++) - { - double t1; - s += exp (t0 + s0 + j * log (x)); - t1 = log (a + b + j) - log (a + 1. + j) + t0; - t0 = t1; - } - - err_bound = (1. - gsl_sf_gamma_inc_P (iter1, c)) * (temp + s); - q = r; - temp = ftemp; - gx = fx; - iter2 = m; - for (;;) - { - double ebd = err_bound + (1. - psum) * temp; - if (ebd < err_max || iter >= iter_upper) - break; - - iter2++; - iter++; - q = q * c / iter2; - psum += q; - temp -= gx; - gx = x * (a + b + iter2 - 1.) / (a + iter2) * gx; - sum += q * temp; - } - - return sum; - } -} - -double -cdf_bvnor (double x0, double x1, double r) -{ - double z = x0 * x0 - 2. * r * x0 * x1 + x1 * x1; - return exp (-z / (2. * (1 - r * r))) * (2. * M_PI * sqrt (1 - r * r)); -} - -double -idf_fdist (double P, double df1, double df2) -{ - double temp = gslextras_cdf_beta_Pinv (P, df1 / 2, df2 / 2); - return temp * df2 / ((1. - temp) * df1); -} - -/* - * Mathlib : A C Library of Special Functions - * Copyright (C) 1998 Ross Ihaka - * Copyright (C) 2000 The R Development Core Team - * - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as - * published by - * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the - * License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be - * useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty - * of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public - * License - * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA - * 02110-1301 USA. - */ - -/* Returns the density of the noncentral beta distribution with - noncentrality parameter LAMBDA. */ -double -npdf_beta (double x, double a, double b, double lambda) -{ - if (lambda < 0. || a <= 0. || b <= 0.) - return SYSMIS; - else if (lambda == 0.) - return gsl_ran_beta_pdf (x, a, b); - else - { - double max_error = 2 * DBL_EPSILON; - int max_iter = 200; - double term = gsl_ran_beta_pdf (x, a, b); - double lambda2 = 0.5 * lambda; - double weight = exp (-lambda2); - double sum = weight * term; - double psum = weight; - int k; - for (k = 1; k <= max_iter && 1 - psum < max_error; k++) { - weight *= lambda2 / k; - term *= x * (a + b) / a; - sum += weight * term; - psum += weight; - a += 1; - } - return sum; - } -} diff --git a/src/expressions/helpers.h b/src/expressions/helpers.h deleted file mode 100644 index a3fbdb02..00000000 --- a/src/expressions/helpers.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,74 +0,0 @@ -#ifndef EXPRESSIONS_HELPERS_H -#define EXPRESSIONS_HELPERS_H - -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include "case.h" -#include "data-in.h" -#include "dictionary.h" -#include "error.h" -#include "calendar.h" -#include "gsl-extras/gsl-extras.h" -#include "misc.h" -#include "moments.h" -#include "random.h" -#include "settings.h" -#include "str.h" -#include "val.h" -#include "var.h" -#include "vfm.h" - -#include "gettext.h" -#define _(msgid) gettext (msgid) - -static inline double check_errno (double x) -{ - return errno == 0 ? x : SYSMIS; -} - -#define check_errno(EXPRESSION) (errno = 0, check_errno (EXPRESSION)) - -#define DAY_S (60. * 60. * 24.) /* Seconds per day. */ -#define DAY_H 24. /* Hours per day. */ -#define H_S (60 * 60.) /* Seconds per hour. */ -#define H_MIN 60. /* Minutes per hour. */ -#define MIN_S 60. /* Seconds per minute. */ -#define WEEK_DAY 7. /* Days per week. */ - -extern const struct fixed_string empty_string; - -int compare_string (const struct fixed_string *, const struct fixed_string *); - -double expr_ymd_to_date (double year, double month, double day); -double expr_ymd_to_ofs (double year, double month, double day); -double expr_wkyr_to_date (double wk, double yr); -double expr_yrday_to_date (double yr, double day); -double expr_yrmoda (double year, double month, double day); - -struct fixed_string alloc_string (struct expression *, size_t length); -struct fixed_string copy_string (struct expression *, - const char *, size_t length); - -static inline bool -is_valid (double d) -{ - return finite (d) && d != SYSMIS; -} - -size_t count_valid (double *, size_t); - -double idf_beta (double P, double a, double b); -double ncdf_beta (double x, double a, double b, double lambda); -double npdf_beta (double x, double a, double b, double lambda); - -double cdf_bvnor (double x0, double x1, double r); - -double idf_fdist (double P, double a, double b); - -#endif /* expressions/helpers.h */ diff --git a/src/expressions/operations.def b/src/expressions/operations.def deleted file mode 100644 index bd5af76c..00000000 --- a/src/expressions/operations.def +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1021 +0,0 @@ -// -*- c -*- - -operator NEG (x) = -x; - -operator ADD (a, b) = a + b; -operator SUB (a, b) = a - b; - -absorb_miss operator MUL (a, b) -= (a == 0. || b == 0. ? 0. - : a == SYSMIS || b == SYSMIS ? SYSMIS - : a * b); - -absorb_miss operator DIV (a, b) -= (a == 0. ? 0. - : a == SYSMIS || b == SYSMIS ? SYSMIS - : a / b); - -absorb_miss operator POW (a, b) -= (a == SYSMIS ? (b == 0. ? 1. : a) - : b == SYSMIS ? (a == 0. ? 0. : SYSMIS) - : a == 0. && b <= 0. ? SYSMIS - : pow (a, b)); - -absorb_miss boolean operator AND (boolean a, boolean b) -= (a == 0. ? 0. - : b == 0. ? 0. - : b == SYSMIS ? SYSMIS - : a); - -absorb_miss boolean operator OR (boolean a, boolean b) -= (a == 1. ? 1. - : b == 1. ? 1. - : b == SYSMIS ? SYSMIS - : a); - -boolean operator NOT (boolean a) -= (a == 0. ? 1. - : a == 1. ? 0. - : SYSMIS); - -// Numeric relational operators. -boolean operator EQ (a, b) = a == b; -boolean operator GE (a, b) = a >= b; -boolean operator GT (a, b) = a > b; -boolean operator LE (a, b) = a <= b; -boolean operator LT (a, b) = a < b; -boolean operator NE (a, b) = a != b; - -// String relational operators. -boolean operator EQ_STRING (string a, string b) = compare_string (&a, &b) == 0; -boolean operator GE_STRING (string a, string b) = compare_string (&a, &b) >= 0; -boolean operator GT_STRING (string a, string b) = compare_string (&a, &b) > 0; -boolean operator LE_STRING (string a, string b) = compare_string (&a, &b) <= 0; -boolean operator LT_STRING (string a, string b) = compare_string (&a, &b) < 0; -boolean operator NE_STRING (string a, string b) = compare_string (&a, &b) != 0; - -// Unary functions. -function ABS (x) = fabs (x); -extension function ACOS (x >= -1 && x <= 1) = acos (x); -function ASIN (x >= -1 && x <= 1) = asin (x); -function ATAN (x) = atan (x); -extension function ARCOS (x >= -1 && x <= 1) = acos (x); -function ARSIN (x >= -1 && x <= 1) = asin (x); -function ARTAN (x) = atan (x); -function COS (x) = cos (x); -function EXP (x) = check_errno (exp (x)); -function LG10(x) = check_errno (log10 (x)); -function LN (x) = check_errno (log (x)); -function LNGAMMA (x >= 0) = gsl_sf_lngamma (x); -function MOD10 (x) = fmod (x, 10); -function RND (x) = x >= 0. ? floor (x + .5) : -floor (-x + .5); -function SIN (x) = sin (x); -function SQRT (x >= 0) = sqrt (x); -function TAN (x) = check_errno (tan (x)); -function TRUNC (x) = x >= 0. ? floor (x) : -floor (-x); - -absorb_miss function MOD (n, d) -{ - if (d != SYSMIS) - return n != SYSMIS ? fmod (n, d) : SYSMIS; - else - return n != 0. ? SYSMIS : 0.; -} - -// N-ary numeric functions. -absorb_miss boolean function ANY (x != SYSMIS, a[n]) -{ - int sysmis = 0; - size_t i; - - for (i = 0; i < n; i++) - if (a[i] == x) - return 1.; - else if (a[i] == SYSMIS) - sysmis = 1; - - return sysmis ? SYSMIS : 0.; -} - -boolean function ANY (string x, string a[n]) -{ - size_t i; - - for (i = 0; i < n; i++) - if (!compare_string (&x, &a[i])) - return 1.; - return 0.; -} - -function CFVAR.2 (a[n]) -{ - double mean, variance; - - moments_of_doubles (a, n, NULL, &mean, &variance, NULL, NULL); - - if (mean == SYSMIS || mean == 0 || variance == SYSMIS) - return SYSMIS; - else - return sqrt (variance) / mean; -} - -function MAX.1 (a[n]) -{ - double max; - size_t i; - - max = -DBL_MAX; - for (i = 0; i < n; i++) - if (a[i] != SYSMIS && a[i] > max) - max = a[i]; - return max; -} - -string function MAX (string a[n]) -{ - struct fixed_string *max; - size_t i; - - max = &a[0]; - for (i = 1; i < n; i++) - if (compare_string (&a[i], max) > 0) - max = &a[i]; - return *max; -} - -function MEAN.1 (a[n]) -{ - double mean; - moments_of_doubles (a, n, NULL, &mean, NULL, NULL, NULL); - return mean; -} - -function MIN.1 (a[n]) -{ - double min; - size_t i; - - min = DBL_MAX; - for (i = 0; i < n; i++) - if (a[i] != SYSMIS && a[i] < min) - min = a[i]; - return min; -} - -string function MIN (string a[n]) -{ - struct fixed_string *min; - size_t i; - - min = &a[0]; - for (i = 1; i < n; i++) - if (compare_string (&a[i], min) < 0) - min = &a[i]; - return *min; -} - -absorb_miss function NMISS (a[n]) -{ - size_t i; - size_t missing_cnt = 0; - - for (i = 0; i < n; i++) - missing_cnt += a[i] == SYSMIS; - return missing_cnt; -} - -absorb_miss function NVALID (a[n]) -{ - size_t i; - size_t valid_cnt = 0; - - for (i = 0; i < n; i++) - valid_cnt += a[i] != SYSMIS; - return valid_cnt; -} - -absorb_miss boolean function RANGE (x != SYSMIS, a[n*2]) -{ - size_t i; - int sysmis = 0; - - for (i = 0; i < n; i++) - { - double w = a[2 * i]; - double y = a[2 * i + 1]; - if (w != SYSMIS && y != SYSMIS) - { - if (w <= x && x <= y) - return 1.0; - } - else - sysmis = 1; - } - return sysmis ? SYSMIS : 0.; -} - -boolean function RANGE (string x, string a[n*2]) -{ - int i; - - for (i = 0; i < n; i++) - { - struct fixed_string *w = &a[2 * i]; - struct fixed_string *y = &a[2 * i + 1]; - if (compare_string (w, &x) <= 0 && compare_string (&x, y) <= 0) - return 1.; - } - return 0.; -} - -function SD.2 (a[n]) -{ - double variance; - moments_of_doubles (a, n, NULL, NULL, &variance, NULL, NULL); - return sqrt (variance); -} - -function SUM.1 (a[n]) -{ - double sum; - size_t i; - - sum = 0.; - for (i = 0; i < n; i++) - if (a[i] != SYSMIS) - sum += a[i]; - return sum; -} - -function VARIANCE.2 (a[n]) -{ - double variance; - moments_of_doubles (a, n, NULL, NULL, &variance, NULL, NULL); - return variance; -} - -// Time construction & extraction functions. -function TIME.HMS (h, m, s) -{ - if ((h > 0. || m > 0. || s > 0.) && (h < 0. || m < 0. || s < 0.)) - { - msg (SW, _("TIME.HMS cannot mix positive and negative arguments.")); - return SYSMIS; - } - else - return H_S * h + MIN_S * m + s; -} -function TIME.DAYS (days) = days * DAY_S; -function CTIME.DAYS (time) = time / DAY_S; -function CTIME.HOURS (time) = time / H_S; -function CTIME.MINUTES (time) = time / MIN_S; -function CTIME.SECONDS (time) = time; - -// Date construction functions. -function DATE.DMY (d, m, y) = expr_ymd_to_date (y, m, d); -function DATE.MDY (m, d, y) = expr_ymd_to_date (y, m, d); -function DATE.MOYR (m, y) = expr_ymd_to_date (y, m, 1); -function DATE.QYR (q, y) = expr_ymd_to_date (y, q * 3 - 2, 1); -function DATE.WKYR (w, y) = expr_wkyr_to_date (w, y); -function DATE.YRDAY (y, yday) = expr_yrday_to_date (y, yday); -function YRMODA (y, m, d) = expr_yrmoda (y, m, d); - -// Date extraction functions. -function XDATE.TDAY (date) = floor (date / DAY_S); -function XDATE.HOUR (date) = fmod (floor (date / H_S), DAY_H); -function XDATE.MINUTE (date) = fmod (floor (date / H_MIN), H_MIN); -function XDATE.SECOND (date) = fmod (date, MIN_S); -function XDATE.DATE (date) = floor (date / DAY_S) * DAY_S; -function XDATE.TIME (date) = fmod (date, DAY_S); - -function XDATE.JDAY (date >= DAY_S) = calendar_offset_to_yday (date / DAY_S); -function XDATE.MDAY (date >= DAY_S) = calendar_offset_to_mday (date / DAY_S); -function XDATE.MONTH (date >= DAY_S) - = calendar_offset_to_month (date / DAY_S); -function XDATE.QUARTER (date >= DAY_S) - = (calendar_offset_to_month (date / DAY_S) - 1) / 3 + 1; -function XDATE.WEEK (date >= DAY_S) - = (calendar_offset_to_yday (date / DAY_S) - 1) / 7 + 1; -function XDATE.WKDAY (date >= DAY_S) = calendar_offset_to_wday (date / DAY_S); -function XDATE.YEAR (date >= DAY_S) = calendar_offset_to_year (date / DAY_S); - -// String functions. -string function CONCAT (string a[n]) - expression e; -{ - struct fixed_string dst; - size_t i; - - dst = alloc_string (e, 255); - dst.length = 0; - for (i = 0; i < n; i++) - { - struct fixed_string *src = &a[i]; - size_t copy_len; - - copy_len = src->length; - if (dst.length + copy_len > 255) - copy_len = 255 - dst.length; - memcpy (&dst.string[dst.length], src->string, copy_len); - dst.length += copy_len; - } - - return dst; -} - -function INDEX (string haystack, string needle) -{ - if (needle.length == 0) - return SYSMIS; - else - { - int limit = haystack.length - needle.length + 1; - int i; - for (i = 1; i <= limit; i++) - if (!memcmp (&haystack.string[i - 1], needle.string, needle.length)) - return i; - return 0; - } -} - -function INDEX (string haystack, string needles, needle_len_d) -{ - if (needle_len_d <= INT_MIN || needle_len_d >= INT_MAX - || (int) needle_len_d != needle_len_d - || needles.length == 0) - return SYSMIS; - else - { - int needle_len = needle_len_d; - if (needle_len < 0 || needle_len > needles.length - || needles.length % needle_len != 0) - return SYSMIS; - else - { - int limit = haystack.length - needle_len + 1; - int i, j; - for (i = 1; i <= limit; i++) - for (j = 0; j < needles.length; j += needle_len) - if (!memcmp (&haystack.string[i - 1], &needles.string[j], - needle_len)) - return i; - return 0; - } - } -} - - -function RINDEX (string haystack, string needle) -{ - if (needle.length == 0) - return SYSMIS; - else - { - int limit = haystack.length - needle.length + 1; - int i; - for (i = limit; i >= 1; i--) - if (!memcmp (&haystack.string[i - 1], needle.string, needle.length)) - return i; - return 0; - } -} - -function RINDEX (string haystack, string needles, needle_len_d) -{ - if (needle_len_d <= INT_MIN || needle_len_d >= INT_MAX - || (int) needle_len_d != needle_len_d - || needles.length == 0) - return SYSMIS; - else - { - int needle_len = needle_len_d; - if (needle_len < 0 || needle_len > needles.length - || needles.length % needle_len != 0) - return SYSMIS; - else - { - int limit = haystack.length - needle_len + 1; - int i, j; - for (i = limit; i >= 1; i--) - for (j = 0; j < needles.length; j += needle_len) - if (!memcmp (&haystack.string[i - 1], - &needles.string[j], needle_len)) - return i; - return 0; - } - } -} - -function LENGTH (string s) -{ - return s.length; -} - -string function LOWER (string s) -{ - int i; - - for (i = 0; i < s.length; i++) - s.string[i] = tolower ((unsigned char) s.string[i]); - return s; -} - -function MBLEN.BYTE (string s, idx) -{ - if (idx < 0 || idx >= s.length || (int) idx != idx) - return SYSMIS; - else - return 1; -} - -string function UPCASE (string s) -{ - int i; - - for (i = 0; i < s.length; i++) - s.string[i] = toupper ((unsigned char) s.string[i]); - return s; -} - -absorb_miss string function LPAD (string s, n) - expression e; -{ - if (n < 0 || n > 255 || (int) n != n) - return empty_string; - else if (s.length >= n) - return s; - else - { - struct fixed_string t = alloc_string (e, n); - memset (t.string, ' ', n - s.length); - memcpy (&t.string[(int) n - s.length], s.string, s.length); - return t; - } -} - -absorb_miss string function LPAD (string s, n, string c) - expression e; -{ - if (n < 0 || n > 255 || (int) n != n || c.length != 1) - return empty_string; - else if (s.length >= n) - return s; - else - { - struct fixed_string t = alloc_string (e, n); - memset (t.string, c.string[0], n - s.length); - memcpy (&t.string[(int) n - s.length], s.string, s.length); - return t; - } -} - -absorb_miss string function RPAD (string s, n) - expression e; -{ - if (n < 0 || n > 255 || (int) n != n) - return empty_string; - else if (s.length >= n) - return s; - else - { - struct fixed_string t = alloc_string (e, n); - memcpy (t.string, s.string, s.length); - memset (&t.string[s.length], ' ', n - s.length); - return t; - } -} - -absorb_miss string function RPAD (string s, n, string c) - expression e; -{ - if (n < 0 || n > 255 || (int) n != n || c.length != 1) - return empty_string; - else if (s.length >= n) - return s; - else - { - struct fixed_string t = alloc_string (e, n); - memcpy (t.string, s.string, s.length); - memset (&t.string[s.length], c.string[0], n - s.length); - return t; - } -} - -string function LTRIM (string s) -{ - while (s.length > 0 && s.string[0] == ' ') - { - s.length--; - s.string++; - } - return s; -} - -string function LTRIM (string s, string c) -{ - if (c.length == 1) - { - while (s.length > 0 && s.string[0] == c.string[0]) - { - s.length--; - s.string++; - } - return s; - } - else - return empty_string; -} - -string function RTRIM (string s) -{ - while (s.length > 0 && s.string[s.length - 1] == ' ') - s.length--; - return s; -} - -string function RTRIM (string s, string c) -{ - if (c.length == 1) - { - while (s.length > 0 && s.string[s.length - 1] == c.string[0]) - s.length--; - return s; - } - else - return empty_string; -} - -function NUMBER (string s, ni_format f) -{ - struct data_in di; - union value out; - di.s = s.string; - di.v = &out; - di.flags = DI_IMPLIED_DECIMALS; - di.f1 = 1; - di.format = *f; - di.e = s.string + min (s.length, di.format.w); - data_in (&di); - return out.f; -} - -absorb_miss string function STRING (x, no_format f) - expression e; -{ - union value v; - struct fixed_string dst; - - v.f = x; - dst = alloc_string (e, f->w); - assert ((formats[f->type].cat & FCAT_STRING) == 0); - data_out (dst.string, f, &v); - return dst; -} - -absorb_miss string function SUBSTR (string s, ofs) - expression e; -{ - if (ofs >= 1 && ofs <= s.length && (int) ofs == ofs) - return copy_string (e, &s.string[(int) ofs - 1], s.length - ofs + 1); - else - return empty_string; -} - -absorb_miss string function SUBSTR (string s, ofs, cnt) - expression e; -{ - if (ofs >= 1 && ofs <= s.length && (int) ofs == ofs - && cnt >= 1 && cnt <= INT_MAX && (int) cnt == cnt) - { - int cnt_max = s.length - (int) ofs + 1; - return copy_string (e, &s.string[(int) ofs - 1], - cnt <= cnt_max ? cnt : cnt_max); - } - else - return empty_string; -} - -// Artificial. -operator SQUARE (x) = x * x; -boolean operator NUM_TO_BOOLEAN (x) -{ - if (x == 0. || x == 1. || x == SYSMIS) - return x; - else - { - msg (SE, _("A number being treated as a Boolean in an " - "expression was found to have a value other than " - "0 (false), 1 (true), or the system-missing value. " - "The result was forced to 0.")); - return 0.; - } -} - -operator BOOLEAN_TO_NUM (boolean x) = x; - -// Beta distribution. -function PDF.BETA (x >= 0 && x <= 1, a > 0, b > 0) - = gsl_ran_beta_pdf (x, a, b); -function CDF.BETA (x >= 0 && x <= 1, a > 0, b > 0) = gsl_cdf_beta_P (x, a, b); -function IDF.BETA (P >= 0 && P <= 1, a > 0, b > 0) - = gslextras_cdf_beta_Pinv (P, a, b); -no_opt function RV.BETA (a > 0, b > 0) = gsl_ran_beta (get_rng (), a, b); -function NCDF.BETA (x >= 0, a > 0, b > 0, lambda > 0) - = ncdf_beta (x, a, b, lambda); -function NPDF.BETA (x >= 0, a > 0, b > 0, lambda > 0) - = npdf_beta (x, a, b, lambda); - -// Bivariate normal distribution. -function CDF.BVNOR (x0, x1, r >= -1 && r <= 1) = cdf_bvnor (x0, x1, r); -function PDF.BVNOR (x0, x1, r >= -1 && r <= 1) - = gsl_ran_bivariate_gaussian_pdf (x0, x1, 1, 1, r); - -// Cauchy distribution. -function CDF.CAUCHY (x, a, b > 0) = gsl_cdf_cauchy_P ((x - a) / b, 1); -function IDF.CAUCHY (P > 0 && P < 1, a, b > 0) - = a + b * gsl_cdf_cauchy_Pinv (P, 1); -function PDF.CAUCHY (x, a, b > 0) = gsl_ran_cauchy_pdf ((x - a) / b, 1) / b; -no_opt function RV.CAUCHY (a, b > 0) = a + b * gsl_ran_cauchy (get_rng (), 1); - -// Chi-square distribution. -function CDF.CHISQ (x >= 0, df > 0) = gsl_cdf_chisq_P (x, df); -function IDF.CHISQ (P >= 0 && P < 1, df > 0) = gsl_cdf_chisq_Pinv (P, df); -function PDF.CHISQ (x >= 0, df > 0) = gsl_ran_chisq_pdf (x, df); -no_opt function RV.CHISQ (df > 0) = gsl_ran_chisq (get_rng (), df); -function NCDF.CHISQ (x >= 0, df > 0, c) = unimplemented; -function NPDF.CHISQ (x >= 0, df > 0, c) = unimplemented; -function SIG.CHISQ (x >= 0, df > 0) = gsl_cdf_chisq_Q (x, df); - -// Exponential distribution. -function CDF.EXP (x >= 0, a > 0) = gsl_cdf_exponential_P (x, 1. / a); -function IDF.EXP (P >= 0 && P < 1, a > 0) - = gsl_cdf_exponential_Pinv (P, 1. / a); -function PDF.EXP (x >= 0, a > 0) = gsl_ran_exponential_pdf (x, 1. / a); -no_opt function RV.EXP (a > 0) = gsl_ran_exponential (get_rng (), 1. / a); - -// Exponential power distribution. -extension function PDF.XPOWER (x, a > 0, b >= 0) - = gsl_ran_exppow_pdf (x, a, b); -no_opt extension function RV.XPOWER (a > 0, b >= 0) - = gsl_ran_exppow (get_rng (), a, b); - -// F distribution. -function CDF.F (x >= 0, df1 > 0, df2 > 0) = gsl_cdf_fdist_P (x, df1, df2); -function IDF.F (P >= 0 && P < 1, df1 > 0, df2 > 0) = idf_fdist (P, df1, df2); -function PDF.F (x >= 0, df1 > 0, df2 > 0) = gsl_ran_fdist_pdf (x, df1, df2); -no_opt function RV.F (df1 > 0, df2 > 0) = gsl_ran_fdist (get_rng (), df1, df2); -function NCDF.F (x >= 0, df1 > 0, df2 > 0, lambda >= 0) = unimplemented; -function NPDF.F (x >= 0, df1 > 0, df2 > 0, lmabda >= 0) = unimplemented; -function SIG.F (x >= 0, df1 > 0, df2 > 0) = gsl_cdf_fdist_Q (x, df1, df2); - -// Gamma distribution. -function CDF.GAMMA (x >= 0, a > 0, b > 0) = gsl_cdf_gamma_P (x, a, 1. / b); -function IDF.GAMMA (P >= 0 && P <= 1, a > 0, b > 0) - = gsl_cdf_gamma_Pinv (P, a, 1. / b); -function PDF.GAMMA (x >= 0, a > 0, b > 0) = gsl_ran_gamma_pdf (x, a, 1. / b); -no_opt function RV.GAMMA (a > 0, b > 0) - = gsl_ran_gamma (get_rng (), a, 1. / b); - -// Half-normal distribution. -function CDF.HALFNRM (x, a, b > 0) = unimplemented; -function IDF.HALFNRM (P > 0 && P < 1, a, b > 0) = unimplemented; -function PDF.HALFNRM (x, a, b > 0) = unimplemented; -no_opt function RV.HALFNRM (a, b > 0) = unimplemented; - -// Inverse Gaussian distribution. -function CDF.IGAUSS (x > 0, a > 0, b > 0) = unimplemented; -function IDF.IGAUSS (P >= 0 && P < 1, a > 0, b > 0) = unimplemented; -function PDF.IGAUSS (x > 0, a > 0, b > 0) = unimplemented; -no_opt function RV.IGAUSS (a > 0, b > 0) = unimplemented; - -// Landau distribution. -extension function PDF.LANDAU (x) = gsl_ran_landau_pdf (x); -no_opt extension function RV.LANDAU () = gsl_ran_landau (get_rng ()); - -// Laplace distribution. -function CDF.LAPLACE (x, a, b > 0) = gsl_cdf_laplace_P ((x - a) / b, 1); -function IDF.LAPLACE (P > 0 && P < 1, a, b > 0) - = a + b * gsl_cdf_laplace_Pinv (P, 1); -function PDF.LAPLACE (x, a, b > 0) = gsl_ran_laplace_pdf ((x - a) / b, 1) / b; -no_opt function RV.LAPLACE (a, b > 0) - = a + b * gsl_ran_laplace (get_rng (), 1); - -// Levy alpha-stable distribution. -no_opt extension function RV.LEVY (c, alpha > 0 && alpha <= 2) - = gsl_ran_levy (get_rng (), c, alpha); - -// Levy skew alpha-stable distribution. -no_opt extension function RV.LVSKEW (c, alpha > 0 && alpha <= 2, - beta >= -1 && beta <= 1) - = gsl_ran_levy_skew (get_rng (), c, alpha, beta); - -// Logistic distribution. -function CDF.LOGISTIC (x, a, b > 0) = gsl_cdf_logistic_P ((x - a) / b, 1); -function IDF.LOGISTIC (P > 0 && P < 1, a, b > 0) - = a + b * gsl_cdf_logistic_Pinv (P, 1); -function PDF.LOGISTIC (x, a, b > 0) - = gsl_ran_logistic_pdf ((x - a) / b, 1) / b; -no_opt function RV.LOGISTIC (a, b > 0) - = a + b * gsl_ran_logistic (get_rng (), 1); - -// Lognormal distribution. -function CDF.LNORMAL (x >= 0, m > 0, s > 0) - = gsl_cdf_lognormal_P (x, log (m), s); -function IDF.LNORMAL (P >= 0 && P < 1, m > 0, s > 0) - = gsl_cdf_lognormal_Pinv (P, log (m), s); -function PDF.LNORMAL (x >= 0, m > 0, s > 0) - = gsl_ran_lognormal_pdf (x, log (m), s); -no_opt function RV.LNORMAL (m > 0, s > 0) - = gsl_ran_lognormal (get_rng (), log (m), s); - -// Normal distribution. -function CDF.NORMAL (x, u, s > 0) = gsl_cdf_gaussian_P (x - u, s); -function IDF.NORMAL (P > 0 && P < 1, u, s > 0) - = u + gsl_cdf_gaussian_Pinv (P, s); -function PDF.NORMAL (x, u, s > 0) = gsl_ran_gaussian_pdf ((x - u) / s, 1) / s; -no_opt function RV.NORMAL (u, s > 0) = u + gsl_ran_gaussian (get_rng (), s); -function CDFNORM (x) = gsl_cdf_ugaussian_P (x); -function PROBIT (P > 0 && P < 1) = gsl_cdf_ugaussian_Pinv (P); -no_opt function NORMAL (s > 0) = gsl_ran_gaussian (get_rng (), s); - -// Normal tail distribution. -function PDF.NTAIL (x, a > 0, sigma > 0) - = gsl_ran_gaussian_tail_pdf (x, a, sigma); -no_opt function RV.NTAIL (a > 0, sigma > 0) - = gsl_ran_gaussian_tail (get_rng (), a, sigma); - -// Pareto distribution. -function CDF.PARETO (x >= a, a > 0, b > 0) = gsl_cdf_pareto_P (x, b, a); -function IDF.PARETO (P >= 0 && P < 1, a > 0, b > 0) - = gsl_cdf_pareto_Pinv (P, b, a); -function PDF.PARETO (x >= a, a > 0, b > 0) = gsl_ran_pareto_pdf (x, b, a); -no_opt function RV.PARETO (a > 0, b > 0) = gsl_ran_pareto (get_rng (), b, a); - -// Rayleigh distribution. -extension function CDF.RAYLEIGH (x, sigma > 0) = gsl_cdf_rayleigh_P (x, sigma); -extension function IDF.RAYLEIGH (P >= 0 && P <= 1, sigma > 0) - = gsl_cdf_rayleigh_Pinv (P, sigma); -extension function PDF.RAYLEIGH (x, sigma > 0) - = gsl_ran_rayleigh_pdf (x, sigma); -no_opt extension function RV.RAYLEIGH (sigma > 0) - = gsl_ran_rayleigh (get_rng (), sigma); - -// Rayleigh tail distribution. -extension function PDF.RTAIL (x, a, sigma) - = gsl_ran_rayleigh_tail_pdf (x, a, sigma); -no_opt extension function RV.RTAIL (a, sigma) - = gsl_ran_rayleigh_tail (get_rng (), a, sigma); - -// Studentized maximum modulus distribution. -function CDF.SMOD (x > 0, a >= 1, b >= 1) = unimplemented; -function IDF.SMOD (P >= 0 && P < 1, a >= 1, b >= 1) = unimplemented; - -// Studentized range distribution. -function CDF.SRANGE (x > 0, a >= 1, b >= 1) = unimplemented; -function IDF.SRANGE (P >= 0 && P < 1, a >= 1, b >= 1) = unimplemented; - -// Student t distribution. -function CDF.T (x, df > 0) = gsl_cdf_tdist_P (x, df); -function IDF.T (P > 0 && P < 1, df > 0) = gsl_cdf_tdist_Pinv (P, df); -function PDF.T (x, df > 0) = gsl_ran_tdist_pdf (x, df); -no_opt function RV.T (df > 0) = gsl_ran_tdist (get_rng (), df); -function NCDF.T (x, df > 0, nc) = unimplemented; -function NPDF.T (x, df > 0, nc) = unimplemented; - -// Type-1 Gumbel distribution. -extension function CDF.T1G (x, a, b) = gsl_cdf_gumbel1_P (x, a, b); -extension function IDF.T1G (P >= 0 && P <= 1, a, b) - = gsl_cdf_gumbel1_P (P, a, b); -extension function PDF.T1G (x, a, b) = gsl_ran_gumbel1_pdf (x, a, b); -no_opt extension function RV.T1G (a, b) = gsl_ran_gumbel1 (get_rng (), a, b); - -// Type-2 Gumbel distribution. -extension function CDF.T2G (x, a, b) = gsl_cdf_gumbel2_P (x, a, b); -extension function IDF.T2G (P >= 0 && P <= 1, a, b) - = gsl_cdf_gumbel2_P (P, a, b); -extension function PDF.T2G (x, a, b) = gsl_ran_gumbel2_pdf (x, a, b); -no_opt extension function RV.T2G (a, b) = gsl_ran_gumbel2 (get_rng (), a, b); - -// Uniform distribution. -function CDF.UNIFORM (x <= b, a <= x, b) = gsl_cdf_flat_P (x, a, b); -function IDF.UNIFORM (P >= 0 && P <= 1, a <= b, b) - = gsl_cdf_flat_Pinv (P, a, b); -function PDF.UNIFORM (x <= b, a <= x, b) = gsl_ran_flat_pdf (x, a, b); -no_opt function RV.UNIFORM (a <= b, b) = gsl_ran_flat (get_rng (), a, b); -no_opt function UNIFORM (b >= 0) = gsl_ran_flat (get_rng (), 0, b); - -// Weibull distribution. -function CDF.WEIBULL (x >= 0, a > 0, b > 0) = gsl_cdf_weibull_P (x, a, b); -function IDF.WEIBULL (P >= 0 && P < 1, a > 0, b > 0) - = gsl_cdf_weibull_Pinv (P, a, b); -function PDF.WEIBULL (x >= 0, a > 0, b > 0) = gsl_ran_weibull_pdf (x, a, b); -no_opt function RV.WEIBULL (a > 0, b > 0) = gsl_ran_weibull (get_rng (), a, b); - -// Bernoulli distribution. -function CDF.BERNOULLI (k == 0 || k == 1, p >= 0 && p <= 1) - = k ? 1 : 1 - p; -function PDF.BERNOULLI (k == 0 || k == 1, p >= 0 && p <= 1) - = gsl_ran_bernoulli_pdf (k, p); -no_opt function RV.BERNOULLI (p >= 0 && p <= 1) - = gsl_ran_bernoulli (get_rng (), p); - -// Binomial distribution. -function CDF.BINOM (k, n > 0 && n == floor (n), p >= 0 && p <= 1) - = gslextras_cdf_binomial_P (k, p, n); -function PDF.BINOM (k >= 0 && k == floor (k) && k <= n, - n > 0 && n == floor (n), - p >= 0 && p <= 1) - = gsl_ran_binomial_pdf (k, p, n); -no_opt function RV.BINOM (p > 0 && p == floor (p), n >= 0 && n <= 1) - = gsl_ran_binomial (get_rng (), p, n); - -// Geometric distribution. -function CDF.GEOM (k >= 1 && k == floor (k), p >= 0 && p <= 1) - = gslextras_cdf_geometric_P (k, p); -function PDF.GEOM (k >= 1 && k == floor (k), - p >= 0 && p <= 1) - = gsl_ran_geometric_pdf (k, p); -no_opt function RV.GEOM (p >= 0 && p <= 1) = gsl_ran_geometric (get_rng (), p); - -// Hypergeometric distribution. -function CDF.HYPER (k >= 0 && k == floor (k) && k <= c, - a > 0 && a == floor (a), - b > 0 && b == floor (b) && b <= a, - c > 0 && c == floor (c) && c <= a) - = gslextras_cdf_hypergeometric_P (k, c, a - c, b); -function PDF.HYPER (k >= 0 && k == floor (k) && k <= c, - a > 0 && a == floor (a), - b > 0 && b == floor (b) && b <= a, - c > 0 && c == floor (c) && c <= a) - = gsl_ran_hypergeometric_pdf (k, c, a - c, b); -no_opt function RV.HYPER (a > 0 && a == floor (a), - b > 0 && b == floor (b) && b <= a, - c > 0 && c == floor (c) && c <= a) - = gsl_ran_hypergeometric (get_rng (), c, a - c, b); - -// Logarithmic distribution. -extension function PDF.LOG (k >= 1, p > 0 && p <= 1) - = gsl_ran_logarithmic_pdf (k, p); -no_opt extension function RV.LOG (p > 0 && p <= 1) - = gsl_ran_logarithmic (get_rng (), p); - -// Negative binomial distribution. -function CDF.NEGBIN (k >= 1, n == floor (n), p > 0 && p <= 1) - = gslextras_cdf_negative_binomial_P (k, p, n); -function PDF.NEGBIN (k >= 1, n == floor (n), p > 0 && p <= 1) - = gsl_ran_negative_binomial_pdf (k, p, n); -no_opt function RV.NEGBIN (n == floor (n), p > 0 && p <= 1) - = gsl_ran_negative_binomial (get_rng (), p, n); - -// Poisson distribution. -function CDF.POISSON (k >= 0 && k == floor (k), mu > 0) - = gslextras_cdf_poisson_P (k, mu); -function PDF.POISSON (k >= 0 && k == floor (k), mu > 0) - = gsl_ran_poisson_pdf (k, mu); -no_opt function RV.POISSON (mu > 0) = gsl_ran_poisson (get_rng (), mu); - -// Weirdness. -absorb_miss boolean function MISSING (x) = x == SYSMIS || !finite (x); -absorb_miss boolean function SYSMIS (x) = x == SYSMIS || !finite (x); -no_opt boolean function SYSMIS (num_var v) - case c; -{ - return case_num (c, v->fv) == SYSMIS; -} -no_opt boolean function VALUE (num_var v) - case c; -{ - return case_num (c, v->fv); -} - -no_opt operator VEC_ELEM_NUM (idx) - vector v; - case c; -{ - if (idx >= 1 && idx <= v->cnt) - { - const struct variable *var = v->var[(int) idx - 1]; - double value = case_num (c, var->fv); - return !mv_is_num_user_missing (&var->miss, value) ? value : SYSMIS; - } - else - { - if (idx == SYSMIS) - msg (SE, _("SYSMIS is not a valid index value for vector " - "%s. The result will be set to SYSMIS."), - v->name); - else - msg (SE, _("%g is not a valid index value for vector %s. " - "The result will be set to SYSMIS."), - idx, v->name); - return SYSMIS; - } -} - -absorb_miss no_opt string operator VEC_ELEM_STR (idx) - expression e; - vector v; - case c; -{ - if (idx >= 1 && idx <= v->cnt) - { - struct variable *var = v->var[(int) idx - 1]; - return copy_string (e, case_str (c, var->fv), var->width); - } - else - { - if (idx == SYSMIS) - msg (SE, _("SYSMIS is not a valid index value for vector " - "%s. The result will be set to the empty string."), - v->name); - else - msg (SE, _("%g is not a valid index value for vector %s. " - "The result will be set to the empty string."), - idx, v->name); - return empty_string; - } -} - -// Terminals. - -no_opt operator NUM_VAR () - case c; - num_var v; -{ - double d = case_num (c, v->fv); - return !mv_is_num_user_missing (&v->miss, d) ? d : SYSMIS; -} - -no_opt string operator STR_VAR () - case c; - expression e; - str_var v; -{ - struct fixed_string s = alloc_string (e, v->width); - memcpy (s.string, case_str (c, v->fv), v->width); - return s; -} - -no_opt function LAG (num_var v, pos_int n_before) -{ - struct ccase *c = lagged_case (n_before); - if (c != NULL) - { - double x = case_num (c, v->fv); - return !mv_is_num_user_missing (&v->miss, x) ? x : SYSMIS; - } - else - return SYSMIS; -} - -no_opt function LAG (num_var v) -{ - struct ccase *c = lagged_case (1); - if (c != NULL) - { - double x = case_num (c, v->fv); - return !mv_is_num_user_missing (&v->miss, x) ? x : SYSMIS; - } - else - return SYSMIS; -} - -no_opt string function LAG (str_var v, pos_int n_before) - expression e; -{ - struct ccase *c = lagged_case (n_before); - if (c != NULL) - return copy_string (e, case_str (c, v->fv), v->width); - else - return empty_string; -} - -no_opt string function LAG (str_var v) - expression e; -{ - struct ccase *c = lagged_case (1); - if (c != NULL) - return copy_string (e, case_str (c, v->fv), v->width); - else - return empty_string; -} - -no_opt operator NUM_SYS () - case c; - num_var v; -{ - return case_num (c, v->fv) == SYSMIS; -} - -no_opt operator NUM_VAL () - case c; - num_var v; -{ - return case_num (c, v->fv); -} - -no_opt operator CASENUM () - case_idx idx; -{ - return idx; -} diff --git a/src/expressions/operations.h.pl b/src/expressions/operations.h.pl deleted file mode 100644 index d43a5021..00000000 --- a/src/expressions/operations.h.pl +++ /dev/null @@ -1,54 +0,0 @@ -do 'generate.pl'; - -sub generate_output { - print "#include \n"; - print "#include \n\n"; - - print "typedef enum"; - print " {\n"; - my (@atoms); - foreach my $type (@types) { - next if $type->{ROLE} eq 'fixed'; - push (@atoms, "OP_$type->{NAME}"); - } - print_operations ('atom', 1, \@atoms); - print_operations ('function', "OP_atom_last + 1", \@funcs); - print_operations ('operator', "OP_function_last + 1", \@opers); - print_range ("OP_composite", "OP_function_first", "OP_operator_last"); - print ",\n\n"; - print_range ("OP", "OP_atom_first", "OP_composite_last"); - print "\n }\n"; - print "operation_type, atom_type;\n"; - - print_predicate ('is_operation', 'OP'); - print_predicate ("is_$_", "OP_$_") - foreach qw (atom composite function operator); -} - -sub print_operations { - my ($type, $first, $names) = @_; - print " /* \u$type types. */\n"; - print " $names->[0] = $first,\n"; - print " $_,\n" foreach @$names[1...$#{$names}]; - print_range ("OP_$type", $names->[0], $names->[$#{$names}]); - print ",\n\n"; -} - -sub print_range { - my ($prefix, $first, $last) = @_; - print " ${prefix}_first = $first,\n"; - print " ${prefix}_last = $last,\n"; - print " ${prefix}_cnt = ${prefix}_last - ${prefix}_first + 1"; -} - -sub print_predicate { - my ($function, $category) = @_; - my ($assertion) = ""; - - print "\nstatic inline bool\n"; - print "$function (operation_type op)\n"; - print "{\n"; - print " assert (is_operation (op));\n" if $function ne 'is_operation'; - print " return op >= ${category}_first && op <= ${category}_last;\n"; - print "}\n"; -} diff --git a/src/expressions/optimize.c b/src/expressions/optimize.c deleted file mode 100644 index c6e91948..00000000 --- a/src/expressions/optimize.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,382 +0,0 @@ -/* PSPP - computes sample statistics. - Copyright (C) 1997-9, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - Written by Ben Pfaff . - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as - published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the - License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but - WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA - 02110-1301, USA. */ - -#include -#include "private.h" -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include "alloc.h" -#include "calendar.h" -#include "data-in.h" -#include "error.h" -#include "evaluate.h" -#include "helpers.h" -#include "misc.h" -#include "pool.h" -#include "public.h" -#include "str.h" -#include "var.h" - -static union any_node *evaluate_tree (struct composite_node *, - struct expression *); -static union any_node *optimize_tree (union any_node *, struct expression *); - -union any_node * -expr_optimize (union any_node *node, struct expression *e) -{ - int nonconst_cnt = 0; /* Number of nonconstant children. */ - int sysmis_cnt = 0; /* Number of system-missing children. */ - struct operation *op; - struct composite_node *c; - int i; - - /* We can't optimize an atom. */ - if (is_atom (node->type)) - return node; - - /* Start by optimizing all the children. */ - c = &node->composite; - for (i = 0; i < c->arg_cnt; i++) - { - c->args[i] = expr_optimize (c->args[i], e); - if (c->args[i]->type == OP_number) - { - if (c->args[i]->number.n == SYSMIS) - sysmis_cnt++; - } - - if (!is_atom (c->args[i]->type)) - nonconst_cnt++; - } - - op = &operations[c->type]; - if (sysmis_cnt && (op->flags & OPF_ABSORB_MISS) == 0) - { - /* Most operations produce SYSMIS given any SYSMIS - argument. */ - assert (op->returns == OP_number || op->returns == OP_boolean); - if (op->returns == OP_number) - return expr_allocate_number (e, SYSMIS); - else - return expr_allocate_boolean (e, SYSMIS); - } - else if (!nonconst_cnt && (op->flags & OPF_NONOPTIMIZABLE) == 0) - { - /* Evaluate constant expressions. */ - return evaluate_tree (&node->composite, e); - } - else - { - /* A few optimization possibilities are still left. */ - return optimize_tree (node, e); - } -} - -static int -eq_double (union any_node *node, double n) -{ - return node->type == OP_number && node->number.n == n; -} - -static union any_node * -optimize_tree (union any_node *node, struct expression *e) -{ - struct composite_node *n = &node->composite; - assert (is_composite (node->type)); - - /* If you add to these optimizations, please also add a - correctness test in tests/expressions/expressions.sh. */ - - /* x+0, x-0, 0+x => x. */ - if ((n->type == OP_ADD || n->type == OP_SUB) && eq_double (n->args[1], 0.)) - return n->args[0]; - else if (n->type == OP_ADD && eq_double (n->args[0], 0.)) - return n->args[1]; - - /* x*1, x/1, 1*x => x. */ - else if ((n->type == OP_MUL || n->type == OP_DIV) - && eq_double (n->args[1], 1.)) - return n->args[0]; - else if (n->type == OP_MUL && eq_double (n->args[0], 1.)) - return n->args[1]; - - /* 0*x, 0/x, x*0, MOD(0,x) => 0. */ - else if (((n->type == OP_MUL || n->type == OP_DIV || n->type == OP_MOD_nn) - && eq_double (n->args[0], 0.)) - || (n->type == OP_MUL && eq_double (n->args[1], 0.))) - return expr_allocate_number (e, 0.); - - /* x**1 => x. */ - else if (n->type == OP_POW && eq_double (n->args[1], 1)) - return n->args[0]; - - /* x**2 => SQUARE(x). */ - else if (n->type == OP_POW && eq_double (n->args[1], 2)) - return expr_allocate_unary (e, OP_SQUARE, n->args[0]); - - /* Otherwise, nothing to do. */ - else - return node; -} - -static double get_number_arg (struct composite_node *, size_t arg_idx); -static double *get_number_args (struct composite_node *, - size_t arg_idx, size_t arg_cnt, - struct expression *); -static struct fixed_string get_string_arg (struct composite_node *, - size_t arg_idx); -static struct fixed_string *get_string_args (struct composite_node *, - size_t arg_idx, size_t arg_cnt, - struct expression *); -static const struct fmt_spec *get_format_arg (struct composite_node *, - size_t arg_idx); - -static union any_node * -evaluate_tree (struct composite_node *node, struct expression *e) -{ - switch (node->type) - { -#include "optimize.inc" - - default: - assert (0); - } - - /* Not reached. */ - assert (0); - abort (); -} - -static double -get_number_arg (struct composite_node *c, size_t arg_idx) -{ - assert (arg_idx < c->arg_cnt); - assert (c->args[arg_idx]->type == OP_number - || c->args[arg_idx]->type == OP_boolean); - return c->args[arg_idx]->number.n; -} - -static double * -get_number_args (struct composite_node *c, size_t arg_idx, size_t arg_cnt, - struct expression *e) -{ - double *d; - size_t i; - - d = pool_alloc (e->expr_pool, sizeof *d * arg_cnt); - for (i = 0; i < arg_cnt; i++) - d[i] = get_number_arg (c, i + arg_idx); - return d; -} - -static struct fixed_string -get_string_arg (struct composite_node *c, size_t arg_idx) -{ - assert (arg_idx < c->arg_cnt); - assert (c->args[arg_idx]->type == OP_string); - return c->args[arg_idx]->string.s; -} - -static struct fixed_string * -get_string_args (struct composite_node *c, size_t arg_idx, size_t arg_cnt, - struct expression *e) -{ - struct fixed_string *s; - size_t i; - - s = pool_alloc (e->expr_pool, sizeof *s * arg_cnt); - for (i = 0; i < arg_cnt; i++) - s[i] = get_string_arg (c, i + arg_idx); - return s; -} - -static const struct fmt_spec * -get_format_arg (struct composite_node *c, size_t arg_idx) -{ - assert (arg_idx < c->arg_cnt); - assert (c->args[arg_idx]->type == OP_ni_format - || c->args[arg_idx]->type == OP_no_format); - return &c->args[arg_idx]->format.f; -} - -/* Expression flattening. */ - -static union operation_data *allocate_aux (struct expression *, - operation_type); -static void flatten_node (union any_node *, struct expression *); - -static void -emit_operation (struct expression *e, operation_type type) -{ - allocate_aux (e, OP_operation)->operation = type; -} - -static void -emit_number (struct expression *e, double n) -{ - allocate_aux (e, OP_number)->number = n; -} - -static void -emit_string (struct expression *e, struct fixed_string s) -{ - allocate_aux (e, OP_string)->string = s; -} - -static void -emit_format (struct expression *e, const struct fmt_spec *f) -{ - allocate_aux (e, OP_format)->format = pool_clone (e->expr_pool, - f, sizeof *f); -} - -static void -emit_variable (struct expression *e, struct variable *v) -{ - allocate_aux (e, OP_variable)->variable = v; -} - -static void -emit_vector (struct expression *e, const struct vector *v) -{ - allocate_aux (e, OP_vector)->vector = v; -} - -static void -emit_integer (struct expression *e, int i) -{ - allocate_aux (e, OP_integer)->integer = i; -} - -void -expr_flatten (union any_node *n, struct expression *e) -{ - flatten_node (n, e); - e->type = expr_node_returns (n); - emit_operation (e, (e->type == OP_string - ? OP_return_string : OP_return_number)); -} - -static void -flatten_atom (union any_node *n, struct expression *e) -{ - switch (n->type) - { - case OP_number: - case OP_boolean: - emit_operation (e, OP_number); - emit_number (e, n->number.n); - break; - - case OP_string: - emit_operation (e, OP_string); - emit_string (e, n->string.s); - break; - - case OP_num_var: - case OP_str_var: - case OP_vector: - case OP_no_format: - case OP_ni_format: - case OP_pos_int: - /* These are passed as aux data following the - operation. */ - break; - - default: - abort (); - } -} - -static void -flatten_composite (union any_node *n, struct expression *e) -{ - struct operation *op = &operations[n->type]; - size_t i; - - for (i = 0; i < n->composite.arg_cnt; i++) - flatten_node (n->composite.args[i], e); - - if (n->type != OP_BOOLEAN_TO_NUM) - emit_operation (e, n->type); - - for (i = 0; i < n->composite.arg_cnt; i++) - { - union any_node *arg = n->composite.args[i]; - switch (arg->type) - { - case OP_num_var: - case OP_str_var: - emit_variable (e, arg->variable.v); - break; - - case OP_vector: - emit_vector (e, arg->vector.v); - break; - - case OP_ni_format: - case OP_no_format: - emit_format (e, &arg->format.f); - break; - - case OP_pos_int: - emit_integer (e, arg->integer.i); - break; - - default: - /* Nothing to do. */ - break; - } - } - - if (op->flags & OPF_ARRAY_OPERAND) - emit_integer (e, n->composite.arg_cnt - op->arg_cnt + 1); - if (op->flags & OPF_MIN_VALID) - emit_integer (e, n->composite.min_valid); -} - -void -flatten_node (union any_node *n, struct expression *e) -{ - assert (is_operation (n->type)); - - if (is_atom (n->type)) - flatten_atom (n, e); - else if (is_composite (n->type)) - flatten_composite (n, e); - else - abort (); -} - -static union operation_data * -allocate_aux (struct expression *e, operation_type type) -{ - if (e->op_cnt >= e->op_cap) - { - e->op_cap = (e->op_cap + 8) * 3 / 2; - e->ops = pool_realloc (e->expr_pool, e->ops, sizeof *e->ops * e->op_cap); - e->op_types = pool_realloc (e->expr_pool, e->op_types, - sizeof *e->op_types * e->op_cap); - } - - e->op_types[e->op_cnt] = type; - return &e->ops[e->op_cnt++]; -} diff --git a/src/expressions/optimize.inc.pl b/src/expressions/optimize.inc.pl deleted file mode 100644 index 798c5001..00000000 --- a/src/expressions/optimize.inc.pl +++ /dev/null @@ -1,81 +0,0 @@ -do 'generate.pl'; - -sub generate_output { - for my $opname (@order) { - my ($op) = $ops{$opname}; - - if (!$op->{OPTIMIZABLE} || $op->{UNIMPLEMENTED}) { - print "case $opname:\n"; - print " abort ();\n\n"; - next; - } - - my (@decls); - my ($arg_idx) = 0; - for my $arg (@{$op->{ARGS}}) { - my ($decl); - my ($name) = $arg->{NAME}; - my ($type) = $arg->{TYPE}; - my ($ctype) = c_type ($type); - my ($idx) = $arg->{IDX}; - if (!defined ($idx)) { - my ($func) = "get_$type->{ATOM}_arg"; - push (@decls, "${ctype}arg_$name = $func (node, $arg_idx)"); - } else { - my ($decl) = "size_t arg_$idx = node->arg_cnt"; - $decl .= " - $arg_idx" if $arg_idx; - push (@decls, $decl); - - push (@decls, "${ctype}*arg_$name = " - . "get_$type->{ATOM}_args " - . " (node, $arg_idx, arg_$idx, e)"); - } - $arg_idx++; - } - - my ($sysmis_cond) = make_sysmis_decl ($op, "node->min_valid"); - push (@decls, $sysmis_cond) if defined $sysmis_cond; - - my (@args); - for my $arg (@{$op->{ARGS}}) { - push (@args, "arg_$arg->{NAME}"); - if (defined $arg->{IDX}) { - my ($idx) = "arg_$arg->{IDX}"; - $idx .= " / $arg->{TIMES}" if $arg->{TIMES} != 1; - push (@args, $idx); - } - } - for my $aux (@{$op->{AUX}}) { - my ($type) = $aux->{TYPE}; - if ($type->{ROLE} eq 'leaf') { - my ($func) = "get_$type->{ATOM}_arg"; - push (@args, "$func (node, $arg_idx)"); - $arg_idx++; - } elsif ($type->{ROLE} eq 'fixed') { - push (@args, $type->{FIXED_VALUE}); - } else { - die; - } - } - - my ($result) = "eval_$op->{OPNAME} (" . join (', ', @args) . ")"; - if (@decls && defined ($sysmis_cond)) { - my ($miss_ret) = $op->{RETURNS}{MISSING_VALUE}; - push (@decls, c_type ($op->{RETURNS}) . "result = " - . "force_sysmis ? $miss_ret : $result"); - $result = "result"; - } - - print "case $opname:\n"; - my ($alloc_func) = "expr_allocate_$op->{RETURNS}{NAME}"; - if (@decls) { - print " {\n"; - print " $_;\n" foreach @decls; - print " return $alloc_func (e, $result);\n"; - print " }\n"; - } else { - print " return $alloc_func (e, $result);\n"; - } - print "\n"; - } -} diff --git a/src/expressions/parse.c b/src/expressions/parse.c deleted file mode 100644 index fcfd8ef3..00000000 --- a/src/expressions/parse.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1461 +0,0 @@ -/* PSPP - computes sample statistics. - Copyright (C) 1997-9, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - Written by Ben Pfaff . - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as - published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the - License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but - WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA - 02110-1301, USA. */ - -#include -#include "private.h" -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include "algorithm.h" -#include "alloc.h" -#include "case.h" -#include "dictionary.h" -#include "error.h" -#include "helpers.h" -#include "lexer.h" -#include "misc.h" -#include "pool.h" -#include "settings.h" -#include "str.h" -#include "var.h" -#include "vfm.h" - -/* Declarations. */ - -/* Recursive descent parser in order of increasing precedence. */ -typedef union any_node *parse_recursively_func (struct expression *); -static parse_recursively_func parse_or, parse_and, parse_not; -static parse_recursively_func parse_rel, parse_add, parse_mul; -static parse_recursively_func parse_neg, parse_exp; -static parse_recursively_func parse_primary; -static parse_recursively_func parse_vector_element, parse_function; - -/* Utility functions. */ -static struct expression *expr_create (struct dictionary *); -atom_type expr_node_returns (const union any_node *); - -static const char *atom_type_name (atom_type); -static struct expression *finish_expression (union any_node *, - struct expression *); -static bool type_check (struct expression *, union any_node **, - enum expr_type expected_type); -static union any_node *allocate_unary_variable (struct expression *, - struct variable *); - -/* Public functions. */ - -/* Parses an expression of the given TYPE. - If DICT is nonnull then variables and vectors within it may be - referenced within the expression; otherwise, the expression - must not reference any variables or vectors. - Returns the new expression if successful or a null pointer - otherwise. */ -struct expression * -expr_parse (struct dictionary *dict, enum expr_type type) -{ - union any_node *n; - struct expression *e; - - assert (type == EXPR_NUMBER || type == EXPR_STRING || type == EXPR_BOOLEAN); - - e = expr_create (dict); - n = parse_or (e); - if (n != NULL && type_check (e, &n, type)) - return finish_expression (expr_optimize (n, e), e); - else - { - expr_free (e); - return NULL; - } -} - -/* Parses and returns an expression of the given TYPE, as - expr_parse(), and sets up so that destroying POOL will free - the expression as well. */ -struct expression * -expr_parse_pool (struct pool *pool, - struct dictionary *dict, enum expr_type type) -{ - struct expression *e = expr_parse (dict, type); - if (e != NULL) - pool_add_subpool (pool, e->expr_pool); - return e; -} - -/* Free expression E. */ -void -expr_free (struct expression *e) -{ - if (e != NULL) - pool_destroy (e->expr_pool); -} - -struct expression * -expr_parse_any (struct dictionary *dict, bool optimize) -{ - union any_node *n; - struct expression *e; - - e = expr_create (dict); - n = parse_or (e); - if (n == NULL) - { - expr_free (e); - return NULL; - } - - if (optimize) - n = expr_optimize (n, e); - return finish_expression (n, e); -} - -/* Finishing up expression building. */ - -/* Height of an expression's stacks. */ -struct stack_heights - { - int number_height; /* Height of number stack. */ - int string_height; /* Height of string stack. */ - }; - -/* Stack heights used by different kinds of arguments. */ -static const struct stack_heights on_number_stack = {1, 0}; -static const struct stack_heights on_string_stack = {0, 1}; -static const struct stack_heights not_on_stack = {0, 0}; - -/* Returns the stack heights used by an atom of the given - TYPE. */ -static const struct stack_heights * -atom_type_stack (atom_type type) -{ - assert (is_atom (type)); - - switch (type) - { - case OP_number: - case OP_boolean: - return &on_number_stack; - - case OP_string: - return &on_string_stack; - - case OP_format: - case OP_ni_format: - case OP_no_format: - case OP_num_var: - case OP_str_var: - case OP_integer: - case OP_pos_int: - case OP_vector: - return ¬_on_stack; - - default: - abort (); - } -} - -/* Measures the stack height needed for node N, supposing that - the stack height is initially *HEIGHT and updating *HEIGHT to - the final stack height. Updates *MAX, if necessary, to - reflect the maximum intermediate or final height. */ -static void -measure_stack (const union any_node *n, - struct stack_heights *height, struct stack_heights *max) -{ - const struct stack_heights *return_height; - - if (is_composite (n->type)) - { - struct stack_heights args; - int i; - - args = *height; - for (i = 0; i < n->composite.arg_cnt; i++) - measure_stack (n->composite.args[i], &args, max); - - return_height = atom_type_stack (operations[n->type].returns); - } - else - return_height = atom_type_stack (n->type); - - height->number_height += return_height->number_height; - height->string_height += return_height->string_height; - - if (height->number_height > max->number_height) - max->number_height = height->number_height; - if (height->string_height > max->string_height) - max->string_height = height->string_height; -} - -/* Allocates stacks within E sufficient for evaluating node N. */ -static void -allocate_stacks (union any_node *n, struct expression *e) -{ - struct stack_heights initial = {0, 0}; - struct stack_heights max = {0, 0}; - - measure_stack (n, &initial, &max); - e->number_stack = pool_alloc (e->expr_pool, - sizeof *e->number_stack * max.number_height); - e->string_stack = pool_alloc (e->expr_pool, - sizeof *e->string_stack * max.string_height); -} - -/* Finalizes expression E for evaluating node N. */ -static struct expression * -finish_expression (union any_node *n, struct expression *e) -{ - /* Allocate stacks. */ - allocate_stacks (n, e); - - /* Output postfix representation. */ - expr_flatten (n, e); - - /* The eval_pool might have been used for allocating strings - during optimization. We need to keep those strings around - for all subsequent evaluations, so start a new eval_pool. */ - e->eval_pool = pool_create_subpool (e->expr_pool); - - return e; -} - -/* Verifies that expression E, whose root node is *N, can be - converted to type EXPECTED_TYPE, inserting a conversion at *N - if necessary. Returns true if successful, false on failure. */ -static bool -type_check (struct expression *e, - union any_node **n, enum expr_type expected_type) -{ - atom_type actual_type = expr_node_returns (*n); - - switch (expected_type) - { - case EXPR_BOOLEAN: - case EXPR_NUMBER: - if (actual_type != OP_number && actual_type != OP_boolean) - { - msg (SE, _("Type mismatch: expression has %s type, " - "but a numeric value is required here."), - atom_type_name (actual_type)); - return false; - } - if (actual_type == OP_number && expected_type == OP_boolean) - *n = expr_allocate_unary (e, OP_NUM_TO_BOOLEAN, *n); - break; - - case EXPR_STRING: - if (actual_type != OP_string) - { - msg (SE, _("Type mismatch: expression has %s type, " - "but a string value is required here."), - atom_type_name (actual_type)); - return false; - } - break; - - default: - abort (); - } - - return true; -} - -/* Recursive-descent expression parser. */ - -/* Considers whether *NODE may be coerced to type REQUIRED_TYPE. - Returns true if possible, false if disallowed. - - If DO_COERCION is false, then *NODE is not modified and there - are no side effects. - - If DO_COERCION is true, we perform the coercion if possible, - modifying *NODE if necessary. If the coercion is not possible - then we free *NODE and set *NODE to a null pointer. - - This function's interface is somewhat awkward. Use one of the - wrapper functions type_coercion(), type_coercion_assert(), or - is_coercible() instead. */ -static bool -type_coercion_core (struct expression *e, - atom_type required_type, - union any_node **node, - const char *operator_name, - bool do_coercion) -{ - atom_type actual_type; - - assert (!!do_coercion == (e != NULL)); - if (*node == NULL) - { - /* Propagate error. Whatever caused the original error - already emitted an error message. */ - return false; - } - - actual_type = expr_node_returns (*node); - if (actual_type == required_type) - { - /* Type match. */ - return true; - } - - switch (required_type) - { - case OP_number: - if (actual_type == OP_boolean) - { - /* To enforce strict typing rules, insert Boolean to - numeric "conversion". This conversion is a no-op, - so it will be removed later. */ - if (do_coercion) - *node = expr_allocate_unary (e, OP_BOOLEAN_TO_NUM, *node); - return true; - } - break; - - case OP_string: - /* No coercion to string. */ - break; - - case OP_boolean: - if (actual_type == OP_number) - { - /* Convert numeric to boolean. */ - if (do_coercion) - *node = expr_allocate_unary (e, OP_NUM_TO_BOOLEAN, *node); - return true; - } - break; - - case OP_format: - abort (); - - case OP_ni_format: - if ((*node)->type == OP_format - && check_input_specifier (&(*node)->format.f, false) - && check_specifier_type (&(*node)->format.f, NUMERIC, false)) - { - if (do_coercion) - (*node)->type = OP_ni_format; - return true; - } - break; - - case OP_no_format: - if ((*node)->type == OP_format - && check_output_specifier (&(*node)->format.f, false) - && check_specifier_type (&(*node)->format.f, NUMERIC, false)) - { - if (do_coercion) - (*node)->type = OP_no_format; - return true; - } - break; - - case OP_num_var: - if ((*node)->type == OP_NUM_VAR) - { - if (do_coercion) - *node = (*node)->composite.args[0]; - return true; - } - break; - - case OP_str_var: - if ((*node)->type == OP_STR_VAR) - { - if (do_coercion) - *node = (*node)->composite.args[0]; - return true; - } - break; - - case OP_pos_int: - if ((*node)->type == OP_number - && floor ((*node)->number.n) == (*node)->number.n - && (*node)->number.n > 0 && (*node)->number.n < INT_MAX) - { - if (do_coercion) - *node = expr_allocate_pos_int (e, (*node)->number.n); - return true; - } - break; - - default: - abort (); - } - - if (do_coercion) - { - msg (SE, _("Type mismatch while applying %s operator: " - "cannot convert %s to %s."), - operator_name, - atom_type_name (actual_type), atom_type_name (required_type)); - *node = NULL; - } - return false; -} - -/* Coerces *NODE to type REQUIRED_TYPE, and returns success. If - *NODE cannot be coerced to the desired type then we issue an - error message about operator OPERATOR_NAME and free *NODE. */ -static bool -type_coercion (struct expression *e, - atom_type required_type, union any_node **node, - const char *operator_name) -{ - return type_coercion_core (e, required_type, node, operator_name, true); -} - -/* Coerces *NODE to type REQUIRED_TYPE. - Assert-fails if the coercion is disallowed. */ -static void -type_coercion_assert (struct expression *e, - atom_type required_type, union any_node **node) -{ - int success = type_coercion_core (e, required_type, node, NULL, true); - assert (success); -} - -/* Returns true if *NODE may be coerced to type REQUIRED_TYPE, - false otherwise. */ -static bool -is_coercible (atom_type required_type, union any_node *const *node) -{ - return type_coercion_core (NULL, required_type, - (union any_node **) node, NULL, false); -} - -/* How to parse an operator. */ -struct operator - { - int token; /* Token representing operator. */ - operation_type type; /* Operation type representing operation. */ - const char *name; /* Name of operator. */ - }; - -/* Attempts to match the current token against the tokens for the - OP_CNT operators in OPS[]. If successful, returns true - and, if OPERATOR is non-null, sets *OPERATOR to the operator. - On failure, returns false and, if OPERATOR is non-null, sets - *OPERATOR to a null pointer. */ -static bool -match_operator (const struct operator ops[], size_t op_cnt, - const struct operator **operator) -{ - const struct operator *op; - - for (op = ops; op < ops + op_cnt; op++) - { - if (op->token == '-') - lex_negative_to_dash (); - if (lex_match (op->token)) - { - if (operator != NULL) - *operator = op; - return true; - } - } - if (operator != NULL) - *operator = NULL; - return false; -} - -static bool -check_operator (const struct operator *op, int arg_cnt, atom_type arg_type) -{ - const struct operation *o; - size_t i; - - assert (op != NULL); - o = &operations[op->type]; - assert (o->arg_cnt == arg_cnt); - assert ((o->flags & OPF_ARRAY_OPERAND) == 0); - for (i = 0; i < arg_cnt; i++) - assert (o->args[i] == arg_type); - return true; -} - -static bool -check_binary_operators (const struct operator ops[], size_t op_cnt, - atom_type arg_type) -{ - size_t i; - - for (i = 0; i < op_cnt; i++) - check_operator (&ops[i], 2, arg_type); - return true; -} - -static atom_type -get_operand_type (const struct operator *op) -{ - return operations[op->type].args[0]; -} - -/* Parses a chain of left-associative operator/operand pairs. - There are OP_CNT operators, specified in OPS[]. The - operators' operands must all be the same type. The next - higher level is parsed by PARSE_NEXT_LEVEL. If CHAIN_WARNING - is non-null, then it will be issued as a warning if more than - one operator/operand pair is parsed. */ -static union any_node * -parse_binary_operators (struct expression *e, union any_node *node, - const struct operator ops[], size_t op_cnt, - parse_recursively_func *parse_next_level, - const char *chain_warning) -{ - atom_type operand_type = get_operand_type (&ops[0]); - int op_count; - const struct operator *operator; - - assert (check_binary_operators (ops, op_cnt, operand_type)); - if (node == NULL) - return node; - - for (op_count = 0; match_operator (ops, op_cnt, &operator); op_count++) - { - union any_node *rhs; - - /* Convert the left-hand side to type OPERAND_TYPE. */ - if (!type_coercion (e, operand_type, &node, operator->name)) - return NULL; - - /* Parse the right-hand side and coerce to type - OPERAND_TYPE. */ - rhs = parse_next_level (e); - if (!type_coercion (e, operand_type, &rhs, operator->name)) - return NULL; - node = expr_allocate_binary (e, operator->type, node, rhs); - } - - if (op_count > 1 && chain_warning != NULL) - msg (SW, chain_warning); - - return node; -} - -static union any_node * -parse_inverting_unary_operator (struct expression *e, - const struct operator *op, - parse_recursively_func *parse_next_level) -{ - union any_node *node; - unsigned op_count; - - check_operator (op, 1, get_operand_type (op)); - - op_count = 0; - while (match_operator (op, 1, NULL)) - op_count++; - - node = parse_next_level (e); - if (op_count > 0 - && type_coercion (e, get_operand_type (op), &node, op->name) - && op_count % 2 != 0) - return expr_allocate_unary (e, op->type, node); - else - return node; -} - -/* Parses the OR level. */ -static union any_node * -parse_or (struct expression *e) -{ - static const struct operator op = - { T_OR, OP_OR, "logical disjunction (\"OR\")" }; - - return parse_binary_operators (e, parse_and (e), &op, 1, parse_and, NULL); -} - -/* Parses the AND level. */ -static union any_node * -parse_and (struct expression *e) -{ - static const struct operator op = - { T_AND, OP_AND, "logical conjunction (\"AND\")" }; - - return parse_binary_operators (e, parse_not (e), &op, 1, parse_not, NULL); -} - -/* Parses the NOT level. */ -static union any_node * -parse_not (struct expression *e) -{ - static const struct operator op - = { T_NOT, OP_NOT, "logical negation (\"NOT\")" }; - return parse_inverting_unary_operator (e, &op, parse_rel); -} - -/* Parse relational operators. */ -static union any_node * -parse_rel (struct expression *e) -{ - const char *chain_warning = - _("Chaining relational operators (e.g. \"a < b < c\") will " - "not produce the mathematically expected result. " - "Use the AND logical operator to fix the problem " - "(e.g. \"a < b AND b < c\"). " - "If chaining is really intended, parentheses will disable " - "this warning (e.g. \"(a < b) < c\".)"); - - union any_node *node = parse_add (e); - - if (node == NULL) - return NULL; - - switch (expr_node_returns (node)) - { - case OP_number: - case OP_boolean: - { - static const struct operator ops[] = - { - { '=', OP_EQ, "numeric equality (\"=\")" }, - { T_EQ, OP_EQ, "numeric equality (\"EQ\")" }, - { T_GE, OP_GE, "numeric greater-than-or-equal-to (\">=\")" }, - { T_GT, OP_GT, "numeric greater than (\">\")" }, - { T_LE, OP_LE, "numeric less-than-or-equal-to (\"<=\")" }, - { T_LT, OP_LT, "numeric less than (\"<\")" }, - { T_NE, OP_NE, "numeric inequality (\"<>\")" }, - }; - - return parse_binary_operators (e, node, ops, sizeof ops / sizeof *ops, - parse_add, chain_warning); - } - - case OP_string: - { - static const struct operator ops[] = - { - { '=', OP_EQ_STRING, "string equality (\"=\")" }, - { T_EQ, OP_EQ_STRING, "string equality (\"EQ\")" }, - { T_GE, OP_GE_STRING, "string greater-than-or-equal-to (\">=\")" }, - { T_GT, OP_GT_STRING, "string greater than (\">\")" }, - { T_LE, OP_LE_STRING, "string less-than-or-equal-to (\"<=\")" }, - { T_LT, OP_LT_STRING, "string less than (\"<\")" }, - { T_NE, OP_NE_STRING, "string inequality (\"<>\")" }, - }; - - return parse_binary_operators (e, node, ops, sizeof ops / sizeof *ops, - parse_add, chain_warning); - } - - default: - return node; - } -} - -/* Parses the addition and subtraction level. */ -static union any_node * -parse_add (struct expression *e) -{ - static const struct operator ops[] = - { - { '+', OP_ADD, "addition (\"+\")" }, - { '-', OP_SUB, "subtraction (\"-\")" }, - }; - - return parse_binary_operators (e, parse_mul (e), - ops, sizeof ops / sizeof *ops, - parse_mul, NULL); -} - -/* Parses the multiplication and division level. */ -static union any_node * -parse_mul (struct expression *e) -{ - static const struct operator ops[] = - { - { '*', OP_MUL, "multiplication (\"*\")" }, - { '/', OP_DIV, "division (\"/\")" }, - }; - - return parse_binary_operators (e, parse_neg (e), - ops, sizeof ops / sizeof *ops, - parse_neg, NULL); -} - -/* Parses the unary minus level. */ -static union any_node * -parse_neg (struct expression *e) -{ - static const struct operator op = { '-', OP_NEG, "negation (\"-\")" }; - return parse_inverting_unary_operator (e, &op, parse_exp); -} - -static union any_node * -parse_exp (struct expression *e) -{ - static const struct operator op = - { T_EXP, OP_POW, "exponentiation (\"**\")" }; - - const char *chain_warning = - _("The exponentiation operator (\"**\") is left-associative, " - "even though right-associative semantics are more useful. " - "That is, \"a**b**c\" equals \"(a**b)**c\", not as \"a**(b**c)\". " - "To disable this warning, insert parentheses."); - - return parse_binary_operators (e, parse_primary (e), &op, 1, - parse_primary, chain_warning); -} - -/* Parses system variables. */ -static union any_node * -parse_sysvar (struct expression *e) -{ - if (lex_match_id ("$CASENUM")) - return expr_allocate_nullary (e, OP_CASENUM); - else if (lex_match_id ("$DATE")) - { - static const char *months[12] = - { - "JAN", "FEB", "MAR", "APR", "MAY", "JUN", - "JUL", "AUG", "SEP", "OCT", "NOV", "DEC", - }; - - time_t last_vfm_invocation = vfm_last_invocation (); - struct tm *time; - char temp_buf[10]; - - time = localtime (&last_vfm_invocation); - sprintf (temp_buf, "%02d %s %02d", abs (time->tm_mday) % 100, - months[abs (time->tm_mon) % 12], abs (time->tm_year) % 100); - - return expr_allocate_string_buffer (e, temp_buf, strlen (temp_buf)); - } - else if (lex_match_id ("$TRUE")) - return expr_allocate_boolean (e, 1.0); - else if (lex_match_id ("$FALSE")) - return expr_allocate_boolean (e, 0.0); - else if (lex_match_id ("$SYSMIS")) - return expr_allocate_number (e, SYSMIS); - else if (lex_match_id ("$JDATE")) - { - time_t time = vfm_last_invocation (); - struct tm *tm = localtime (&time); - return expr_allocate_number (e, expr_ymd_to_ofs (tm->tm_year + 1900, - tm->tm_mon + 1, - tm->tm_mday)); - } - else if (lex_match_id ("$TIME")) - { - time_t time = vfm_last_invocation (); - struct tm *tm = localtime (&time); - return expr_allocate_number (e, - expr_ymd_to_date (tm->tm_year + 1900, - tm->tm_mon + 1, - tm->tm_mday) - + tm->tm_hour * 60 * 60. - + tm->tm_min * 60. - + tm->tm_sec); - } - else if (lex_match_id ("$LENGTH")) - return expr_allocate_number (e, get_viewlength ()); - else if (lex_match_id ("$WIDTH")) - return expr_allocate_number (e, get_viewwidth ()); - else - { - msg (SE, _("Unknown system variable %s."), tokid); - return NULL; - } -} - -/* Parses numbers, varnames, etc. */ -static union any_node * -parse_primary (struct expression *e) -{ - switch (token) - { - case T_ID: - if (lex_look_ahead () == '(') - { - /* An identifier followed by a left parenthesis may be - a vector element reference. If not, it's a function - call. */ - if (e->dict != NULL && dict_lookup_vector (e->dict, tokid) != NULL) - return parse_vector_element (e); - else - return parse_function (e); - } - else if (tokid[0] == '$') - { - /* $ at the beginning indicates a system variable. */ - return parse_sysvar (e); - } - else if (e->dict != NULL && dict_lookup_var (e->dict, tokid)) - { - /* It looks like a user variable. - (It could be a format specifier, but we'll assume - it's a variable unless proven otherwise. */ - return allocate_unary_variable (e, parse_dict_variable (e->dict)); - } - else - { - /* Try to parse it as a format specifier. */ - struct fmt_spec fmt; - if (parse_format_specifier (&fmt, FMTP_SUPPRESS_ERRORS)) - return expr_allocate_format (e, &fmt); - - /* All attempts failed. */ - msg (SE, _("Unknown identifier %s."), tokid); - return NULL; - } - break; - - case T_POS_NUM: - case T_NEG_NUM: - { - union any_node *node = expr_allocate_number (e, tokval); - lex_get (); - return node; - } - - case T_STRING: - { - union any_node *node = expr_allocate_string_buffer (e, ds_c_str (&tokstr), - ds_length (&tokstr)); - lex_get (); - return node; - } - - case '(': - { - union any_node *node; - lex_get (); - node = parse_or (e); - if (node != NULL && !lex_match (')')) - { - lex_error (_("expecting `)'")); - return NULL; - } - return node; - } - - default: - lex_error (_("in expression")); - return NULL; - } -} - -static union any_node * -parse_vector_element (struct expression *e) -{ - const struct vector *vector; - union any_node *element; - - /* Find vector, skip token. - The caller must already have verified that the current token - is the name of a vector. */ - vector = dict_lookup_vector (default_dict, tokid); - assert (vector != NULL); - lex_get (); - - /* Skip left parenthesis token. - The caller must have verified that the lookahead is a left - parenthesis. */ - assert (token == '('); - lex_get (); - - element = parse_or (e); - if (!type_coercion (e, OP_number, &element, "vector indexing") - || !lex_match (')')) - return NULL; - - return expr_allocate_binary (e, (vector->var[0]->type == NUMERIC - ? OP_VEC_ELEM_NUM : OP_VEC_ELEM_STR), - element, expr_allocate_vector (e, vector)); -} - -/* Individual function parsing. */ - -struct operation operations[OP_first + OP_cnt] = { -#include "parse.inc" -}; - -static bool -word_matches (const char **test, const char **name) -{ - size_t test_len = strcspn (*test, "."); - size_t name_len = strcspn (*name, "."); - if (test_len == name_len) - { - if (buf_compare_case (*test, *name, test_len)) - return false; - } - else if (test_len < 3 || test_len > name_len) - return false; - else - { - if (buf_compare_case (*test, *name, test_len)) - return false; - } - - *test += test_len; - *name += name_len; - if (**test != **name) - return false; - - if (**test == '.') - { - (*test)++; - (*name)++; - } - return true; -} - -static int -compare_names (const char *test, const char *name) -{ - for (;;) - { - if (!word_matches (&test, &name)) - return true; - if (*name == '\0' && *test == '\0') - return false; - } -} - -static int -compare_strings (const char *test, const char *name) -{ - return strcasecmp (test, name); -} - -static bool -lookup_function_helper (const char *name, - int (*compare) (const char *test, const char *name), - const struct operation **first, - const struct operation **last) -{ - struct operation *f; - - for (f = operations + OP_function_first; - f <= operations + OP_function_last; f++) - if (!compare (name, f->name)) - { - *first = f; - - while (f <= operations + OP_function_last && !compare (name, f->name)) - f++; - *last = f; - - return true; - } - - return false; -} - -static bool -lookup_function (const char *name, - const struct operation **first, - const struct operation **last) -{ - *first = *last = NULL; - return (lookup_function_helper (name, compare_strings, first, last) - || lookup_function_helper (name, compare_names, first, last)); -} - -static int -extract_min_valid (char *s) -{ - char *p = strrchr (s, '.'); - if (p == NULL - || p[1] < '0' || p[1] > '9' - || strspn (p + 1, "0123456789") != strlen (p + 1)) - return -1; - *p = '\0'; - return atoi (p + 1); -} - -static atom_type -function_arg_type (const struct operation *f, size_t arg_idx) -{ - assert (arg_idx < f->arg_cnt || (f->flags & OPF_ARRAY_OPERAND)); - - return f->args[arg_idx < f->arg_cnt ? arg_idx : f->arg_cnt - 1]; -} - -static bool -match_function (union any_node **args, int arg_cnt, const struct operation *f) -{ - size_t i; - - if (arg_cnt < f->arg_cnt - || (arg_cnt > f->arg_cnt && (f->flags & OPF_ARRAY_OPERAND) == 0) - || arg_cnt - (f->arg_cnt - 1) < f->array_min_elems) - return false; - - for (i = 0; i < arg_cnt; i++) - if (!is_coercible (function_arg_type (f, i), &args[i])) - return false; - - return true; -} - -static void -coerce_function_args (struct expression *e, const struct operation *f, - union any_node **args, size_t arg_cnt) -{ - int i; - - for (i = 0; i < arg_cnt; i++) - type_coercion_assert (e, function_arg_type (f, i), &args[i]); -} - -static bool -validate_function_args (const struct operation *f, int arg_cnt, int min_valid) -{ - int array_arg_cnt = arg_cnt - (f->arg_cnt - 1); - if (array_arg_cnt < f->array_min_elems) - { - msg (SE, _("%s must have at least %d arguments in list."), - f->prototype, f->array_min_elems); - return false; - } - - if ((f->flags & OPF_ARRAY_OPERAND) - && array_arg_cnt % f->array_granularity != 0) - { - if (f->array_granularity == 2) - msg (SE, _("%s must have even number of arguments in list."), - f->prototype); - else - msg (SE, _("%s must have multiple of %d arguments in list."), - f->prototype, f->array_granularity); - return false; - } - - if (min_valid != -1) - { - if (f->array_min_elems == 0) - { - assert ((f->flags & OPF_MIN_VALID) == 0); - msg (SE, _("%s function does not accept a minimum valid " - "argument count."), f->prototype); - return false; - } - else - { - assert (f->flags & OPF_MIN_VALID); - if (array_arg_cnt < f->array_min_elems) - { - msg (SE, _("%s requires at least %d valid arguments in list."), - f->prototype, f->array_min_elems); - return false; - } - else if (min_valid > array_arg_cnt) - { - msg (SE, _("With %s, " - "using minimum valid argument count of %d " - "does not make sense when passing only %d " - "arguments in list."), - f->prototype, min_valid, array_arg_cnt); - return false; - } - } - } - - return true; -} - -static void -add_arg (union any_node ***args, int *arg_cnt, int *arg_cap, - union any_node *arg) -{ - if (*arg_cnt >= *arg_cap) - { - *arg_cap += 8; - *args = xrealloc (*args, sizeof **args * *arg_cap); - } - - (*args)[(*arg_cnt)++] = arg; -} - -static void -put_invocation (struct string *s, - const char *func_name, union any_node **args, size_t arg_cnt) -{ - size_t i; - - ds_printf (s, "%s(", func_name); - for (i = 0; i < arg_cnt; i++) - { - if (i > 0) - ds_puts (s, ", "); - ds_puts (s, operations[expr_node_returns (args[i])].prototype); - } - ds_putc (s, ')'); -} - -static void -no_match (const char *func_name, - union any_node **args, size_t arg_cnt, - const struct operation *first, const struct operation *last) -{ - struct string s; - const struct operation *f; - - ds_init (&s, 128); - - if (last - first == 1) - { - ds_printf (&s, _("Type mismatch invoking %s as "), first->prototype); - put_invocation (&s, func_name, args, arg_cnt); - } - else - { - ds_puts (&s, _("Function invocation ")); - put_invocation (&s, func_name, args, arg_cnt); - ds_puts (&s, _(" does not match any known function. Candidates are:")); - - for (f = first; f < last; f++) - ds_printf (&s, "\n%s", f->prototype); - } - ds_putc (&s, '.'); - - msg (SE, "%s", ds_c_str (&s)); - - ds_destroy (&s); -} - -static union any_node * -parse_function (struct expression *e) -{ - int min_valid; - const struct operation *f, *first, *last; - - union any_node **args = NULL; - int arg_cnt = 0; - int arg_cap = 0; - - struct fixed_string func_name; - - union any_node *n; - - ls_create (&func_name, ds_c_str (&tokstr)); - min_valid = extract_min_valid (ds_c_str (&tokstr)); - if (!lookup_function (ds_c_str (&tokstr), &first, &last)) - { - msg (SE, _("No function or vector named %s."), ds_c_str (&tokstr)); - ls_destroy (&func_name); - return NULL; - } - - lex_get (); - if (!lex_force_match ('(')) - { - ls_destroy (&func_name); - return NULL; - } - - args = NULL; - arg_cnt = arg_cap = 0; - if (token != ')') - for (;;) - { - if (token == T_ID && lex_look_ahead () == 'T') - { - struct variable **vars; - size_t var_cnt; - size_t i; - - if (!parse_variables (default_dict, &vars, &var_cnt, PV_SINGLE)) - goto fail; - for (i = 0; i < var_cnt; i++) - add_arg (&args, &arg_cnt, &arg_cap, - allocate_unary_variable (e, vars[i])); - free (vars); - } - else - { - union any_node *arg = parse_or (e); - if (arg == NULL) - goto fail; - - add_arg (&args, &arg_cnt, &arg_cap, arg); - } - if (lex_match (')')) - break; - else if (!lex_match (',')) - { - lex_error (_("expecting `,' or `)' invoking %s function"), - first->name); - goto fail; - } - } - - for (f = first; f < last; f++) - if (match_function (args, arg_cnt, f)) - break; - if (f >= last) - { - no_match (ls_c_str (&func_name), args, arg_cnt, first, last); - goto fail; - } - - coerce_function_args (e, f, args, arg_cnt); - if (!validate_function_args (f, arg_cnt, min_valid)) - goto fail; - - if ((f->flags & OPF_EXTENSION) && get_syntax () == COMPATIBLE) - msg (SW, _("%s is a PSPP extension."), f->prototype); - if (f->flags & OPF_UNIMPLEMENTED) - { - msg (SE, _("%s is not yet implemented."), f->prototype); - goto fail; - } - - n = expr_allocate_composite (e, f - operations, args, arg_cnt); - n->composite.min_valid = min_valid != -1 ? min_valid : f->array_min_elems; - - if (n->type == OP_LAG_Vn || n->type == OP_LAG_Vs) - { - if (n_lag < 1) - n_lag = 1; - } - else if (n->type == OP_LAG_Vnn || n->type == OP_LAG_Vsn) - { - int n_before; - assert (n->composite.arg_cnt == 2); - assert (n->composite.args[1]->type == OP_pos_int); - n_before = n->composite.args[1]->integer.i; - if (n_lag < n_before) - n_lag = n_before; - } - - free (args); - ls_destroy (&func_name); - return n; - -fail: - free (args); - ls_destroy (&func_name); - return NULL; -} - -/* Utility functions. */ - -static struct expression * -expr_create (struct dictionary *dict) -{ - struct pool *pool = pool_create (); - struct expression *e = pool_alloc (pool, sizeof *e); - e->expr_pool = pool; - e->dict = dict; - e->eval_pool = pool_create_subpool (e->expr_pool); - e->ops = NULL; - e->op_types = NULL; - e->op_cnt = e->op_cap = 0; - return e; -} - -atom_type -expr_node_returns (const union any_node *n) -{ - assert (n != NULL); - assert (is_operation (n->type)); - if (is_atom (n->type)) - return n->type; - else if (is_composite (n->type)) - return operations[n->type].returns; - else - abort (); -} - -static const char * -atom_type_name (atom_type type) -{ - assert (is_atom (type)); - return operations[type].name; -} - -union any_node * -expr_allocate_nullary (struct expression *e, operation_type op) -{ - return expr_allocate_composite (e, op, NULL, 0); -} - -union any_node * -expr_allocate_unary (struct expression *e, operation_type op, - union any_node *arg0) -{ - return expr_allocate_composite (e, op, &arg0, 1); -} - -union any_node * -expr_allocate_binary (struct expression *e, operation_type op, - union any_node *arg0, union any_node *arg1) -{ - union any_node *args[2]; - args[0] = arg0; - args[1] = arg1; - return expr_allocate_composite (e, op, args, 2); -} - -static bool -is_valid_node (union any_node *n) -{ - struct operation *op; - size_t i; - - assert (n != NULL); - assert (is_operation (n->type)); - op = &operations[n->type]; - - if (!is_atom (n->type)) - { - struct composite_node *c = &n->composite; - - assert (is_composite (n->type)); - assert (c->arg_cnt >= op->arg_cnt); - for (i = 0; i < op->arg_cnt; i++) - assert (expr_node_returns (c->args[i]) == op->args[i]); - if (c->arg_cnt > op->arg_cnt && !is_operator (n->type)) - { - assert (op->flags & OPF_ARRAY_OPERAND); - for (i = 0; i < c->arg_cnt; i++) - assert (operations[c->args[i]->type].returns - == op->args[op->arg_cnt - 1]); - } - } - - return true; -} - -union any_node * -expr_allocate_composite (struct expression *e, operation_type op, - union any_node **args, size_t arg_cnt) -{ - union any_node *n; - size_t i; - - n = pool_alloc (e->expr_pool, sizeof n->composite); - n->type = op; - n->composite.arg_cnt = arg_cnt; - n->composite.args = pool_alloc (e->expr_pool, - sizeof *n->composite.args * arg_cnt); - for (i = 0; i < arg_cnt; i++) - { - if (args[i] == NULL) - return NULL; - n->composite.args[i] = args[i]; - } - memcpy (n->composite.args, args, sizeof *n->composite.args * arg_cnt); - n->composite.min_valid = 0; - assert (is_valid_node (n)); - return n; -} - -union any_node * -expr_allocate_number (struct expression *e, double d) -{ - union any_node *n = pool_alloc (e->expr_pool, sizeof n->number); - n->type = OP_number; - n->number.n = d; - return n; -} - -union any_node * -expr_allocate_boolean (struct expression *e, double b) -{ - union any_node *n = pool_alloc (e->expr_pool, sizeof n->number); - assert (b == 0.0 || b == 1.0 || b == SYSMIS); - n->type = OP_boolean; - n->number.n = b; - return n; -} - -union any_node * -expr_allocate_integer (struct expression *e, int i) -{ - union any_node *n = pool_alloc (e->expr_pool, sizeof n->integer); - n->type = OP_integer; - n->integer.i = i; - return n; -} - -union any_node * -expr_allocate_pos_int (struct expression *e, int i) -{ - union any_node *n = pool_alloc (e->expr_pool, sizeof n->integer); - assert (i > 0); - n->type = OP_pos_int; - n->integer.i = i; - return n; -} - -union any_node * -expr_allocate_vector (struct expression *e, const struct vector *vector) -{ - union any_node *n = pool_alloc (e->expr_pool, sizeof n->vector); - n->type = OP_vector; - n->vector.v = vector; - return n; -} - -union any_node * -expr_allocate_string_buffer (struct expression *e, - const char *string, size_t length) -{ - union any_node *n = pool_alloc (e->expr_pool, sizeof n->string); - n->type = OP_string; - if (length > 255) - length = 255; - n->string.s = copy_string (e, string, length); - return n; -} - -union any_node * -expr_allocate_string (struct expression *e, struct fixed_string s) -{ - union any_node *n = pool_alloc (e->expr_pool, sizeof n->string); - n->type = OP_string; - n->string.s = s; - return n; -} - -union any_node * -expr_allocate_variable (struct expression *e, struct variable *v) -{ - union any_node *n = pool_alloc (e->expr_pool, sizeof n->variable); - n->type = v->type == NUMERIC ? OP_num_var : OP_str_var; - n->variable.v = v; - return n; -} - -union any_node * -expr_allocate_format (struct expression *e, const struct fmt_spec *format) -{ - union any_node *n = pool_alloc (e->expr_pool, sizeof n->format); - n->type = OP_format; - n->format.f = *format; - return n; -} - -/* Allocates a unary composite node that represents the value of - variable V in expression E. */ -static union any_node * -allocate_unary_variable (struct expression *e, struct variable *v) -{ - assert (v != NULL); - return expr_allocate_unary (e, v->type == NUMERIC ? OP_NUM_VAR : OP_STR_VAR, - expr_allocate_variable (e, v)); -} diff --git a/src/expressions/parse.inc.pl b/src/expressions/parse.inc.pl deleted file mode 100644 index ea878c92..00000000 --- a/src/expressions/parse.inc.pl +++ /dev/null @@ -1,73 +0,0 @@ -do 'generate.pl'; - -sub generate_output { - my (@members) = ("\"\"", "\"\"", 0, 0, 0, "{}", 0, 0); - print "{", join (', ', @members), "},\n"; - - for my $type (@types) { - next if $type->{ROLE} eq 'fixed'; - - my (@members) = ("\"$type->{NAME}\"", "\"$type->{HUMAN_NAME}\"", - 0, "OP_$type->{NAME}", 0, "{}", 0, 0); - print "{", join (', ', @members), "},\n"; - } - - for my $opname (@order) { - my ($op) = $ops{$opname}; - - my (@members); - - push (@members, "\"$op->{NAME}\""); - - if ($op->{CATEGORY} eq 'function') { - my (@args, @opt_args); - for my $arg (@{$op->{ARGS}}) { - push (@args, $arg->{TYPE}{HUMAN_NAME}) if !defined $arg->{IDX}; - } - - if (my ($array) = array_arg ($op)) { - if (!defined $op->{MIN_VALID}) { - my (@array_args); - for (my $i = 0; $i < $array->{TIMES}; $i++) { - push (@array_args, $array->{TYPE}{HUMAN_NAME}); - } - push (@args, @array_args); - @opt_args = @array_args; - } else { - for (my $i = 0; $i < $op->{MIN_VALID}; $i++) { - push (@args, $array->{TYPE}{HUMAN_NAME}); - } - push (@opt_args, $array->{TYPE}{HUMAN_NAME}); - } - } - my ($human) = "$op->{NAME}(" . join (', ', @args); - $human .= '[, ' . join (', ', @opt_args) . ']...' if @opt_args; - $human .= ')'; - push (@members, "\"$human\""); - } else { - push (@members, "NULL"); - } - - my (@flags); - push (@flags, "OPF_ABSORB_MISS") if defined $op->{ABSORB_MISS}; - push (@flags, "OPF_ARRAY_OPERAND") if array_arg ($op); - push (@flags, "OPF_MIN_VALID") if defined $op->{MIN_VALID}; - push (@flags, "OPF_NONOPTIMIZABLE") if !$op->{OPTIMIZABLE}; - push (@flags, "OPF_EXTENSION") if $op->{EXTENSION}; - push (@flags, "OPF_UNIMPLEMENTED") if $op->{UNIMPLEMENTED}; - push (@members, @flags ? join (' | ', @flags) : 0); - - push (@members, "OP_$op->{RETURNS}{NAME}"); - - push (@members, scalar (@{$op->{ARGS}})); - - my (@arg_types) = map ("OP_$_->{TYPE}{NAME}", @{$op->{ARGS}}); - push (@members, "{" . join (', ', @arg_types) . "}"); - - push (@members, $op->{MIN_VALID} || 0); - - push (@members, array_arg ($op) ? ${array_arg ($op)}{TIMES} : 0); - - print "{", join (', ', @members), "},\n"; - } -} diff --git a/src/expressions/private.h b/src/expressions/private.h deleted file mode 100644 index 85b82587..00000000 --- a/src/expressions/private.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,197 +0,0 @@ -/* PSPP - computes sample statistics. - Copyright (C) 1997-9, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - Written by Ben Pfaff . - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as - published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the - License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but - WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA - 02110-1301, USA. */ - -#ifndef EXPRESSIONS_PRIVATE_H -#define EXPRESSIONS_PRIVATE_H - -#include -#include -#include "format.h" -#include "str.h" - -#include "public.h" -#include "operations.h" - -enum operation_flags - { - /* Most operations produce a missing output value if any - input value is missing. Setting this bit indicates that - this operation may produce a non-missing result given - missing input values (although it is not obliged to do - so). Unless this bit is set, the operation's evaluation - function will never be passed a missing argument. */ - OPF_ABSORB_MISS = 004, - - /* If set, this operation's final operand is an array of one - or more elements. */ - OPF_ARRAY_OPERAND = 001, - - /* If set, the user can specify the minimum number of array - elements that must be non-missing for the function result - to be non-missing. The operation must have an array - operand and the array must contain `double's. Both - OPF_ABSORB_MISS and OPF_ARRAY_OPERAND must also be set. */ - OPF_MIN_VALID = 002, - - /* If set, operation is non-optimizable in general. Unless - combined with OPF_ABSORB_MISS, missing input values are - still assumed to yield missing results. */ - OPF_NONOPTIMIZABLE = 010, - - /* If set, this operation is not implemented. */ - OPF_UNIMPLEMENTED = 020, - - /* If set, this operation is a PSPP extension. */ - OPF_EXTENSION = 040 - }; - -#define EXPR_ARG_MAX 4 -struct operation - { - const char *name; - const char *prototype; - enum operation_flags flags; - atom_type returns; - int arg_cnt; - atom_type args[EXPR_ARG_MAX]; - int array_min_elems; - int array_granularity; - }; - -extern struct operation operations[]; - -/* Tree structured expressions. */ - -/* Atoms. */ -struct number_node - { - operation_type type; /* OP_number. */ - double n; - }; - -struct string_node - { - operation_type type; /* OP_string. */ - struct fixed_string s; - }; - -struct variable_node - { - operation_type type; /* OP_variable. */ - struct variable *v; - }; - -struct integer_node - { - operation_type type; /* OP_integer. */ - int i; - }; - -struct vector_node - { - operation_type type; /* OP_vector. */ - const struct vector *v; - }; - -struct format_node - { - operation_type type; /* OP_format. */ - struct fmt_spec f; - }; - -/* Any composite node. */ -struct composite_node - { - operation_type type; /* One of OP_*. */ - size_t arg_cnt; /* Number of arguments. */ - union any_node **args; /* Arguments. */ - size_t min_valid; /* Min valid array args to get valid result. */ - }; - -/* Any node. */ -union any_node - { - operation_type type; - struct number_node number; - struct string_node string; - struct variable_node variable; - struct integer_node integer; - struct vector_node vector; - struct format_node format; - struct composite_node composite; - }; - -union operation_data - { - operation_type operation; - double number; - struct fixed_string string; - struct variable *variable; - const struct vector *vector; - struct fmt_spec *format; - int integer; - }; - -/* An expression. */ -struct expression - { - struct pool *expr_pool; /* Pool for expression static data. */ - struct dictionary *dict; /* Dictionary for variables, vectors. */ - atom_type type; /* Type of expression result. */ - - union operation_data *ops; /* Expression data. */ - operation_type *op_types; /* ops[] element types (for debugging). */ - size_t op_cnt, op_cap; /* Number of ops, amount of allocated space. */ - - double *number_stack; /* Evaluation stack: numerics, Booleans. */ - struct fixed_string *string_stack; /* Evaluation stack: strings. */ - struct pool *eval_pool; /* Pool for evaluation temporaries. */ - }; - -struct expression *expr_parse_any (struct dictionary *, bool optimize); -void expr_debug_print_postfix (const struct expression *); - -union any_node *expr_optimize (union any_node *, struct expression *); -void expr_flatten (union any_node *, struct expression *); - -atom_type expr_node_returns (const union any_node *); - -union any_node *expr_allocate_nullary (struct expression *e, operation_type); -union any_node *expr_allocate_unary (struct expression *e, - operation_type, union any_node *); -union any_node *expr_allocate_binary (struct expression *e, operation_type, - union any_node *, union any_node *); -union any_node *expr_allocate_composite (struct expression *e, operation_type, - union any_node **, size_t); -union any_node *expr_allocate_number (struct expression *e, double); -union any_node *expr_allocate_boolean (struct expression *e, double); -union any_node *expr_allocate_integer (struct expression *e, int); -union any_node *expr_allocate_pos_int (struct expression *e, int); -union any_node *expr_allocate_string_buffer (struct expression *e, - const char *string, size_t length); -union any_node *expr_allocate_string (struct expression *e, - struct fixed_string); -union any_node *expr_allocate_variable (struct expression *e, - struct variable *); -union any_node *expr_allocate_format (struct expression *e, - const struct fmt_spec *); -union any_node *expr_allocate_vector (struct expression *e, - const struct vector *); - -#endif /* expressions/private.h */ diff --git a/src/expressions/public.h b/src/expressions/public.h deleted file mode 100644 index 9a90cef7..00000000 --- a/src/expressions/public.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,49 +0,0 @@ -/* PSPP - computes sample statistics. - Copyright (C) 1997-9, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - Written by Ben Pfaff . - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as - published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the - License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but - WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA - 02110-1301, USA. */ - -#if !expr_h -#define expr_h 1 - -#include - -/* Expression parsing flags. */ -enum expr_type - { - EXPR_NUMBER = 0xf000, /* Number. */ - EXPR_STRING, /* String. */ - EXPR_BOOLEAN, /* Boolean (number limited to 0, 1, SYSMIS). */ - }; - -struct dictionary; -struct expression; -struct ccase; -struct pool; -union value; - -struct expression *expr_parse (struct dictionary *, enum expr_type); -struct expression *expr_parse_pool (struct pool *, - struct dictionary *, enum expr_type); -void expr_free (struct expression *); - -double expr_evaluate_num (struct expression *, const struct ccase *, - int case_idx); -void expr_evaluate_str (struct expression *, const struct ccase *, - int case_idx, char *dst, size_t dst_size); - -#endif /* expr.h */ diff --git a/tests/Makefile.am b/tests/Makefile.am deleted file mode 100644 index 7f9d4677..00000000 --- a/tests/Makefile.am +++ /dev/null @@ -1,128 +0,0 @@ -## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in -*- makefile -*- - -TESTS_ENVIRONMENT = top_srcdir=${top_srcdir} -TESTS_ENVIRONMENT += PERL='@PERL@' -TESTS = \ - command/aggregate.sh \ - command/autorecod.sh \ - command/beg-data.sh \ - command/bignum.sh \ - command/count.sh \ - command/data-list.sh \ - command/erase.sh \ - command/examine.sh \ - command/examine-extremes.sh \ - command/examine-percentiles.sh \ - command/file-label.sh \ - command/file-handle.sh \ - command/filter.sh \ - command/flip.sh \ - command/import-export.sh \ - command/lag.sh \ - command/list.sh \ - command/loop.sh \ - command/longvars.sh \ - command/match-files.sh \ - command/missing-values.sh \ - command/no_case_size.sh \ - command/oneway.sh \ - command/oneway-missing.sh \ - command/oneway-with-splits.sh \ - command/permissions.sh \ - command/print.sh \ - command/rename.sh \ - command/sample.sh \ - command/sort.sh \ - command/sysfiles.sh \ - command/sysfiles-old.sh \ - command/sysfile-info.sh \ - command/split-file.sh \ - command/t-test-1-indep-val.sh \ - command/t-test-1-sample-missing-anal.sh \ - command/t-test-1-sample-missing-list.sh \ - command/t-test-1s.sh \ - command/t-test-groups.sh \ - command/t-test-indep-missing-anal.sh \ - command/t-test-indep-missing-list.sh \ - command/t-test-paired-missing-anal.sh \ - command/t-test-paired-missing-list.sh \ - command/t-test-pairs.sh \ - command/trimmed-mean.sh \ - command/tabs.sh \ - command/use.sh \ - command/weight.sh \ - bugs/agg_crash.sh \ - bugs/agg-crash-2.sh \ - bugs/alpha-freq.sh \ - bugs/big-input.sh \ - bugs/big-input-2.sh \ - bugs/comment-at-eof.sh \ - bugs/compute-fmt.sh \ - bugs/crosstabs.sh \ - bugs/crosstabs-crash.sh \ - bugs/curtailed.sh \ - bugs/data-crash.sh \ - bugs/double-frequency.sh \ - bugs/get.sh \ - bugs/examine-1sample.sh \ - bugs/examine-missing.sh \ - bugs/get-no-file.sh \ - bugs/html-frequency.sh \ - bugs/if_crash.sh \ - bugs/input-crash.sh \ - bugs/lag_crash.sh \ - bugs/match-files-scratch.sh \ - bugs/multipass.sh \ - bugs/random.sh \ - bugs/t-test-with-temp.sh \ - bugs/t-test.sh \ - bugs/t-test-alpha.sh \ - bugs/t-test-alpha2.sh \ - bugs/terminate.sh \ - bugs/temporary.sh \ - bugs/val-labs.sh \ - bugs/val-labs-trailing-slash.sh \ - bugs/recode-copy-bug.sh \ - bugs/computebug.sh \ - bugs/compute-lv.sh \ - bugs/temp-freq.sh \ - xforms/casefile.sh \ - stats/descript-basic.sh \ - stats/descript-missing.sh \ - stats/descript-mean-bug.sh \ - stats/moments.sh \ - stats/percentiles-compatible.sh \ - stats/ntiles.sh \ - stats/percentiles-enhanced.sh \ - expressions/expressions.sh \ - expressions/epoch.sh \ - expressions/randist.sh \ - expressions/variables.sh \ - expressions/vectors.sh - -EXTRA_DIST = $(TESTS) weighting.data data-list.data list.data \ - no_case_size.sav \ - coverage.sh test_template \ - bugs/computebug.stat bugs/computebug.out \ - bugs/recode-copy-bug-1.stat bugs/recode-copy-bug-2.stat \ - bugs/recode-copy-bug-1.out bugs/recode-copy-bug-2.out \ - expressions/randist/beta.out \ - expressions/randist/cauchy.out \ - expressions/randist/chisq.out \ - expressions/randist/exp.out \ - expressions/randist/f.out \ - expressions/randist/gamma.out \ - expressions/randist/laplace.out \ - expressions/randist/lnormal.out \ - expressions/randist/logistic.out \ - expressions/randist/normal.out \ - expressions/randist/pareto.out \ - expressions/randist/randist.pl \ - expressions/randist/randist.txt \ - expressions/randist/t.out \ - expressions/randist/uniform.out \ - expressions/randist/weibull.out - -DISTCLEANFILES = *.save pspp.* foo* - -MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = Makefile.in